•*•    ••••   «   •   •   •] 


'alifornia 
gional 

cility 


ii 


e  A  m  e  s 


Ex  Libris 
C.  K.  OGDEN 


U 


THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  CALIFORNIA 

LOS  ANGELES 


TEXT-BOOK 


OP 


LIGHT-LINE  SHORTHAND. 


A  PRACTICAL,  PHONETIC  SYSTEM, 

WITHOUT    SHADING. 


FOR    BUSINESS,    CORRESPONDENCE,    AND    VERBATIM 
REPORTING. 


SPECIALLY  ADAPTED  TO  THE  USE  OF  SCHOOLS  AND  COLLEGES. 


BY 

ROSCOE    L.    EAMES, 

STENOGRAPHER. 


A.    S.    BARNES    &    COMPANY, 

NEW   YORK   AND   CHICAGO. 
1883. 


COPYRIGHT,  1883,  BY  ROSCOE  L.  EAMES. 


M.  F.  COON,  Engraver,  527  Commercial  St.,  San  Franciico. 


ST6 

£  III 


INTRODUCTION. 


rjlHE  System  of  Light-line  Shorthand  is  thoroughly  and 
•4-  exhaustively  presented  in  this  volume.  It  has  now 
passed  through  four  editions,  the  first  two  being  in  lesson 
slips,  and  the  third  in  pamphlet  form.  After  years  of  study, 
experiment,  and  use,  during  which  it  has  been  subjected  to 
the  most  thorough  practical  test  in  the  different  branches 
of  reporting,  Light-line  Shorthand,  a  harmonious  and  com- 
plete whole,  is  now  adequately  brought  to  the  notice  of 
learners,  and  placed  within  reach  of  all  who  may  wish  to 
acquire  the  art  of  verbatim  reporting. 

The  illustrations  are  very  copious,  and  both  in  variety 
and  quantity,  are  unprecedented  in  any  previous  text-book, 
there  being  58  pages  of  engraved  shorthand  matter,  fur- 
nishing an  admirable  school  for  practice  to  the  student  of 
Stenography. 

The  Vocabulary  of  upwards  of  4,500  words  and  phrases, 
is  ample,  and  together  with  the  examples  embodied  in  the 
lessons,  gives  command  of  a  large  proportion  of  the  words 
used  in  extemporaneous  speaking,  besides  furnishing  abun- 
dant analogies  for  all  other  words. 


VI  INTRODUCTION. 

The  lessons  are  arranged  on  the  plan  of  closely  combining 
precept  and  example.  Every  principle  is  practically  illus- 
trated, and  examples  for  practice  are  introduced  in  the  text 
where  they  belong,  thus  demanding  attention,  and  securing 
the  practice  which  is  indispensable  to  success. 

The  greatest  care  has  been  exercised  to  present  no  word 
to  be  written  until  the  principles  which  control  the  forma- 
tion of  the  outline  have  been  explained.  Only  one  style  is 
taught,  and  that  the  reporting  style,  the  pupil  being  con- 
ducted by  a  series  of  graduated  exercises,  from  the  alphabet 
to  the  acquirement  of  all  the  principles  of  contraction. 
The  correct  and  permanent  consonant  outline  is  given  when 
a  word  is  first  presented,  so  that  the  student  is  freed  from 
the  task  of  afterwards  unlearning  it,  in  order  to  acquire  a 
new  and  better  one.  The  so-called  "  Corresponding  Style" 
of  shorthand  is  considered  entirely  unnecessary  for  any 
practical  purpose. 

The  lessons  have  been  prepared  with  special  reference  to 
the  necessities  of  the  school  and  college,  and  the  labor  re- 
quired on  the  part  of  the  teacher  has  been  reduced  to  a 
minimum.  This  feature  enhances,  rather  than  lessens,  the 
desirability  of  the  book  as  a  self-instructor. 

A  brief  statement  of  the  features  of  the  system  may  be 
appropriate :  It  is  written  without  a  single  shaded  charac- 
ter ;  it  assigns  horizontal  and  slanting  upward  curves  to  the 
representation  of  the  most  frequently  recurring  sounds ; 
the  cognate  sounds  are  represented  by  lines  struck  in  the 
same  direction,  but  short  and  long  for  the  whispered  and 


INTRODUCTION.  vii 

voiced  sounds  respectively;  the  signs  are  never  halved  nor 
lengthened,  and  only  three  sizes  of  stems  are  used,  namely, 
tick,  short,  and  long ;  the  system  is  unapproachable  in  ease 
of  execution,  and  its  exceeding  legibility  is  largely  conse- 
quent from  this  flexibility,  for  an  outline  that  is  easily 
executed  is  not  liable  to  be  distorted  when  written  at  a  high 
rate  of  speed  ;  six  stems  may  be  struck  in  two  directions, 
thus  securing  the  greatest  possible  lineality,  and,  together 
with  the  frequency  of  curved  lines,  insuring  acute  angles 
in  almost  all  cases  where  angles  are  necessary.  The  system 
conforms  to  the  great  law  of  Curve  Motion,  which  is  also 
the  law  of  muscular  motion. 

The  Connecting  Hook  of  this  system  cuts  the  Gordian 
Knot  of  bad  joinings,  and  renders  otherwise  awkward  and 
difficult  forms  as  rapid  and  legible  as  any. 

The  absence  of  shading,  per  se,  adds  at  least  twenty-five 
per  cent,  to  speed,  and  fifty  per  cent,  to  legibility. 

The  true  status  of  Phrase- writing  is  herein  fixed,  and 
that  much-vaunted  practice  relieved  from  the  empiricism 
and  obscurity  in  which  it  has  been  shrouded.  Instead  of 
the  wholesale  advice  too  often  proffered  by  shorthand  au- 
thors, to  phrase  under  all  conceivable  circumstances,  its 
real  value  and  mode  of  application  is  plainly  stated. 

A  valuable  arrangement  of  Connective  Vowels  is  pre- 
sented— the  result  of  two  years  labor  in  this  particular 
direction,  after  a  practical  knowledge  of  all  modern  schemes 
of  a  like  nature.  They  combine  the  advantages  of  joining, 
and  "pointing  in,"  and  may  be  generally  connected  where 


Vlll  INTRODUCTION. 

most  needed,  at  the  beginning  or  end  of  words  of  but  one 
consonant  sound.  The  vowel  sounds  of  the  language  are 
subjected  to  a  rigorous  practical  analysis,  and  the  assign- 
ment of  material  to  their  representation,  and  their  grouping 
in  three  positions,  will  be  found  of  the  utmost  value  to  the 
verbatim  reporter. 

The  system  presents  an  entirely  new  arrangement  of 
Stenographic  Principles  of  Contraction,  making  improved 
use  of  the  old,  and  introducing  new  and  valuable  material. 
It  is  chiefly  in  consequence  of  this  that  the  objectionable 
features  of  shading  and  halving  have  been  successfully 
eliminated.  In  this  connection  reference  is  made  more 
especially  to  the  Medium-sized  circle,  the  Inclosed  circle, 
the  Divided  circle,  the  Large  loop,  the  Extension  curl,  the 
Lengthening  principle,  and  the  Compound  curve. 

As  a  single  illustration  of  the  improved  use  of  material, 
it  may  be  stated  that  the  medium-sized  circle  (equally  as 
valuable  as  the  small  circle)  is  assigned  in  Phonography  to 
the  sound  of  ss  or  sz,  occurring  only  five  times  in  1,400 
words,  while  in  the  New  System  that  circle  is  assigned  to 
the  sound  of  N,  occurring  about  500  times  in  1,400  words. 
This  material  is  as  good  as  thrown  away  in  Phonography. 

Aside  from  the  advantage  of  light  lines,  the  new  system 
is  manifestly  superior  in  its  lineality,  and  in  its  desirable 
frequency  of  acute  angles.  Among  other  points  of  superi- 
ority, Light-line  Shorthand  provides  the  best  forms  for  the 
most  common  words,  and  gives  the  shorter  form  for  the 
shorter  combination  of  sounds,  and  vice  versa. 


INTKODUCTION.  IX 

From  long  experience,  the  Author's  facilities  for  teaching 
by  mail  make  this  method  fully  equal  to  personal  instruc- 
tion. Although  the  book  is  a  thorough  self-instructor,  yet 
a  course  of  lessons  by  a  competent  teacher  will  many  times 
repay  their  cost  in  the  abridgment  of  the  time  necessary  for 
the  acquirement  of  the  system. 

Teachers  should  use  their  own  judgment  in  the  assign- 
ment of  lessons,  though  in  the  first  part  of  the  book  they 
are  believed  to  be  fairly  proportioned.  Subsequent  lessons 
are  made  longer  or  shorter,  in  order  to  exhaust  the  par- 
ticular subject  only  of  which  they  treat. 

Good  materials  for  practice  are  ruled  paper,  with  lines  at 
least  one-third  of  an  inch  apart,  with  but  little  gloss  on  the 
surface,  and  a  pencil  of  medium  quality.  Pen  and  ink  may 
be  used  if  desirable,  but  their  employment  is  exceptional 
among  reporters. 

I  acknowledge  my  indebtedness  in  the  elaboration  of  this 
system  to  the  various  Phonographic  and  other  writers  on 
Shorthand,  and  especially  to  John  Brown  Smith,  that  bold 
pioneer  in  the  new  era  of  Stenography,  whose  original  and 
acute  mind  first  perceived  and  applied  the  scientific  prin- 
ciples of  Curve  Motion  in  shorthand  writing. 

ROSCOE  L.  EAMES. 
SAN  FBANCISCO,  January,  1883. 


LIGHT-LINE   SHORTHAND. 


LESSON    I. 

1.  The  sounds  of  the  English  language  are  divided  into 
two  principal  classes,  obstructed  sounds  and  free  sounds. 
The  former  are  called  Consonants,  and  the  latter  Vowels. 
To  illustrate:   in  the  following  words  the  consonants  are 
represented  by  italics  and  the  vowels  by  Eoman  letters: 
pill,  log,  rob. 

2.  In  this  system  of  shorthand  there  are  no  silent  letters, 
but  each  letter  has  an  invariable  power.     In  order  to  repre- 
sent a  word  in  shorthand,  it  must  first  be  resolved  into  its 
elements,  or  phonetically  analyzed  ;   then  the  signs  repre- 
senting the  actual  sounds  heard  must  be  written.    For  in- 
stance, in  the  word  rogue,  phonetic  analysis  discloses  but 
three  sounds,  rog,  the  ue  being  silent;  in  laugh,  only  laf 
are  found,  and  the  words  should  be  written  accordingly. 

NOTB  1. — It  will  be  seen  that  the  common  orthography  is  misleading,  and  that 
the  first  task  of  the  student  will  be  to  free  himself  from  the  slavery  of  the  common 
spelling,  and  to  learn  to  analyze  words  into  their  actual  elementary  sounds. 

3.  As  in  this  system  words  are  chiefly  represented  by  the 
consonant  outline,  or  skeleton,  the  vowels  being  generally 
omitted,  the  consonants,  occupying  as  they  do,  the  place  of 
chief  importance,  are  presented  first. 

4.  The  consonants  of  the  English  language  are  divided, 
according  to  their  character,  into  six  classes,  called  Abrupts, 


12  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

Continuants,   Liquids,   Nasals,   Coalescents,  and  the  As- 
pirate. 

5.  The  Abrupts  are  those  in  which  the  breath  is  com- 
pletely obstructed  in  passing  the  organs  of  speech.  They 
are  eight  in  number,  and  are  represented  as  follows : 

pee  bee          tee          dee  ch&y    j&y  k&y      fftty 


I)  Ch 

Their  names  are  given  immediately  above  the  Plate,  the 
italic  letters  in  the  names  showing  their  sounds,  or  powers. 
For  convenience  and  economy  of  illustration,  each  short- 
hand sign  is  represented  by  a  letter  of  the  common  alphabet. 
These  type  letters  are  called  "  Stenotypes."  They  are  shown 
immediately  below  the  Plate.  All  alphabetical  shorthand 
consonant  forms  are  called  stems  or  strokes. 

DIRECTION   OP   WRITING.— LENGTH. 

6.  P  and  B  should  be  struck  upward,  T  and  D  from  left 
to  right,  and  Ch,  J,  K,  and  G  downward.  The  short  stems 
should  be  one-eighth,  and  the  long  stems  one-quarter  of  an 
inch  in  length.  Each  of  these  stems  should  be  a  quarter  of 
a  circle. 

NOTE  3.— For  blackboard  writing,  of  course,  a  larger  scale  must  be  fixed  upon, 
but  the  relative  proportions  of  the  signs  should  be  maintained. 

NOTE  3. — P  and  B,  when  joined  to  other  stems,  may  sometimes  be  written  down- 
ward, as  explained  further  on.  When  standing  alone,  they  should  always  be  written 
as  directed  in  Par.  6. 

NOTE  4.— Observe  that  similar  sounds  are  represented  by  similar  lines.  The 
Cognate  sounds  (those  produced  by  the  same  organic  movement,  but  differing  only 
in  being  whispered  or  voiced)  being  represented  by  lines  struck  in  the  same  direc- 
tion, but  short  and  long  for  the  whispered  and  voiced  sounds  respectively.  Thus,  P 
and  B  are  pronounced  by  the  same  organic  movement,  but  P  is  whispered,  while  B 
is  voiced ;  so  with  T  and  D,  Ch  and  J,  K  and  G.  These  observations  refer,  of  course, 
to  the  actual  powers  of  these  letters,  as  heard  in  a  given  word,  not  to  their  alpha- 
betical names.  The  sound  of  P,  for  instance,  may  be  discovered  by  pronouncing 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND.  13 

the  word  "  cap,'1  then  dropping  the  c,  we  have  "  ap,"  then  the  a,  and  we  have  the 
true  sound  of  P.  A  similar  process  with  the  word  "cab"  will  disclose  the  true 
sound  of  B. 

NOTE  5.— Drill  on  these  characters  until  their  forms  and  names  are  readily  asso- 
ciated. Let  the  teacher  write  a  stem  on  the  blackboard,  the  class  giving  its  name. 
This  exercise  may  be  varied  by  the  teacher  pronouncing  a  letter  while  one  of  the 
class  gives  a  description,  as:  Teacher,  "P";  Pupil,  " Northwest,  curve,  short," 
(describing  the  part  of  the  circle  which  the  letter  forms).  Teacher,  "D";  Pupil, 
"North,  curve,  long,"  etc.  Pupils  should  be  drilled  in  writing,  either  on  the  black- 
board, or  with  pencil  or  pen  and  paper,  in  the  latter  case  passing  their  exercises  to 
the  teacher  for  correction  at  his  leisure,  or  the  teacher  may  make  the  corrections  by 
writing  the  proper  forms  on  the  board,  the  class  observing  and  making  their  own. 
corrections. 


LESSON     II. 

7.  The  Continuants,  or  second  class  of  consonants,  in- 
volve less  obstruction  to  the  breath,  or  voice,  in  pronun- 
ciation, than  the  Abrupts.  They  are  represented  as  fol- 
lows : 

e/  ree  \th  thee  \sh      she          ess      zee. 


F  V  Th  Dh  Sh      Zh  S         Z 

As  in  Par.  5,  the  names  and  powers  of  the  signs  are  given 
above  the  Plate,  and  the  Stenotypes  below. 

NOTB  6. — It  will  be  seen  that  F  and  V  are  cognates,  as  also  Th  and  Dh,  Sh  and 
Zh,  and  S  and  Z. 

DIRECTION  OF   WRITING.— LENGTH. 

8.  F  and  V  should  be  struck  upward.  Th  and  Dh  from 
left  to  right,  and  Sh,  Zh,  S,  and  Z  downward.  Their  lengths 
are  the  same  as  those  of  the  short  and  long  stems  represent- 
ing the  Abrupts,  as  explained  in  Par.  6.  Each  of  these 
stems  should  be  a  quarter  of  a  circle. 

NOTE  7.— F  and  V,  when  joined  to  other  stems,  may  sometimes  be  struck  down- 
ward, as  subsequently  explained.  When  standing  alone,  they  should  always  be 


14  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


written  &»  directed  in  Par.  8.    The  remarks  on  the  Abrupts  in  Note  4  apply  also  to 
these  consonant  forms. 

NOTE  8.— Drill  on  these  signs  as  directed  in  Note  5  until  they  become  familiar. 
It  will  be  well,  also,  to  introduce  as  part  of  this  lesson  a  review  drill  on  the  forms 
given  in  Lesson  I. 


LESSON     III. 

REMAINING    CONSONANTS. 

9.  The  four  remaining  classes  of  consonants,  comprising 
the  Liquids  K  and  L,  the  Nasals  M,  N,  and  Ng,  the  Coa- 
lescents  W  and  Y,  and  the  Aspirate  H,  are  represented  as 
follows : 


way       y&y   Aay 


RL  NM  NgWYH 


Their  names  are  given  above  the  Plate,  the  italic  letters  in 
the  names  showing  their  sounds  or  powers.  Their  Steno- 
types  are  shown  immediately  below  the  Plate.  The  hook 
of  L  may  be  written  on  either  side  of  the  stem,  according 
to  convenience,  and  should  always  be  at  the  beginning  of 
the  stem.  The  most  convenient  side  for  the  hook  will  be 
on  the  left  when  the  stem  is  not  connected  with  any  other 
form.  The  wave  signs  Ng,  W,  and  Y  have  two  forms,  as 
shown  above,  and  may  be  reversed  so  as  to  curve  the  other 
way,  when  necessary  to  make  an  easy  joining  with  other 
forms. 

DIRECTION  OF  STRIKING.— LENGTH. 

10.  E  and  L  should  be  struck  upward,  N  and  W  from 
left  to  right,  and  M,  Ng,  Y,  and  H  downward.     Each  stem 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


15 


in  this  Plate  should  be  one-eighth  of  an  inch  in  length,  or 
the  same  as  the  short  stems  shown  in  Pars.  5  and  7. 

NOTE  9.— R  and  L  may  sometimes  be  written  downward  as  subsequently  ex- 
plained. 

NOTE  10.— Drill  on  these  signs  until  they  become  familiar.  R  and  L  may  be 
described  as  "Northeast,"  and  "Northeast  hooked,"  N  "East,"  M  " Southeast," 
and  Ng,  W  and  Y  as  "Southeast,"  "East,"  and  "South"  waves  respectively  ;  H 
"  South."  A  review  of  Lessons  I  and  II  can  be  advantageously  introduced  here. 

NOTE  11. — The  Liquids  are  so  called  from  their  peculiar  sound  resembling  the 
flowing  of  a  liquid.  The  Nasals  are  so  named  because  the  breath  passes  through 
the  nasal  passages  in  their  pronunciation.  The  Coalesceuts  are  so  called  from  their 
facility  of  uniting  with  other  sounds.  The  Aspirate,  as  its  name  implies,  is  a  rough 
breathing. 

11.  As  an  aid  to  recalling  the  consonant  signs,  the  fol- 
lowing diagram  will  be  of  use  : 


J 


T  may  be  remembered  by  observing  that  it  forms  the  T-op 
of  the  circle  ;  then  D,  its  cognate,  will  be  readily  suggested. 
Th  and  its  cognate  Dh  may  be  remembered  as  occupying 
the  exact  opposite  quarter,  or  the  sou-TH  of  the  circle.  P 
may  be  remembered  as  the  prominent  sound  in  u-P,  it  being 
the  "up"  curve.  The  different  radii  of  the  circle  give  the 
forms  assigned  to  the  Liquids,  Nasals,  Coalescents,  and  As- 
pirate. 

By  familiarizing  these  maps  of  the  consonant  alphabet, 
the  learner  will  be  greatly  assisted  at  first  in  recalling  the 
alphabetic  forms. 


16  LIGHT-LINE    SHOKTHAND. 

LESSON      IV. 

VOWELS. 

12.    The  three  pairs  of  vowels  pronounced  through  a 
widened  mouth  aperture  are  represented  as  follows  : 

«at  it  ape  ell 


E  i  A  e  A       a 

The  names  and  sounds  of  these  signs  are  the  same,  and  are 
heard  in  the  words  given  above  the  Plate,  the  italic  letters 
representing  their  sounds  and  names.  Their  Stenotypes 
are  given  below  the  Plate,  and  consist  of  capital  and  small 
Roman  letters,  with  the  exception  of  the  vowel  A  which  is 
represented  by  an  italic  capital. 

DIRECTION  OF   STRIKING.— LENGTH. 

13.  E  and  i  should  be  struck  upward,  A  from  left  to  right, 
and  A  and  a  downward,  e  is  a  small  dot.  When  joined  to 
other  forms  E  and  i  may  be  written  up  or  down,  whichever 
direction  affords  the  best  angle  of  joining.  The  dash  signs 
should  be  one-sixteenth  of  an  inch  in  length,  and  the  dot 
for  e  as  small  as  can  be  made  conveniently.  Each  of  the 
curved  signs  should  be  a  quarter  of  a  circle.  When  E 
and  i  are  struck  downward  their  Stenotypes  are  printed  in 
italics. 

NOTE  12. — The  length  of  these  vowel  signs  as  compared  with  the  consonant  forms 
is  as  follows:  The  vowels  E,  i,  A,  A,  and  a  should  be  one-half  the  length  of  the 
short  consonant  stems.  So  in  blackboard  writing  their  lengths  must  be  proportioned 
to  the  scale  of  length  adopted  for  the  consonant  stems. 

NOTE  13.— These  vowel  signs  are  paired,  as  were  the  consonants,  although  they 
are  not  perfect  cognates.  The  remarks  in  Note  4  apply  generally  to  these  signs, 
though  the  difference  between  the  cognate  sounds  is  in  length  rather  than  quality. 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


1? 


NOTE  14. — A  drill  may  be  had  on  these  vowel  signs  similar  to  that  on  the  conso- 
nants. Use  the  word  "  tick"  for  the  straight  vowel  A,  and  "  tick  curve"  for  the 
others  except  e,  which  may  be  called  the  "dot."  Let  the  teacher  pronounce  E  ; 
the  pupil  describes  it  as  "  Southeast  tick  curve  " ;  teacher,  A ;  pupil,  "  tick  East," 
etc. 

14.  Consonants  and  vowels  are  joined  together  in  writing 
in  their  natural  order,  except  when  an  awkward  angle  would 
result  at  the  point  of  joining,  when  it  is  better  to  disjoin  the 
vowel  and  write  it  beside  the  consonant  stem,  as  explained 
hereafter.  Write  all  words  whose  prominent  vowel  is  E  or  i 
above  the  line,  as  follows  : 


pea 


itch 


key 


A  distinct  joining  must  be  made  between  consonants  and 
vowels — that  is,  they  must  join  at  an  angle,  and  the  best 
angle  is  the  sharpest,  because  most  easily  formed,  as  any  one 
can  readily  discover  by  experiment.  Write  the  following 
exercise  rapidly,  and  the  superiority  of  acute  angles  over 
obtuse  will  be  at  once  manifest : 


In  order  to  insure  the  best  angle  of  joining  in  all  cases, 
the  vowels  E  and  i  may  be  used  interchangeably,  either  at 
the  beginning  or  end  of  words.  No  difficulty  in  reading 
connected  writing  will  be  experienced  from  this  practice,  as 
these  cognate  sounds  are  not  liable  to  conflict. 

NOTE  15.— The  reason  for  the  three  positions  assigned  to  words  in  this  lesson 
will  be  explained  at  the  proper  time. 


18  LIGHT-LINE    SHOKTHAND. 

EXAMPLES. — Bee,  tea,  each,  eke,  if,  fee,  thee,  she,  ease,  easy,  e'en, 
knee,  me,  wee,  ye,  he. 

NOTE  16.— The  practice  of  writing  from  dictation  should  be  adopted  at  once  and 
steadily  adhered  to.  No  exercise  should  be  passed  over  until  it  has  become  fairly 
familiar.  At  the  outset,  let  the  rule  be  established  to  read  everything  that  is  written 
repeatedly.  Let  the  drill  in  reading  be  always  as  thorough  as  that  in  writing.  This 
advice  cannot  be  too  highly  commended,  for  nowhere  does  practical  success  depend 
more  on  "making  haste  slowly  "  than  in  this  matter  of  reading  whatever  is  writ- 
ten. 

15.  Write  all  words  whose  prominent  vowel  is  A  or  e  on 
the  line,  as  follows : 


Abe        eddy         etch    gay         fay         say         nay    hay 

When  a  vowel  does  not  make  a  distinct  joining  with  a  con- 
sonant stem,  it  must  be  disjoined  and  written  beside  the 
stem,  according  to  the  following  rule : 

16.  For  a  vowel  to  read  before  a  stem,  it  must  be  written 
to  the  left  of  a  vertical  or  inclined  stem,  and  above  a  hori- 
zontal; for  "a  vowel  to  read  after  a  stem,  it  must  be  written 
to  the  right  of  a  vertical  or  inclined  stem,  and  beloiu  a  hori- 
zontal.    The  vowel  should  be  written  near  the  stem  but  not 
touching  it,  and  to  avoid,  as  far  as  possible,  a  retrograde 
motion  of  the  pencil,  it  should  be  written  near  the  end  of 
the  stem  where  the  pencil  stops.     This  is  called  "pointing 
in"  the  vowels.     Of  course  the  dot  e  will  always  be  pointed 
in.     The  Stenotype  of  this  pointing  in  is  a  colon. 

EXAMPLES. — Ape,  pay,  bay,  ebb,  day,  edge,  age,  jay,  ache,  egg, 
they,  may,  aim,  way,  away,  yea. 

NOTE  17.— The  position  of  a  word,  whether  above,  on  the  line,  or  otherwise,  is 
determined-  by  the  position  of  the  consonant  stem,  and  not  by  that  of  the  vowel. 
The  vowel  accommodates  itself  to  the  position  of  the  consonant. 

17.  Write  all  words  whose  prominent  vowel"  is  A  or  a 
through  the  line  if  the  consonant  stem  is  vertical  or  in- 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


19 


clin£d,  and  on  the  line  if  the  stem  is  horizontal,  -as  fol- 
lows : 


A  and  a  may  be  written  interchangeably  to  secure  good 
angles,  in  the  same  manner  as  E  and  i,  as  heretofore  ex- 
plained. 

EXAMPLES. — Abbey,  Addie,  Aggie,  ashy,  Anna,  Annie,  am,  ma. 


LESSON 

VOWELS. 


V. 


18.    The  three  pairs  of  vowels  pronounced  through   a 
rounded  mouth  aperture  are  represented  as  follows : 


oil,  on 


owe,  whole 


pool,  good 


The  names  and  sounds  of  these  signs  are  the  same,  and  are 
heard  in  the  words  given  above  the  Plate,  the  italic  letters 
representing  their  sounds  and  names.  Their  Stenotypes 
are  given  below  the  Plate,  and  consist  of  small,  or  lower- 
case Roman  letters. 

NOTE  18.— Only  one  sign  is  given  to  represent  the  long  and  short  sounds  of  the 
vowel  in  each  case,  the  cognates  being  perfect  and  differing  only  in  length.  This 
scheme  is  entirely  practicable. 

DIRECTION   OF   STRIKING.— LENGTH. 

19.  aw  and  o  should  be  struck  downward,  and  u  from 
left  to  right.  The  dashes  aw  and  o  should  be  one-sixteenth 


20  LIGHT-LINE    SHOKTHAND. 

of  an  inch  in  length,  and  the  half-circle  u  one  thirty-sec%nd 
of  an  inch  across,  and  should  form  a  half-circle  as  its  descrip- 
tion indicates. 

NOTE  19.— Drill  on  these  signs  until  they  become  familiar.  Let  the  teacher  pro- 
nounce aw ;  the  pupil  replies  "  tick  Southeast,"  describing  the  direction  toward 
which  the  sign  is  etruck  ;  the  teacher  pronounces  u  ;  the  pupil  answers  "  small  half  • 
circle  North,"  describing  the  portion  of  a  circle  which  it  forms. 

20.  Write  all  words  whose  prominent  vowel  is  aw  above 
the  line,  as  follows  : 


paw 


aught       daw       chaw    caw 


Disjoin  the  vowel  when  it  will  not  make  a  distinct  angle, 
and  point  it  in  as  shown  in  Par.  16. 

EXAMPLES  — Jaw,  off,  thaw,  Shaw,  raw,  gnaw,  Waugh,  yaw,  haw. 

21.  Write  all  words  whose  prominent  vowel  is  o  on  the 
line,  as  follows : 


ope 


Point  in  the  vowel  when  it  does  not  join  well. 

EXAMPLES.— Poe,  bow,  toe,  Joe,  oak,  oaf,  though,  show,  row,  own, 
mow,  woe,  hoe. 

22.  Write  all  words  whose  prominent  vowel  is  u  through 
the  line  if  the  consonant  stem  is  vertical  or  inclined,  and  on 
the  line  if  the  stem  is  horizontal,  as  follows  : 


pooh 


thew        chew        shoe         sue 


lieu 


LIGHT-LINE    SHOKTHAND.  21 

This  vowel  may  open  up  or  down ;   use  that  form  which 
gives  the  most  acute  angle  in  joining  with  other  forms — 
either  the  North,  or  the  South  half-circle. 
EXAMPLES. — Adieu,  Jew,  rue,  anew. 


LESSON     VI. 

VOWELS. 

23.  The  obscure  vowel  in  her,  the  natural  vowel  in  up, 
and  the  double  vowels  in  by,  boy,  bough,  and  few,  called 
diphthongs,  are  represented  as  follows  : 


•view 


The  names  and  sounds  of  these  signs  are  the  same,  and  are 
heard  in  the  words  given  above  the  Plate,  the  italic  letters 
representing  their  sounds  and  names.  Their  Stenotypes  are 
given  below  the  Plate. 

DIRECTION  OF   STRIKING.— LENGTH. 

24.  When  standing  alone,  eu  and  I  should  be  struck  up- 
ward, awi  from  left  to  right,  ow  downward,  and  iu  down- 
ward and  left  to  right.  When  joined  to  other  stems,  eu 
and  I  may  be  written  up  or  down  according  to  convenience 
of  joining.  When  written  contrary  to  the  direction  given 
here,  their  Stenotypes  are  printed  in  italics. 

The  signs  eu,  I,  and  ow  should  be  one-sixteenth  of  an 
inch  in  length.  The  compound  signs  awi  and  iu,  formed 
of  the  simple  signs  aw  and  i,  and  i  and  u  respectively,  have 


22 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


their  component  parts  the  same  length  as  the  simple  signs 
which  form  them,  eu  and  ow  have  reverse  forms  for  con- 
venience in  joining,  either  -of  which  may  be  used. 

NOTE  20. — It  is  not  necessary,  except  where  great  accuracy  is  required,  to  write 
the  diphthong  iu,  the  sign  u  being  generally  all  that  is  needed. 

NOTE  21.— In  drilling  on  these  signs,  eu  and  ow  may  be  described  as  "  tick  waves," 
I  as  "  tick  Northeast,"  and  awi  and  iu  by  adopting  the  description  of  their  com- 
ponent parts  if  desirable. 

25.  Write  all  words  whose  prominent  vowel  is  eu  or  awi 
on  the  line,  as  follows  : 


up  boy  toy  joy  coy  Foye 

eu  will  always  make  a  good  joining  by  reversing  it  when 
necessary.     Point  in  awi  when  it  does  not  join  well. 

EXAMPLES. — Roy,  annoy,  ahoy. 

26.  Write  all  words  whose  prominent  vowel  is  I  above  the 
line,  as  follows : 


pie 


tie 


fie 


A  good  angle  may  always  be  secured  by  joining  the  upward 
or  downward  form  of  this  vowel. 

EXAMPLES. — Buy,  die,  vie,  ivy,  thigh,  thy,  shy,  icy,  nigh,  my,  rye, 
lie,  high. 

27.  Write  all  words  whose  prominent  vowel  is  ow  or  iu 
through  the  line  if  the  consonant  stem  is  vertical  or  inclined, 
and  on  the  line  if  the  stem  is  horizontal,  as  follows : 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND.  23 

ow  may  always  be  joined  by  a  choice  of  its  forms.  The 
same  is  true  of  iu,  which  may  be  reduced,  generally,  to  its 
last  element  u.  In  the  word  "  mew  "  it  is  necessary  to  write 
iu  in  full,  to  distinguish  the  word  from  "  moo,"  with  Avhich 
it  might  conflict,  iu  may  be  reversed  as  shown  in  the  Plate. 
EXAMPLES. — Dow,  ouch,  vow,  sow,  row,  mow,  how,  pew,  few,  view. 

28.  Two  vowels  occurring  together  are  represented  by 
their  signs  joined,  and  written  in  their  natural  order,  as 
follows : 


la  payee       doughy  idea  area        Owen 

For  this  purpose  e  may  be  represented  by  its  mate  A  to 
admit  of  joining,  as  in  the  word  "  Owen." 

In  case  of  two  or  more  vowels  in  a  word,  the  position  of 
the  word  is  determined  by  the  prominent  or  accented  vowel. 
A  word  consisting  altogether  of  vowels  should  be  written 
on  the  line.  Disjoin  the  vowels  as  usual  when  a  good  angle 
cannot  be  secured. 

EXAMPLES. — Io,  boa,  Bowie,  iota,  dewey,  Coey,  lago,  via,  thawy, 
Zoe,  showy,  Oweii,  Hoey. 


LESSON     VII. 

RECAPITULATION.— GENERAL  VIEW. 

29.  All  the  alphabetical  principles  have  now  been  ex- 
plained, and  it  will  be  in  order  to  present  a  general  view  of 
the  alphabet,  for  purposes  of  reference  and  thorough  com- 
prehension. In  the  Plate  on  page  189  the  alphabet  is  shown 
as  a  whole,  the  first  column  showing  the  shorthand  conso- 


24  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

nant  signs,  the  second  their  names,  the  third  their  Steno- 
types,  the  fourth  a  common  word  containing  the  sound  of 
each  letter,  the  fifth  the  direction  in  which  each  stem  should 
be  written,  and  the  sixth  the  vowels  with  their  Stenotypes. 

30.  It  has  been  seen  that  all  words  are  written  in  one  of 
three  positions — above,  on,  or  through  the  line,  according  to 
the  prominent  vowel.      These  three  positions  are  named 
First,  Second,  and  Third ;   the  First  position  being  above, 
the  Second  on,  and  the  Third  through  the  line  of  writing. 
This  rule  of  writing  words  in  position  must  be  strictly 
adhered   to   throughout  this  book,   except  where    special 
instructions  are  given  to  the  contrary.      There  are  some 
words  consisting  of  horizontal  stems  that  are  written  imme- 
diately under  the  line,  which  is  the  real  Third  position  for 
horizontals,  but  they  are  exceptions  to  the  general  rule,  and 
will  be  noted  in  the  lists  of  word  signs  and  in  the  Vocabu- 
lary.   It  is  generally  unnecessary  to  write  words  beginning 
with  horizontal  stems  in  the  Third  position. 

31.  The  object  of  writing  words  in  position  in  this  way 
is  to  enable  the  advanced  writer  to  generally  omit  the  vowels, 
and  still  retain  legibility.    All  words  are  thus  assigned  to 
three  general  classes,  two  or  three  principal  vowels  being 
prominent  in  each  class.   The  diphthongs  are  usually  written. 

32.  The  following  table  will  exhibit  the  vowels  assigned 
to  each  position : 


A    e        °        eu      awi 

I  f  \r 


a         u  OW       1U 


LIGHT-LINE    SHOKTHAND.  25 

Nothing  will  obviate  the  necessity  of  acquiring  thorough 
familiarity  with  this  classification  of  the  vowels  and  the 
positions  of  words  determined  by  them.  Writing  in  position 
must  be  carefully  observed  until  the  practice  becomes  auto- 
matic. 

NOTE  22.— Let  the  teacher  use  his  judgment  as  to  the  necessity  of  introducing  a 
thorough  review  of  the  preceding  instruction  at  this  point,  giving  drills  on  all  the 
alphabetical  elements.  It  will  be  a  loss  of  time  to  take  up  new  features  until  those 
already  presented  have  become  the  property  of  the  learner.  Above  all,  let  the 
learner  not  omit  to  read  everything  he  writes  again  and  again.  Beading  and  writing 
must  keep  equal  pace. 


LESSON     VIII. 

JOINING  OF  STEMS. 

33.  For  greater  economy  and   convenience,  the   Plates 
illustrating  the  following  lessons  will  be  given  in  the  latter 
part  of  the  book.     The  lines  of  shorthand  characters  will  be 
numbered  and  referred  to  accordingly.     This  lesson  is  illus- 
trated by  the  Plate  on  page  190. 

34.  All  the  consonants  in  a  word  consisting  of  two  or 
more  stems  are  usually  written  without  lifting  the  pen,  the 
second  beginning  where  the  first  ends,  and  so  on  until  all 
are  written. 

LINE  1.— PP,  PK.  PCh,  PL,  TD,  TCh,  ThSh,  RL,  LR,  MM. 

35.  Printing  Stenotypes  continuously  without  anything 
between  them  indicates  that  the  signs  they  represent  are 
joined.      Printing  with  a  hyphen  between  indicates  that 
they  are  to  be  disjoined  and  written  near  together,  whether 
consonants  or  vowels.     When  a  vowel  is  to  be  pointed  in, 
its  Stenotype  is  separated  from  that  of  the  consonant  by  a 
colon. 


26  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

NOTE  23.— Stenotypes  in  parenthesis  will  be  occasionally  introduced  in  the  fol- 
lowing exercises  in  this  hook  to  show  the  way  in  which  a  word  should  be  written  ; 
sometimes  the  form  of  the  whole  word  will  be  so  indicated,  and  .sometimes  only  one 
consonant  or  vowel  requiring  special  attention.  Vowels  so  indicated  should  never 
be  omitted. 

EXAMPLES.— BB,  BJ,  PSh,  BG,  BZ,  TB,  DT,  DK,  DSh,  DZ,  ChP, 
JT,  ChCh,  JK,  CUM,  JN,  JNg,  KP,  GT,  KJ,  KK,  KVV,  GSh,  GZ, 
ThSh,  ThM,  ThNg,  ST,  SNg,  ShD,  RR,  LL,  NZh,  NZ,  NN,  NM^ 
NNg,  NH,  NgK,  YT,  YK,  YM,  HT,  HJ,  HK,  HSh,  HN,  HM,  HNg, 
HH. 

NOTE  24.— No  confusion  will  result  from  printing  the  Stenotypes  consecutively, 
since  the  small  "h"  and  "g"  are  never  used  except  in  the  Stenotypes  Th,  Sh, 
Ng,  etc. 

NOTE  25.— In  joining  the  waves  W,  Y,and  Ng  to  other  consonants,  use  that  form 
which  makes  the  best  joining  with  a  preceding  or  following  stem. 

36.  When   vowels   occur  between   consonants   that  are 
joined,  it  is  usually  better  to  point  in  such  vowels.     This 
method  obviates  the  necessity  of   breaking  the  consonant 
outline,  and  adds  to  speed.     In  pointing  in  the  vowels, 
as  here  directed,  it  should  be  done  with  as  little  retrograde 
motion  as  possible ;  and  although  a  vowel  will  read  properly 
whether  written  after  the  first  or  before  the  second  conso- 
nant, it  will  generally  be  more  convenient  to  write  it  before 
the  second,  to  avoid  carrying  the  hand  back. 

37.  The  first  stem,  in  a  word  consisting  of  more  than  one 
stem,  is  written  in  position  according  to  the  accented  vowel 
of  the  word,  the  other  stems  following  and  accommodating 
themselves  to  the  position  of  this  first  stem.     Third  position 
words  of  more  than  one  stem,  the  first  being  horizontal, 
have  that  first  stem  written  on  the  line. 

LINE  2. — Tack,  check,  cog,  chyme,  noon,  mock,  mug,  yacht,  hook, 
hot. 

NOTB  26.— The  words  in  Line  2  are  written  in  position,  as  will  be  seen,  according 
to  the  accented  vowel.  The  rule  of  position  must  always  be  observed  in  the 
examples  following  in  this  book. 

EXAMPLES. — Chalk,  choke,  chuck,  cheek,  chick,  chum,  Jack,  joke, 
jog,  jig,  jam,  caulk,  cake,  coke,  cook,  keg,  catch,  coach,  ketch, 


LIGHT-LIKE    SHORTHAND.  27 

cage,  kedge,  calm,  comb,  gawk,  gag,  gig,  gouge,  gage,  gang,  gong, 
game,  Mack,  Mike,  muck,  Mag,  maim,  yoke,  yam,  hack,  hawk,  hag, 
hog,  hatch,  hitch,  hedge,  hang,  hung,  ham,  hum,  home,  hymn,  talk, 
duke,  dog,  thumb,  tuck,  tick,  tag,  tug,  tap,  top,  type,  tape,  tip,  tongue, 
dock,  dike,  deck,  duck,  dug,  dig,  deep,  dip,  dupe,  dab,  daub,  dub, 
dodge,  adage,  Doge,  thatch,  thong,  theme,  gnash,  numb,  nun,  nine. 


LESSON      IX. 

JOINING  OF  STEMS. 
(Illustrated  by  the  Plate  on  page  190.) 

38.  There  are  a  few  cases  where  stems,  if  joined  in  the 
ordinary  way,  would  show  no  angle,  or  a  very  slight  angle 
at  the  point  of  connection,  and  in  which  the  individuality 
of  the  stems  would  be  somewhat  obscured.      In  order  to 
insure  legibility  and  speed,  special  treatment  of  these  cases 
is  necessary.     They  are  governed  by  the  following  rule  : 

39.  When  necessary  to  preserve  the  distinctive  shape  of 
connected  stems,  the  joining  should  be  made  by  a  hook 
attached  to   one  of    the   stems    and   written   as  follows  : 
Between  a  curve  and  a  straight  stem,  the  hook  should  be 
attached  to  the  curve ;  between  two  curves,  the  hook  should 
be  attached  to  the  first  curve.     The  Stenotype  of  this  con- 
necting hook  is  a  small  or  lower-case  c. 

LINK  8. — Tomb,  Adam,  match,  Josie,  teething,  thick. 

NOTE  27. — Vowels  at  the  beginning  or  end  of  words  should  be  joined  when  con- 
venient. 

EXAMPLES. — Tom,  tame,  team,  dime,  dame,  dummy,  dome,  dim, 
deem,  towage,  toothache,  Dutch,  ditch,  Edith,  Idaho,  Jewish,  cozy, 
ethic,  image,  Madge,  midget,  myth,  mouth,  shame,  sham,  shiny, 
huzza. 


28  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

40.  In  many  cases  the  form  of  the  word  will  indicate  the 
distinctive  shape  of  the  stems,  and  render  the  use  of  the 
connecting  hook  unnecessary. 

LINE  4. — Back,  pack,  being,  teeth,  defy,  death. 

NOTE  28.— In  the  case  of  an  outline  like  the  word  "  back,"  as  shown  in  Line  4, 
the  form  of  the  word  shows  that  the  first  stein  is  B,  and  the  second  K,  since  if  both 
were  long  or  both  short,  the  bottoms  of  the  two  stems  would  be  even  horizontally, 
as  in  the  next  word  "  pack,"  in  Line  4,  in  which  both  stems  are  short.  The  different 
stems  are  plainly  shown  in  the  remaining  words  of  the  line.  The  stems  in  the  word 
"  death  "  are  made  sufficiently  plain  by  increasing  the  curvature  of  the  stem  Th. 

EXAMPLES. — Patch,  poach,  poach,  podge,  page,  apogee,  peck,  pock, 
opaque,  poke,  peg,  epic  (e),  peevish,  pang,  aping,  pung,  batch,  botch, 
balk,  bake,  aback,  beck,  book,  big,  bog,  bug,  buggy,  bag,  boggy,  beg, 
bang,  bung,  teach,  touch,  tooth,  shake,  shook,  ask. 


LESSON     X. 

JOINING    OF    STEMS.— STEMS    STRUCK    IN    TWO 
DIRECTIONS. 

(Illustrated  by  the  Plate  on  page  190.) 

41.  The  six  stems,  P,  B,  F,  V,  E,  and  L,  may  sometimes 
be  struck  downward,  as  heretofore  stated.     The  Stenotypes 
of  the  downward  forms  are  printed  in  italics.     The  ordinary 
slant  of  these  six  stems  when  struck  upward  is  about  thirty 
degrees  with  the  line  of  writing,  but  when  struck  down- 
ward their  slant  is  considerably  less,  being  about  sixty  de- 
grees with  the  line. 

NOTE  29.— This  difference  in  slant,  although  not  very  apparent  in  respect  of  the 
curves,  and  not  essential  in  their  case,  is  plainly  seen  in  the  case  of  the  straight 
stems.  This  varying  slant  results  from  the  natural  laws  of  motion,  which,  in 
writing,  subordinate  all  upward,  downward,  and  backward  movements  to  the  on- 
ward direction  of  the  writing. 

42.  The  six  stems  above  mentioned  may  be  struck  down- 
ward when  necessary  to  secure  a  better  joining  with  a  pre- 
ceding or  following  stem. 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND.  29 

LINE  5. — Pithy,  bathe,  fiat,  veto,  riot,  Elliott. 

LINE  6. — Reap,  Zebedee,  puffy,  review,  theory,  delay. 

NOTE  30.— Of  course,  where  there  is  a  choice  of  joinings,  the  best  will  at  once 
be  obvious,  acute  angles  being  much  superior  to  obtuse.  The  best  joining  is  no 
angle  ;  the  next  best  an  acute  angle. 

EXAMPLES. — Path,  apathy,  pith,  both,  bath,  Booth,  ebony,  folk,  fag, 
fog,  foggy,  fig,  fetch,  Fitch,  fudge,  fidget,  effigy,  food,  funny,  vouch, 
evoke,  vague,  vogue,  road,  ruddy,  rack,  rock,  rake,  wreak,  reck,  wreck, 
rick,  rig,  rag,  renew,  Reno,  asp,  ship,  shape,  shop,  nip,  neap,  nap, 
shabby,  nib,  nob,  bevy,  envy,  navy,  thorough,  authority,  theorem, 
sherry,  Ezra,  zero,  narrow,  inroad,  enrich,  energy,  enormity,  pillow, 
Polly,  Apollo,  Paley,  pulley,  Polk,  polka,  billow,  bellow,  below,  belly, 
belay,  Bailey,  by-law,  bully,  Billy,  belie,  bilk,  bulk,  bulky,  tally,  tal- 
low, outlaw,  outlay,  outlie,  Italy,  Italian,  dally,  dolly,  daily,  duly, 
Chili,  chilly,  jolly,  jelly,  callow,  Kelly,  gaily,  galley,  gully,  ugly,  yel- 
low, hilly,  highly,  hallow,  hollow,  holly,  halo,  alike,  elk,  Illinois, 
Caleb,  colic,  colleague,  Galena,  italic,  dilemma,  deluge,  pillage,  apology, 
Pollock,  belch,  bilge,  bulge,  Amalek,  Malacca,  Malaga. 

NOTE  31. — Every  word  should  be  ftilly  vocalized,  since  this  practice  is  absolutely 
necessary  to  insure  thorough  familiarity  with  the  vowels  and  the  method  of  pointing 
them  in.  The  learner  will  be  advised  when  the  proper  time  comes  to  begin  omitting 
the  vowels. 

43.  It  is  a  great  aid  to  legibility  when  vowels  are  omitted, 
if  the  place  where  the  vowel  occurs  can  be  indicated.     This 
can  be  done  in  the  case  of  the  stems  K  and  L,  when  stand- 
ing alone,  in  the  following  way : 

44.  When  R  or  L  is  the  only  consonant  in  a  word,  and  is 
preceded  by  a  vowel,  the  stem  should  be  struck  downward 
at  an  angle  of  about  sixty  degrees  with  the  line  of  writing. 

LINE  7. — Are,  ear,  arrow,  ell,  eel,  ill,  allay. 

EXAMPLES. — Air,  era,  Erie,  airy,  array,  or,  Ira,  awry,  err,  ally,  Eli, 
alloy,  allow. 

45.  When  joined  to  a  following  stem  and  preceded  by  a 
vowel,  and  the  upward  or  downward  forms  of  these  two 


30  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

stems  will  join  equally  well,  they  should  be  written  down- 
ward, as  shown  in  Par.  44. 

LINE  8. — Army,  herb,  urge,  alum,  Elba,  Alpha. 

EXAMPLES. — Arotna,  orb,  Oreb,  Arab,  Arabia,  airily,  airing,  elm, 
Alamo,  Alma,  Elijah,  allege,  elegy,  Alp,  elope,  alibi,  elbow,  Alva, 
Oolong. 

46.  When  E  or  L  is  the  only  consonant  in  a  word,  and  is 
not  preceded  by  a  vowel,  the  stem  should  be  struck  upward 
at  an  angle  of  about  thirty  degrees  with  the  line  of  writing. 

LINE  9. — Ray,  raw,  row,  lay,  lee,  low. 
EXAMPLES. — Rue,  rye,  Roy,  row,  lie,  lieu,  lea. 

47.  When  joined  to  a  following  stem,  and  not  preceded 
by  a  vowel,  and  the  upward  or  downward  form  of  the  letter 
E  will  join  equally  well,  it  should  be  written  upward,  as 
shown  in  Par.  46. 

NOTE  32.— L  is  not  used  in  this  situation  except  in  certain  special  cases,  which 
will  be  given  in  the  proper  place.  The  method  of  writing  initial  L  in  words  of  more 
than  one  consonant  will  be  shown  further  on. 

LINE  10. — Reap,  reach,  review,  Rory,  rely,  room,  ring. 

EXAMPLES.— Rip,  ripe,  rap,  rob,  rib,  rope,  robe,  rub,  ruby,  rupee, 
rich,  wretch,  ridge,  rage,  ream,  rim,  rhyme,  Rome,  roam,  rum,  ram, 
rheum,  roomy,  wrung,  rang,  wrong. 

48.  When  E  occurs  at  the  end  of  a  word,  being  joined 
to  a  preceding  stem,  and  both  upward  and  downward  forms 
are  equally  convenient,  the  stem  should  be  struck  upward 
if  a  vowel  follows,  and  downward  if  no  vowel  follows  it. 

The  occurrence  of  the  stem  L  in  this  situation  almost 
invariably  indicates  that  it  is  followed  by  a  vowel ;  there- 
fore it  may  be  struck  up  or  down.  The  exceptions  to  this 
rule  will  be  noted  hereafter. 

NOTE  33. — The  method  of  indicating  final  L  with  no  vowel  following  will  be 
subsequently  explained 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


31 


LINE  11. — Fair,  ferry,  Avery,  Rarey,  roar,  merry,  gaily,  folly. 


NOTE  34. — The  proper  direction  and  a  good  joining  may  sometimes  be  secured 
by  reversing  a  preceding  stem  when  allowable,  as  in  the  case  of  the  words  "  fair  " 
and  "  ferry,"  in  Line  11. 

EXAMPLES. — Fare,  fear,  fairy,  fury,  farrow,  furrow,  marrow,  marry, 
miry,  morrow,  Mary,  Murray,  emery,  rear,  rare,  Aurora,  volley,  villa, 
mellow,  Molly,  Milo,  Emily,  rally,  Rolla.  Raleigh,  Riley. 


LESSON     XI. 

BRIEF    SIGNS    FOR    S,  Z,  N.— FORWARD  AND   BACKWARD 
MOTION. 

49.  FORWARD  AND  BACKWARD  MOTION. — To  facilitate 
illustration  throughout  the  remaining  lessons,  the  terms 
Forward  and  Backward  Motion  will  be  employed.  Forward 
Motion  is  with,  and  Backward  Motion  contrary  to,  the 
motion  of  the  hands  of  a  clock,  as  shown  in  the  following 
diagrams : 

BACKWARD  MOTION. 


FORWARD  MOTION. 


The  arrow-points  show  the  direction  in  which  the  forms  are 
struck. 

50.  Although  the  alphabetic  forms  which  have  now  been 
fully  explained  would  enable  the  learner  to  write  any  word 
in  the  language,  the  long  forms  which  would  be  required 


32 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


for  many  words  would  render  verbatim  reporting  impossible. 
Therefore,  in  addition  to  the  stem  forms  which  have  been 
assigned,  speed  requires  shorter  signs  for  certain  frequently 
recurring  consonant  sounds.  These  requirements  are  met 
in  the  case  of  the  sounds  of  S,  Z,  and  N,  as  follows : 

51.  The  sound  of  S  or  Z  is  indicated  by  a  very  small  circle 
attached  to  stems  at  either  end,  and  read  in  the  order  in 
which  it  is  written.  It  is  turned  on  the  inside  of  curves, 
as  folio  Wo : 


sPs        sDa     sClis    sKs 


sVs       sThs       sSbs       sZs 


The  Stenotype  of  this  circle,  whether  used  for  S  or  Z,  is  a 
small  or  lower-case  s. 

NOTE  35.— No  difficulty  is  experienced  in  using  this  sign  for  both  S  and  Z,  except 
in  certain  cases  where  Z  occurs  initially,  hereafter  provided  for. 

52.  THE  CIRCLE  JOINED  TO  STRAIGHT  STEMS. — It  is 
obvious  that  a  straight  stem  has  two  sides  to  which  a  circle 
can  be  joined  with  equal  facility ;  but  to  satisfy  the  require- 
ments of  shorthand  writing,  the  simple  circle  is  confined  to 
one  side  of  these  stems,  according  to  the  following  rule : 

53.  The  small  circle  for  S  or  Z  is  joined  to  straight  stems 
with  Backward  Motion,  as  follows : 


sRs      sNs       sHa       sMs       sits 


Ls     sLs 


The  downward  forms  for  R  and  L,  it  will  be  seen,  are  slanted 
less  than  their  upward  forms,  and  their  Stenotypes  are 
printed  in  italics. 

54.  The  joining  of  the  S  circle  at  the  beginning  of  L 
requires  special   mention.      The  following  considerations 


LIGHT-LIKE    SHOETHAND. 


33 


will  make  the  scheme  plain :  1st.  This  circle  is  always 
joined  at  the  beginning  of  R  with  Backward  Motion. 
2d.  The  hook  of  L  may  be  written  on  either  side  (Par.  9) ; 
then,  to  save  the  necessity  of  writing  the  circle  carefully 
inside  the  hook  of  L,  we  can,  by  turning  the  circle  with 
Forward  Motion,  include  both  the  circle  and  hook,  without 
any  conflict  with  the  R  stem,  with  initial  S  circle.  Observe 
that  the  downward  L  is  commenced  at  the  top,  and  conse- 
quently the  hook  and  circle  included  will  be  found  at  the 
top.  At  the  end  of  L  the  circle  is  governed  by  the  same 
rule  as  is  applied  to  the  other  straight  stems,  being  joined 
with  Backward  Motion. 

NOTE  36.— When  any  circle,  loop,  or  hook  is  joined  finally  to  L,  the  straightness 
of  the  stem  will  be  preserved  by  writing  the  initial  hook  on  the  opposite  side  from 
the  circle,  loop  or  hook,  as  shown  in  the  Plate. 

55.  The  sound  of  N  is  represented  by  a  medium-sized 
circle  joined  to  stems  at  either  end,  and  read  in  the  order 
in  which  it  is  written.  It  is  turned  on  the  inside  of  curves, 
as  follows : 


n'i'n     nJn     nK  n     nThn 


Bn 


Fn 


Shn 


Sn 


It  is  joined  initially  to  straight  stems  with  Backward 
Motion,  and  finally  with  Forward  or  Backward  Motion, 
according  to  convenience,  as  follows  : 


Rn  Ln  Mn  Mn  Hn 

The  Stenotype  of  this  circle  is  the  small  or  lower-case  n. 

NOTE  37.--It  will  he  found  more  convenient  to  join  the  N  circle  finally  with  Back- 
ward Motion  to  all  straight  stems  except  downward  R  and  H,  where  Forward  Motion 
will  be  more  convenient. 


34  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

LESSON     XII. 

VOCALIZATION  OF  STEMS  WITH  CIRCLES  ATTACHED. 
(Illustrated  by  the  Plate  on  page  190.) 

56.  Vowels  occurring  between  the  sound  represented  by 
the  S  circle  and  the  sound  of  the  stem  to  which  it  is  attached, 
are  pointed  in  instead  of  joined,  being  written  on  the  proper 
side  of  the  stem.     This  circle  at  the  beginning  of  a  stem 
always  reads  first. 

LINE  12. — Sip,  sad,  such,  sky,  sir,  sly,  snow,  sing. 

NOTE  38. — Vowels  occurring  after  a  stem  having  an  initial  circle  may  be  joined 
when  convenient. 

EXAMPLES. — Sap,  sop.  spy,  soap,  sup,  soup,  spew,  sob,  sty,  stay, 
stow,  city,  stew,  sod,  soda,  seed,  seedy,  side,  sage,  sedge,  siege,  sack, 
sock,  sky,  scow,  Psyche,  sake,  soak,  suck,  seek,  sick,  skew,  sag,  soggy, 
south,  scythe,  soothe,  sash,  saucy,  Susie,  sere,  sewer,  sour,  sill,  silly, 
seal,  slaw,  slay,  sleigh,  Saul,  slow,  slew,  soil,  seem,  same,  psalm,  some, 
sung,  sang,  sway,  soho. 

57.  This  circle  at  the  end  of  a  stem  always  reads  last 
LINE  13. — Peace,  adz,  chess,  geese,  race,  lose,  miss,  use. 

NOTB  89.— Vowels  occurring  before  a  stem  having  a  final  circle  may  be  joined 
when  convenient. 

EXAMPLES. — Peas,  pace,  pass,  paws,  pause,  pose,  puss,  pus,  pies, 
apes,  bees,  baize,  bays,  bass,  base,  boss,  buys,  boys,  bows,  boughs, 
ebbs,  abyss,  abase,  obeys,  abbess,  abuse,  abbeys,  tease,  toss,  toes,  ties, 
toys,  adds,  dies,  dice,  days,  does,  dues,  deuce,  adduce,  cheese,  chase, 
chaws,  chose,  choose,  chews,  choice,  itches,  etches,  aegis,  ages,  edges, 
jaws,  juice,  Jews,  joys,  keys,  kiss,  ekes,  case,  aches,  Cass,  axe,  cause, 
ox,  oaks,  echoes,  coos,  accuse,  cows,  gaze,  guess,  eggs,  gas,  gauze,  goes, 
goose,  guise,  fees,  phiz,  face,  efface,  fuse,  effuse,  office,  foes,  fuss  eaves, 
vase,  views,  vice,  vies,  voice,  vows,  avows,  thaws,  thews,  thighs,  this, 
those,  thus,  ears,  rays,  arrows,  arose,  rose,  rows,  ruse,  rice,  rouse,  arouse, 
lees,  lace,  lays,  lass,  less,  loss,  loose,  lice,  lies,  alas,  louse,  allows,  niece, 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND.  35 

knees,  inns,  gnaws,  nose,  noose,  nice,  noise,  ounce,  amiss,  mace, 
maize,  amaze,  aims,  miss,  mass,  amass,  alms,  moss,  moose,  muse,  amuse, 
mice,  mouse,  ways,  woes,  woos,  yes,  ewes,  yews,  hiss,  haze,  Hayes,  hose, 
hoes,  hies,  house. 

58.  When  a  stem  has  a  circle  at  each  end  the  vowels 
belonging  to  it  are  best  pointed  in. 

LINE  14. — Spice,  seeds,  sages,  sails,  psalms,  Swiss. 

EXAMPLES. — Sips,  space,  sops,  soaps,  suppose,  spews,  soups,  spies, 
spouse,  sobs,  cities,  stays,  stows,  stews. 

59.  Stems  with  the  N  circle  attached  are  vocalized  in  the 
same  manner  as  those  with  the  S  circle  (Pars.  56-58). 

NOTE  40.— This  circle,  like  the  S  circle,  reads  first  when  joined  at  the  beginning, 
and  last  when  at  the  end  of  a  stem. 

LINE  15. — Knotty,  nudge,  neck,  tin,  run,  men,  yon,  hone. 

EXAMPLES. — Natty,  notch,  niche,  knack,  knock,  nook,  nag,  nog, 
'neath,  pin,  pain,  pane,  pen,  pan,  pawn,  pun,  pine,  been,  bean,  bane, 
Ben,  ban,  bone,  bun,  boon,  attain,  ten,  tan,  tone,  atone,  ton,  tine,  town, 
Dean,  Eden,  din,  dawn,  Dane,  Dan,  den,  deign,  don,  done,  dine,  chin, 
chain,  chine,  gin,  Jane,  John,  June,  join,  keen,  kin,  akin,  cane,  ken, 
can  (noun),  con,  cone,  coon,  kine,  coin,  gain,  again,  gone,  gun,  gown, 
fin,  fain,  feign,  fen,  fan,  fawn,  often,  fun,  fine,  vain,  vane,  van,  Vaughan, 
vine,  thin,  then,  thine,  sheen,  shin,  ashen,  shone,  shown,  shun,  ocean, 
shine,  seen,  sane,  sawn,  sown,  sun,  son,  zone,  rain,  reign,  wren,  ran, 
roan,  run,  Rhine,  mean,  main,  mane,  men,  amen,  man,  moan,  omen, 
moon,  mine,  yawn,  hen,  Hun. 

60.  The  outlines  of  a  great  many  words,  beginning  with 
a  vowel,   with   N  as   the  first  consonant  sound,  may  be 
shortened  materially,  without  sacrificing  legibility,  by  using 
the  N  circle  to  represent  that  sound.     Then,  to  show  that 
the  vowel  comes  before  the  n,  it  may  be  conventionally 
written  inside  the  circle. 

NOTE  41.— In  practice  it  is  seldom  necessary  to  insert  this  vowel. 
LINE  16. — Into,  unto,  undo,  inch,  enjoy,  Inca. 


36  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

LESSON     XIII. 

CIRCLES    BETWEEN    STEMS.— CIRCLES    FOLLOWING 
OTHER   CIRCLES. 

(Illustrated  by  the  Plate  on  page  190.) 

61.  When  a  circle  occurs  between  two  stems,  if  the  stems 
join  at  an  angle  the  circle  is  turned  on  the  outside  of  that 
angle,  and  if  the  stems  do  not  join  at  an  angle,  the  circle  is 
turned  on  that  side  of  the  first  stem  which  it  would  occupy 
if  no  stem  followed  it. 

LINE  17. — Chesapeake,  fasten,  reason,  desk,  museum,  poison. 
(The  remainder  of  this  lesson  is  illustrated  by  the  Plate 
on  page  191.) 

LINE  1. — Panama,  bench,  tenor,  candy,  fancy,  runaway. 

EXAMPLES. — (These  words  are  all  of  two  stems  with  the  S  circle 
between). — Tacit,  phthisic,  task,  tusk,  Tuesday,  tossing,  teasing,  deceit, 
deceive,  disk,  disavow,  dismay,  dosing,  dusky,  dowsing,  chasten,  Atchi- 
son,  chosen,  choosing,  Jason,  Joseph,  accede,  exit,  cask,  cassock,  chasm, 
oxide,  Cossack,  oxen,  causing,  gazing,  guessing,  gassing,  gasp,  Augusta, 
gossip,  gusset,  physic,  facade,  facing,  effacing,  fusing,  visage,  season, 
schism,  paucity,  opposite,  opacity,  pasty,  upset,  episode,  passage,  pass- 
eth  (P),  possess  (P),  pacify,  passing,  pausing,  pacing,  posing,  opposing, 
appeasing,  opossum,  bask,  Biscay,  besought,  beset,  bestow,  obesity, 
beside,  beseech,  besiege,  abusive,  basing,  boatswain,  bassoon,  besom, 
nicer  (R),  answer  (R),  noisome,  Anson,  unsung,  mask,  mosque,  Mos- 
cow, music,  musk,  missive,  massive,  misery  (R),  miser  (R),  mouser 
(R),  mizzen,  mason,  wisp,  wasp,  Wesson,  yeasty,  user  (R),  usury,  hasp, 
hasty,  husk,  hasten. 

(These  words  are  all  of  two  stems  with  the  N  circle  between). — 
Bandy,  banner,  tanner,  tannery,  dainty,  dinner,  January,  junior,  can- 
nery, gainer,  gunner,  finer,  finery,  shiner,  runner  (RnR),  minute,  Mon- 
day, month,  miner,  meaning,  handy,  haunch,  Henry,  honing. 

62.  The  rule  given  in  Par.  61  is  departed  from  only  to 


LIGHT-LINE    SHOETHAND.  37 

avoid  turning  a  circle  on  the  back  of  a  curved  stem ;  circles 
must  always  be  turned  on  the  inside  of  curves. 

LINE  2. — Risk,  nosegay,  message,  ranch,  launch,  manage. 

NOTE  42. — The  stem  L  may  be  used  for  initial  L  when  followed  by  a  circle  and 
another  stem,  as  in  "  launch,"  in  Line  2. 

EXAMPLES. — Reside,  lucid,  Lusk,  range,  linnet,  lunch,  lounge, 
munch. 

63.  Another  S  sound  may  be  added  after  an  S  circle  at 
the  end  of  a  word  by  turning  a  small  circle  on  the  back  of 
the  S  circle,  and  after  an  N  circle  by  turning  a  small  circle 
inside  the  N  circle.  The  Stenotype  remains  s. 

LINE  3. — Pieces,  doses,  races,  laces,  fans,  signs,  runs,  moons. 

NOTE  43.— On  straight  stems  the  first  circle  is  turned  with  Backward  Motion, 
according  to  rale,  and  the  following  8  circle  is  turned  on  the  back  of  the  first  by 
carrying  the  pencil  across  the  stem  and  half  way  round  the  first  circle,  where  the 
lines  join,  forming  the  "  divided  circle."  The  N  circle  is  turned  in  its  proper  direc- 
tion, and  the  S  circle  is  turned  inside  of  it  by  continuing  the  circular  motion  of  the 
pencil  until  it  forms  a  complete  small  circle  inside  of  the  larger  one,  presenting  the 
'•  inclosed  circle." 

NOTE  44.  —The  obscure  vowel  occurring  between  the  two  S  sounds  may  be  left 
unrepresented. 

EXAMPLES. — (Small  circle  on  the  lack  of  the  S  circle). — Paces,  passes, 
pauses,  poses,  opposes,  bases,  bosses,  buzzes,  teases,  tosses,  dazes,  adzes, 
dowses,  cheeses,  chases,  chooses,  Jesus,  cases,  axes,  causes,  cusses,  gazes, 
guesses,  gases,  fizzes,  phases,  faces,  fusses,  vases,  offices,  fuses,  vices, 
voices,  ceases,  assesses,  sauces,  sowses,  roses,  rises,  arises  (Rss),  rouses, 
arouses,  leases,  losses,  loses,  looses,  neices,  noses,  nooses,  noises,  misses, 
mazes,  maces,  amazes,  messes,  masses,  mosses,  musses,  muses,  amuses, 
uses,  hisses,  houses. 

(Small  circle  within  the  N  circle]. — Pins,  pains,  pens,  pans,  pawns, 
puns,  pines,  beans,  bins,  bans,  bones,  buns,  boons,  tins,  tens,  tans, 
tones,  tons,  tines,  towns,  Deans,  dins,  dens,  Dan's,  dawns,  dines, 
downs,  chins,  chains,  chance,  chines,  jeans,  gins,  Jane's,  Jones,  joins, 
canes,  cans,  cones,  coons,  coins,  gains,  gowns,  fins,  fens,  feigns,  fawns, 
evince,  vanes,  vans,  vines,  shins,  shuns,  shines,  rains,  means,  mince, 
manes,  mains,  men's,  man's,  moans,  mines,  Haines,  hens,  hence,  hones, 
Huns. 


38  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

64.  Two  S  sounds  following  the  N  circle  are  represented 
by  elongating  the  small  circle  into  a  loop  and  turning  it  on 
the  back  of  the  N  circle.     The  Stenotype  of  this  loop  is  ss. 

LINE  4. — Pounces,  dunces,  chances,  Kansas,  fences,  rinses. 

EXAMPLES. — Bounces,  tenses,  dances,  Jones's,  offences  (F),  evinces, 
minces. 

65.  The  N  circle  may  be  used  for  M  in  a  few  special  cases 
where  there  is  no  danger  of  conflict  between  N  and  M,  the 
circle  being  made  larger  than  usual  for  M  when  convenient. 
The  Stenotype  of  the  circle  when  used  for  M  is  the  small  or 
lower-case  m. 

LINE  5. — Money,  pomp,  submit,  item,  damp,  Smith,  name.. 

EXAMPLES. — Pampa,  Pompey,  pump,  bump,  bumper  (BmP.R),  Au- 
tumn, damper,  dump,  camp,  gimp,  many,  smooth  (SmDh),  hamper 
(HmPR),  hump. 


LESSON      XIV. 

REPRESENTATION    OF    S    AND    Z. 

(Illustrated  by  the  Plate  on  page  191.) 

66.  When  Z  is  the  first  consonant  in  a  word  (preceded  or 
not  by  a  vowel)  it  must  be  represented  by  the  stem  Zee. 

LINE  6.— Zero,  zinc,  Ezra,  Zion,  Zurich,  oozing,  zany. 

NOTE  45.— The  connecting  hook  should  of  course  be  used  when  necessary  to 
secure  a  distinct  angle  in  joining. 

EXAMPLES.— Czar,  Isaac,  Zachariah,  Zebedee. 

67.  When  Z  is  the  last  consonant  in  a  word,  and  is  fol- 
lowed by  a  vowel,  the  stem  Zee  must  be  used. 

LINE  7. — Busy,  cozy,  fuzzy,  rosy,  noisy,  Maza. 


LIGHT-LIKE    SHOKTHAND.  39 

EXAMPLES. — Posy,  boozy,  dizzy,  daisy,  dozy,  Josie,  fuzee,  Vesey, 
uneasy,  mazy. 

68.  When  S  is  the  first  consonant  in  a  word,  and  is  pre- 
ceded by  a  vowel,  it  must  be  represented  by  the  stem  Ess. 

LINE  8. — Ask,  asp,  askew,  ossify,  Essex,  Eason,  isthmus. 
EXAMPLES. — JSsop,  Esquimaux,  escape,  espy,  Osage,  Estey. 

69.  When  S  is  the  last  consonant  in  a  word,  and  is  fol- 
lowed by  a  vowel,  the  stem  Ess  must  be  used. 

LINE  9. — Posse,  Jessie,  fussy,  Vasa,  racy,  Massa. 

EXAMPLES. — Abbacy,  Tasso,  Odyssey,  Odessa,  Jesse,  juicy,  Agassiz, 
foci,  Macy,  massy. 

70.  When  not  governed  by  the  foregoing  rules,  the  sounds 
of  S  and  Z  should  be  represented  by  the  stems  Ess  and  Zee 
respectively,  when  the  stems  will  clearly  give  an  easier  form 
than  would  result  from  the  use  of  the  circle  s. 

LINE  10.— Suffice,  excess,  Smith,  smooth,  exercise,  season,  Cicero, 
Caesar. 

71.  When  a  word  contains  but  the  two  consonants,  S  fol- 
lowed by  S  or  Z,  use  one  stem  and  one  circle,  as  follows : 
When  the  word  ends  in  S  or  Z,  no  vowel  following,  use  the 
stem  followed  by  the  circle ;  when  a  vowel  follows  the  last 
S  or  Z,  use  the  circle  followed  by  the  stem. 

LINE  11. — Cease,  says,  sauce,  size,  sissy,  saucy. 
EXAMPLES. — Sees,  seize,  siss,  sows,  sues,  sighs,  Susie. 

72.  In  all  cases  not  governed  by  Pars.  66,  67,  68,  69,  70, 
and  71,  the  small  circle  s  should  be  used  for  S  and  Z.     (See 
Lesson  XI.) 


40  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

LESSON     XV. 

LOOPS  FOR  STR,   TR  (DR,  THR,  DHR),   AND  SEN. 
(Illustrated  by  Plate  on  page  191.) 

73.  A  small  loop,  written  only  at  the  beginning  of  stems, 
is  used  for  the  combination  str,  with  no  vowel  between  the 
three  consonants.     It  is  joined  to  stems  in  the  same  manner 
as  the  S  circle  (inside  of  curves,  and  to  straight  stems  with 
Backward  Motion).      Its   Stenotype  is  str  in  lower-case 
letters. 

LINE  12. — Strip,  straight,  stretch,  strike,  strive,  stress,  stroll,  strain, 
string. 

NOTK  46. — This  loop  is  joined  to  L  on  the  same  principle  as  the  S  circle.  (See 
Par.  54.) 

EXAMPLES. — Strap,  street,  strait,  strut,  strode,  stride,  streak,  stroke, 
struck,  strife,  Strine,  stream,  strong. 

74.  A  small  loop,  less  than  half  the  length  of  a  short 
stem,  used  only  at  the  end  of  stems,  represents  tr,  dr,  or  dhr, 
an  obscure  vowel,  which  may  be  left  unrepresented,  occur- 
ring between  the  r  and  the  preceding  consonant.      It   is 
turned  within  curves  and  joined  to  straight  stems  with 
Forward  Motion.     Its  Stenotype  is  tr  in  lower-case  letters. 

LINE  13. — Better,  tighter,  daughter,  gather,  fetter,  Astor,  lighter, 
enter. 

EXAMPLES. — Patter,  Potter,  pouter,  powder,  beater,  bitter,  bidder, 
batter,  bother,  butter,  biter,  teeter,  titter,  tetter,  tatter,  totter,  auditor, 
debtor,  doubter,  cutter,  gaiter,  getter,  gutter,  goitre,  fitter,  fighter, 
avator,  shatter,  shutter,  shooter,  shouter,  sitter,  setter,  Sutter,  ratter, 
rooter,  litter,  loiter,  neater,  knitter,  mutter,  miter,  heater,  hatter,  hater, 
hotter,  header. 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND.  41 

75.  The  tr  loop  may  follow  any  circle,  in  the  manner  here 
shown,  after  the  stems  P  and  B  only. 

LINE  14. — Paster,  pester,  pastor,  poster,  painter,  pander,  pointer, 
boaster,  booster,  banter,  binder. 

NOTE  47. — The  tr  loop  in  this  situation  cannot  conveniently  be  used  on  other 
stems.  The  method  of  writing  other  words  with  similar  terminations  will  be 
explained  hereafter. 

76.  A  large  loop,  more  than  half  the  length  of  a  short 
stem,  used  only  at  the  end  of  stems,  represents  the  syllable 
"  shon,"  spelled  variously  "  tion,"  "  sion,"  "  cian,"  etc.     It  is 
turned  within  curves,  and  joined  to  straight  stems  with 
Backward  Motion.     Its  Stenotype  is  shn  in  lower-case  let- 
ters. 

LINE  15. — Passion,  occasion,  vision,  lesion,  appellation,  vocation, 
discussion,  exception. 

EXAMPLES. — Option,  potion,  edition,  action,  caution,  auction,  fashion, 
fusion,  effusion,  evasion,  vacation,  session,  ration,  oration  (.Rshn),  era- 
sion,  erosion,  elision  (Zshn),  elation,  lotion,  illusion,  allusion,  notion, 
motion,  mission,  emission,  omission,  emotion,  unction,  Hessian.  (Two 
stems  ending  with  shon  loop.) — Pollution  (PZshn),  aberration,  abortion, 
adoption,  diction,  division,  diffusion,  adoration,  dilation,  dilution,  ad- 
hesion (DcHshn),  Egyptian,  agitation,  ejection,  caption,  corrosion, 
cohesion  (KcHshn),  gumption,  ignition,  fiction,  faction,  Phrenician 
(FNshn),  eviction,  vacation,  avocation,  variation  (VJSshn),  association 
(SShshn),  eruption  (^Pslm),  irritation,  irradiation,  erection,  irrigation, 
arrogation,  refashion,  revision,  remission,  election,  allegation,  elevation, 
alleviation,  alienation,  infusion,  invasion,  animation. 

77.  S  or  Z  is  added  to  a  loop  by  turning  the  small  circle 
on  the  back  of  the  stem. 

LINE  16. — Patters,  fetters,  pastors,  binders,  auctions,  rations,  alien- 
ations. 

78.  When  two  vowels  occur  together,  as  in  "  alienations," 
the  last  word  in  Line  16,  when  one  of  the  vowels  is  the  dot 


42  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

e,  it  may  be  represented,  for  convenience  of  joining,  by  its 
mate  A. 

EXAMPLES. — (Select  from  the  words  given  under  Pars.  74,  75,  and 
76,  adding  the  S  circle  to  them.) 

79.  The  shon  loop  may  include  any  circle,  any  vowel 
occurring  between  the  circle  and  loop  being  omitted  or 
written  inside  the  loop. 

LINE  17. — Opposition,  decision,  disposition,  tension,  redemption. 

NOTE  48. — The  vowel  between  the  circle  and  loop  above  mentioned  is  seldom  or 
never  required  to  be  written,  the  form  being  perfectly  legible  without  it. 

EXAMPLES. — Position,  apposition,  supposition,  deposition,  admis- 
sion, indisposition  (nDsPsshn),  exposition,  accusation,  vexation. 


LESSON     XVI. 

INITIAL  HOOKS. 
(Illustrated  by  the  Plate  on  page  192.) 

80.  The  sounds  of  E  and  L.  unite  very  closely  with  other 
consonant  sounds,  the  combination  being  uttered  by  one 
impulse  of  the  voice.     In  such  words  as  "pray,"  "try," 
"clay,"  "fly,"  etc.,  it  will  be  noticed  that  "pr,"  "tr,"  "cl," 
and  "fl,"  in  those  words  are  so  closely  united  as  to  appear 
to  be  but  one  sound,  no  vowel  occurring  between  them. 
This  combination  of  R  and  L  with  other  sounds  is  repre- 
sented by  an  adequately  close  and  rapid  combination  of 
forms. 

81.  The  sound  of  R  following  the  sound  of  a  stem  is 
indicated  by  a  small  hook  at  the  beginning  of  stems  written 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


43 


within  curves,  and  joined  to  straight  stems  by  Forward 
Motion,  as  follows : 


Pr 


Br       Tr        Dr 


Clir  Jr        Kr      Gr       Fr      Vr 


Thr      i>kr      Skr    Zkr        iSr.      Zr 


Mr 


The  Stenotype  of  this  hook  is  the  small  or  lower-case  r. 

NOTE  49. — Although  written  first  in  forming  the  outline,  this  R  hook  sounds 
after  the  stem  to  which  it  is  attached.  The  first  outline  in  the  table  above  is  "  Pr," 
not  "rP";  R  before  another  consonant  being  always  represented  by  the  stem  Ar. 

82.  E  and  L  do  not  take  the  R  hook.    The  wave  signs 
Ng,  W,  and  Y  do  not  take  it  except  in  certain  special  forms 
when  connected  with  a  preceding  stem,  as  shown  in  the 
Vocabulary. 

83.  The  sound  of  L  following  the  sound  of  a  stem  is 
indicated,  on  curves,  by  a  large  hook  at  the  beginning  of 
stems,  and  on  straight  stems  by  a  small  hook  at  the  begin- 
ning, turned  with  Backward  Motion,  as  follows : 


PI 


Bl      Tl 


CM     Jl 


Kl     Gl     Fl     VI 


Thl       Dhl    Shi  Zkl 


SI     Zl 


XI 


Ml 


The  Stenotype  of  this  hook  is  the  small  or  lower-case  1. 

NOTE  50.— Although  written  first,  as  in  the  case  of  the  R  hook,  this  hook  sounds 
after  the  stem  to  which  it  is  attached. 

84.  R  and  L  do  not  take  the  L  hook.  The  wave  signs 
Ng,  W,  and  Y  do  not  take  it  except  in  certain  cases  when 
following  other  stems,  as  shown  in  the  Vocabulary. 


44  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

85.  These  initially  hooked  stems  are  compound  stems, 
and  are  vocalized,  joined,  and  read  the  same  as  simple  stems 
— that  is,  the  two  sounds  represented  by  the  compound  stem 
are  spoken  with  one  impulse  and  with  no  vowel  sound 
between  them ;  therefore,  vowels  will  be  joined  to  them  or 
written  beside  them  the  same  as  with  simple  stems. 

LINE  1. — Pray,  draw,  acre,  fry,  throw,  inner. 

EXAMPLES. — Pry,  prow,  bray,  brew,  brow,  tree,  tray,  trow,  true, 
try,  Tray,  dray,  drew,  dry,  crow,  crew,  cry,  eager,  gray,  augur,  grow, 
agree,  free,  fray,  affray,  offer,  fro,  Opbir,  over,  three,  author,  threw, 
either,  Asher,  usher,  shrew,  honor,  owner,  Emir. 

LINE  2. — Blow,  idle,  clue,  evil,  easel,  inly,  only. 

EXAMPLES. — Plea,  play,  ply,  plow,  able,  blue,  blew,  addle,  idly, 
clay,  claw,  cloy,  glee,  eagle,  glow,  ogle,  glue,  flee,  flea,  flay,  flow, 
flew,  fly. 

86.  These  hooks  are  used  between  stems  as  well  as  at  the 
beginning  of  words. 

LINE  3. — Tucker,  trifle,  chiefly,  shovel,  ripple,  rifle,  roamer. 

NOTE  51.— The  slight  vowel  heard  between  the  stem  and  hook  in  such  words  as 
"Tucker,"  "shovel,"  "roamer,"  need  not  be  represented. 

/ 

EXAMPLES. — Teacher,  tickle,  taker,  tackle,  talker,  travel,  trimmer, 
decry,  decline  (DKln),  digger,  dagger,  giver,  gopher,  feeble,  feebly, 
fable,  affable,  foible,  Schaeffer,  shaver,  chivalry,  suffer,  savor,  reaper, 
ripper,  Ripley,  wrapper,  roper,  reply,  rabble,  rubber,  ruble,  richer, 
richly,  rigger,  riffle,  raffle,  ruffle,  leper,  lubber,  labor,  ledger,  lodger, 
liquor,  locker,  lugger,  liver,  lover,  lovely,  lively,  muckle,  maker, 
mocker,  mockery,  muffle  (MF1),  heifer  (HFr),  homely. 

NOTE  52.— Use  the  stem  El  for  initial  L  in  such  words  as  "leper,"  "lubber," 
"  labor,"  given  in  the  above  exercise. 

87.  Sometimes  the  hook  can  only  be  partially  written  ; 
in  such  cases  a  slight  offset  of  the  pencil  answers  the  pur- 
pose. 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND.  45 

LINE  4. — Paper,  table,  trouble,  finely,  neighbor,  employ,  hammer. 

EXAMPLES. — Tipple,  taper,  topple,  toper,  deeper,  dipper,  dapper, 
dapple,  doubly,  double,  feather,  razor,  nipple,  noble,  nobly,  enable, 
unable,  ennoble,  masher,  Mosher,  haggle. 

88.  In  some  cases  it  is  better  to  write  the  stems  instead 
of  trying  to  use  the  hooks,  when  the  latter  cannot  well  be 
shown. 

LINE  5. — Pauper,  trapper,  trooper,  joker,  cracker,  shipper. 


LESSON     XVII. 

REVERSED  L  HOOK. 
(Illustrated  by  the  Plate  on  page  192.) 

89.  T'-,e  large  L  hook,  as  shown  on  curves,  is  frequently 
reversed  and  joined  at  an  angle  to  stems  at  either  end  to 
represent  an  initial  or  final  L  sound.  At  the  beginning  of 
words  it  always  opens  up  or  down,  and  at  the  end  of  words 
it  takes  the  most  convenient  direction.  It  is  read  in  the 
order  in  which  it  is  written.  It  should  be  a  half-circle, 
twice  the  size  of  the  vowel  u — that  is,  one-sixteenth  of  an 
inch  in  diameter.  Its  Stenotype  is  the  small  lower-case  I 
printed  in  italics. 

NOTE  53.— A  small  (u)  or  (d)  in  parenthesis  printed  after  the  Stenotype  of  this 
hook  indicates  the  direction  toward  which  it  should  open  in  a  given  outline,  whether 
up  or  down. 

LINE  6. — Leap,  latch,  lug,  leaf,  loathe,  lash,  line,  limb. 
LINE  7.— Bull,  tail,  chill,  goal,  fill,  rule,  lull,  mile,  Yale,  hill. 

EXAMPLES. — (One  stem  preceded  by  reversed  L  hook). — Lip,  lap,  lop, 
loop,  leach,  liege,  ledge,  leek,  leak,  lick,  lake,  lack,  lock,  luck,  look, 
like,  leg,  lag,  log,  laugh,  loaf,  luff,  leave,  laye,  latch,  loth,  lathe,  lithe, 


46  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

leash,  lash,  lean,  lane,  lawn,  lone,  loon,  loin,  lame,  lamb,  loam,  loom, 
lime,  Lang. 

(One  stem  with  reversed  L  hook  at  the  end). — Peel,  pill,  pale,  poll, 
pole,  pool,  pull,  pile,  bill,  bale,  ball,  bawl,  bowl,  bile,  boil,  teal,  tall, 
toll,  tool,  tile,  toil,  deal,  dale,  dell,  doll,  dole,  dull,  gill,  gaol,  jail,  jowl, 
keel,  kill,  call,  coal,  cull,  cool,  chyle,  coil,  cowl,  gale,  gall,  guile,  feel, 
fail,  fell,  fall,  fool,  file,  foil,  foul,  fowl,  veal,  vale,  vile,  thole,  reel,  rill, 
rail,  roll,  loll,  meal,  mill,  male,  mail,  maul,  mole,  mule,  yell,  yawl, 
heel,  hale,  hell,  hall,  haul,  hole,  whole,  hull. 

NOTE  54. — The  reversed  L  hook,  as  shown  in  the  above  examples,  is  almost 
always  used  to  represent  initial  L  followed  by  a  stem,  and  final  L  preceded  by  a 
Btem.  The  only  exceptions  to  this  practice  are  in  words  like  "  labor  "  or  "  Laura," 
where  L  is  best  represented  by  the  stem  El,  and  "  excel "  (KsZ,),  where  the  stem  L 
must  be  used  to  admit  of  vocalization  if  desirable.  L  at  the  beginning  of  words 
and  preceded  by  a  vowel,  and  L  at  the  end  of  words  and  followed  by  a  vowel,  are 
always  represented  by  the  stem  El,  to  admit  of  vocalization  if  necessary. 

90.  The  S  circle  only  can  be  written  inside  the  reversed 
L  hook.     No  other  circle  or  loop  is  allowable. 

LINE  8. — Sleep,  slouch,  slack,  slim,  sling,  pulse,  tails,  rolls,  heels. 

EXAMPLES — Slip,  slap,  slop,  slope,  sloop,  slab,  sledge,  sleek,  slick, 
slake,  slag,  slug,  sloth,  slash,  slush,  slam,  slime,  slung,  slang.  (For  S 
added  to  the  reversed  L  hook  at  the  end  of  words,  use  the  words  given 
under  Par.  89,  Line  7.) 

91.  The  combination  "  si "  at  the  end  of  a  word,  some- 
times with  a  slight  vowel,  which  may  be  left  unrepresented, 
intervening  between  the  two  sounds,  is  also  represented  by 
the  reversed  L  hook  preceded  by  the  S  circle.    The  circle  is 
joined  to  straight  stems  with  Backward  Motion,  according 
to  Par.  53,  the  hook  following  in  the  most  convenient  direc- 
tion. 

LINE  9. — Pestle,  dazzle,  jostle,  fizzle,  rustle,  nozzle,  hustle. 

EXAMPLES. — Puzzle,  bustle,  tassel,  tussle,  chisel,  castle,  guzzle, 
vessel,  vassal,  thistle,  sizzle,  wrestle,  nasal,  missile,  muzzle,  weasel, 
wassail,  hazel. 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND.  47 

92.  Another  s  may  be  turned  inside  the  reversed  L  hook, 
as  used  in  Par.  91. 

LINE  10. — Pestles,  dazzles,  jostles,  fizzles,  rustles,  nozzles,  hustles. 
EXAMPLES. — (Use  the  words  given  under  Par.  91.) 


LESSON     XVIII. 

CIRCLES    AND    THE    STR    LOOP    ATTACHED   TO   INITIAL 
HOOKS.— SPECIAL  VOCALIZATION. 

(Illustrated  by  the  Plate  on  page  192.) 

93.  The  S  circle  is  the  only  circle  prefixed  to  compound 
curved  stems.    It  is  turned  inside  the  hook.     The  str  loop 
is  not  allowable  in  this  situation. 

LINE  11. — Spry,  sprawl,  stray,  scrawl,  screech,  scream. 

EXAMPLES. — Spree,  spray,  straw,  strew,  scrip,  scrape,  scrap,  scrub, 
scribe,  scratch,  scraggy,  scroll,  screw,  screen  (sKrn),  scrawny  (sKrN). 

94.  The  str  loop  or  any  circle  may  be  prefixed  to  a  com- 
pound K  hook  straight  stem  by  turning  the  loop  or  circle 
with  Forward  Motion,  the  hook  being  included  in  the  circle. 
It  will  be  remembered  that  the  simple  circles  and  loop  are 
joined  to  straight  stems  with   Backward  Motion.      (See 
Pars.  53  and  55.) 

LINE  12. — Sinner,  simmer,  summer,  manner,  strainer,  streamer. 

95.  When  the  S  circle  occurs  between  a  compound  stem 
and  a  preceding  stem,  when  practicable  both  the  circle  and 
hook  must  be  shown.    In  the  case  of  two  straight  stems  in 
the  same  direction,  it  is  sufficient  to  turn  the  circle  with 
Forward  Motion  for  the  K  hook.     No  circle  or  loop  except 
the  S  circle  can  be  used  in  this  situation. 


48  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

LINE  13. — (First  three  words.) — Display,  house-fly,  Messmer. 

96.  When  not  conveniently  formed,  the  hook  may  be 
omitted  following  the  circle  between  stems,  or  the  sound  of 
the  hook  may  be  represented  by  the  proper  stem. 

LINE  13. — (Last  three  words.) — Describe,  disagree,  Jasper. 

97.  It  is  sometimes  convenient  to  use  a  compound  stem 
when  its  sounds  do  not  closely  unite — that  is,  when  a  dis- 
tinct vowel  occurs  between  them;   then,  to  represent  the 
vowel  as  coining  between  the  sound  of  the  stem  and  that 
of  the  hook,  the  vowel  should  be  struck  through  the  stern. 
The  vowels  A  and  o  may  be  varied  slightly  from  the  hori- 
zontal and  vertical  to  accomplish  this  when  necessary. 
may  be  represented  by  its  mate  A  for  this  purpose. 

LINE  14. — Power,  tell,  cheer,  fellow,  violet,  entire,  here. 

EXAMPLES. —Pure,  till,  delight  (D1T),  cheerful,  chair,  char,  chore, 
agile,  July,  joyful,  care,  careful,  follow,  full,  fully,  village  ( F1J),  vir- 
tue ( FrCh),  vulture  ( FIChR),  sheer,  shale,  share,  shawl,  shore,  sure, 
azure,  sell,  easily,  soul,  repair,  rebel,  retire,  recall,  recur,  regal,  regale, 
rueful,  reveal,  ravel,  revel,  reamer,  rammer,  label  (LBI),  lappel,  libel, 
until,  endear,  endure,  nature  (NChr),  nurture  (NrChr),  angel,  incur, 
sinecure  (sNKr),  naval,  novel,  Mitchell,  hovel. 


LESSON     XIX. 

EXCEPTIONAL   HOOKS. 
(Illustrated  by  the  Plate  on  page  192.) 

98.  When  W  is  the  first  sound  in  a  word  consisting  of 
more  than  one  consonant  sound,  it  may  be  represented  by  a 
small  half-circle,  joined  to  the  following  stem  at  the  most 
acute  angle,  and  opening  to  the  right  or  left.  It  is  the 
same  size  as  the  vowel  u — one  thirty-second  of  an  inch 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND.  49 

across.    Its  Stenotype  is  the  small  or  lower-case  w  printed 
in  italics. 

NOTE  55.— A  small  (r)  or  (1)  in  parenthesis,  printed  after  the  Stenotype  of  this 
half-circle,  indicates  the  direction  toward  which  it  should  open  in  a  given  outline, 
whether  to  the  right  or  left. 

LINE  15. — Weep,  weapon,  wits,  wedge,  wax,  wife,  wafer,  wash, 
war. 

EXAMPLES. — Web,  wait,  wet,  weed,  widow,  wade,  wed,  wide,  witch, 
watch,  wage,  week,  weak,  walk,  woke,  wig,  wag,  waif,  woof,  weave, 
wave,  waver,  wove,  wives,  withe,  wither,  weather,  wisher  (wShB), 
weary  (wR),  wary,  wear,  wore,  wire,  wing. 

99.  This  W  half-circle  may  also  be  prefixed  to  any  vowel, 
or  used  medially  between  stems,  or  between  consonants  and 
vowels. 

LINE  16. — Quip,  thwack,  quake,  quaff,  query,  squaw. 

NOTE  56. — When  pointed  in,  it  is  generally  sufficient  to  simply  write  the  half- 
circle  in  the  place  of  the  vowel,  omitting  the  latter. 

EXAMPLES — (w  joined  medially). — Quota,  quack,  quoth,  squeak, 
quiver,  quaver,  squeal,  quarry,  squall,  squeeze  (sKwJs).  (w  pointed 
in) — Quick,  queer,  Squib,  squab,  squabble. 

100.  The  L  hook  (see  Par.  83)  may  be  exceptionally  used 
for  W  in  the  words  here  referred  to.  and  in  cases  analogous 
where  this  hook  will  greatly  improve  the  outline  of  the 
word.     The  Stenotype  of  the  hook  used  for  this  purpose 
remains  unchanged,  being  the  lower-case  1. 

LINE  17. — Twitch,  tweak,  twig,  twice,  quill,  quail. 
(The  remainder  of  this  lesson  is  illustrated  by  the  Plate 
on  page  193.) 

101.  The  sound  of  W  following  the  sound  of  H  may  be 
indicated  by  a  large  initial  hook  joined  to  the  left  side  of 
that  stem.     In  analogy  with  the  R  and  L  hooks,  though 
formed  before,  it  is  pronounced  after  the  stem  to  which  it  is 
attached.     Its  Stenotype  is  a  lower-case  w. 


50  LIGHT-LINE    SHOETHAND. 

LINE  1. — Whoa,  why,  whip,  whack,  whig,  whisper,  whiskey, 
whistle,  wheel,  whence,  whine,  whim. 

102.  The  sound  of  W  preceding  the  sound  of  L,  N,  or  M, 
may  be  indicated  by  a  large  initial  hook  joined  on  the  most 
convenient  side.  The  most  convenient  side  will  be  the  left 
side  of  L  (upward  or  downward  form),  the  left  side  of  M, 
and  the  upper  side  of  N.  This  hook  differs  from  any  other 
initial  hook  in  that  it  reads  before  the  stem  to  which  it  is 
attached — that  is,  it  reads  in  the  order  in  which  it  is  written. 
It  is  joined  to  L  by  simply  enlarging  the  hook  which  L 
already  has.  The  Stenotype  of  this  hook  is  the  small  or 
lower-case  w. 

LINE  2. — Weal,  wool,  Walter,  willow,  William,  one,  wine,  Wednes- 
day, wimble. 

NOTE  57.— Use  the  upward  form  of  L  when  a  vowel  follows  the  stem,  as  in  the 
word  "  willow,"  in  Line  2. 

EXAMPLES. — Wail,  well,  wall,  wile,  wallow,  Willett  (wLT),  wal- 
let, Woolwich,  Welch,  welkin  (wLKn),  wolverine  (wLVm),  wealth 
(wZTh),  wealthy,  Welsh  (wLSh),  walrus,  woolen  (wLN),  Walling, 
wean,  win,  winner,  wen,  wan,  won,  winter,  windy,  window,  winch, 
wench,  once,  wince,  winsome,  winnow,  women  (wMn),  woman,  Wem- 
ple,  wampum  (wMPM). 


LESSON     XX. 

FINAL  HOOKS. 
(Illustrated  by  the  Plate  on  page  193.) 

103.  The  sounds  of  T,  D,  P,  and  V  following  other  stems 
occur  so  frequently  that,  if  written  with  their  alphabetic 
forms  in  all  cases,  they  would  render  the  execution  of  the 
writing  too  slow  for  verbatim  work.  The  use  of  the  stems 
in  all  cases  would  also  give  rise  to  very  awkward  forms 


LIGHT-LIKE    SHORTHAND. 


51 


seriously  detrimental  to  speed.  To  provide  adequately  for 
the  representation  of  these  frequently  recurring  sounds, 
they  are  indicated  by  final  hooks  attached  to  all  stems,  and 
read  in  the  order  in  which  they  are  written. 

104.  The  sound  of  T  or  D  is  represented  by  a  small  hook 
written  at  the  end  of  stems.  It  is  turned  on  the  inside  of 
curves,  and  joined  to  straight  stems  with  Forward  Motion 
for  the  sound  of  T,  and  Backward  Motion  for  the  sound  of 
D,  as  follows : 


Pt  Bt     Tt    Dt   Cht  Jt  Kt  Gt   Ft  Vt  ThtDhtSht  Zht  St  Zt 


Rt    Rd       Lt     Ld     Nt     Nd     Mt  Aid  Ngt  Wt  Yt  Ht  Hd 

The  Stenotype  of  this  hook  on  curves  is  the  small  or 
lower-case  t ;  on  straight  stems  its  Stenotype  is  the  lower- 
case t  when  turned  with  Forward  Motion,  and  the  lower- 
case d  when  turned  with  Backward  Motion.  It  is  called 
the  T  hook. 

105.  The  sound  of  F  or  V  is  represented  by  a  large  hook 
written  at  the  end  of  stems,  and  joined  in  the  same  manner 
as  the  T  hook.  On  straight  stems  it  is  turned  with  For- 
ward Motion  for  F,  and  Backward  Motion  for  V,  as  fol- 
lows : 


Pf   Bf  Tf    Df  Chf  Jf  Kf  Gf  Ff  Vf  Thf  Dhf  Slif  Zhf  Sf  Zf 


Rf    Rv      Lf      Lv       Nf    Nv     Mf   Mv  Ngf  Wf  Yf  Hf  Hv 


52  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

The  Stenotype  of  this  hook  on  curves  is  the  small  or 
lower-case  f ;  on  straight  stems  its  Stenotype  is  the  lower- 
case f  when  turned  with  Forward  Motion,  and  the  lower- 
case v  when  turned  with  Backward  Motion.  It  is  called 
the  F  hook. 

106.  Vowels  are  joined  or  written  beside  stems  with  these 
final  hooks  the  same  as  in  the  case  of  the  stems  alone. 

LINE  3. — Peat,  apt,  deed,  fate,  thought,  showed,  set,  eased,  write, 
read,  note,  end. 

EXAMPLES. — (Single  stems  followed  by  the  T  hook). — Pit,  pate,  paid, 
aped,  pat,  pet,  pad,  pot,  pawed,  pod,  pied,  pout,  beat,  bit,  bate, 
bait,  bet,  bot,  bought,  boat,  boot,  bead,  bid,  bode,  bowed,  bayed,  bed, 
bad,  abode,  bud,  bide,  buoyed,  tat,  taught,  tote,  tut,  toot,  tight,  Todd, 
towed,  tide,  tied,  toyed,  date,  dot,  dote,  doubt,  deed,  dead,  added, 
died,  feet,  fit,  fat,  aft,  fought,  oft,  foot,  fight,  vat,  vote,  vied,  void, 
vowed,  viewed,  thawed,  shot,  shut,  shoot,  shout,  shade,  shed,  shad, 
shod,  seat,  sit,  sate,  sat,  sought,  sot,  soot,  sight,  site,  cite,  oozed,  writ, 
rat,  rot,  wrought,  rote,  wrote,  root,  rout,  rid,  read,  red,  rod,  rowed, 
rood,  rued,  neat,  knit,  net,  gnat,  ant,  not,  nut,  night,  knout,  need, 
nod,  gnawed,  node,  owned,  annoyed,  weighed,  wooed. 

LINE  4. — Puff,  dove,  chafe,  calf,  five,  thief,  shave,  seive,  reef,  rave, 
enough,  knave. 

EXAMPLES. — (Single  stems  followed  by  the  F  hook). — Pave,  beef, 
buff,  above,  tough,  deaf,  doff,  chief,  chaff,  achieve,  Jove,  gyve,  cough, 
cuff,  cave,  cove,  gaff,  Gough,  gave,  sheaf,  sheave,  shove,  safe,  save, 
salve,  rough,  roof,  rife,  reave  (Rv),  rove,  rive,  knife. 

107.  A  distinction  may  be  made  between  the  sounds  of 
T  and  D  following  the  stems  Ch,  J,  K,  and  G,  by  writing 
T  with  the  stem  and  D  with  the  hook,  the  stem  being  rather 
more  convenient  than  the  hook. 

LINE  5. — Cheat,  chewed,  jet,  aged,  kite,  cowed,  get,  guyed. 

EXAMPLES  (Two  stems). — Chit,  chat,  etched,  Choate,  jot,  jut,  jute, 
eked,  kit,  cat,  cot,  caught,  cut,  cute,  gate,  got,  goat,  gout.  (Stemfol- 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND.  53 

lowed  by  the  Thook.)  —  Chid,  chawed,  chide,  jade,  edged,  jawed,  joyed, 
Jude,  keyed,  kid,  cawed,  cud,  cooed,  gad. 

108.  To  avoid  the  inconvenience  of  the  backward  hook 
for  T  on  the  stems  M  and  H,  represent  T  by  the  stem,  D 
being  represented  by  the  proper  hook.  F  and  V  may  both 
be  represented  by  the  Backward  Motion  hook  on  these  stems 
for  the  same  reason. 


6.  —  Meat,  made,  hit,  hid,  muff,  move,  half,  heave. 

EXAMPLES  (Two  stems).  —  Mit,  mate,  met,  mat,  mote,  mite,  might, 
heat,  hate,  hat,  hot,  hut,  hoot,  height,  Hoyt.  (Stem,  followed  by  the  D 
hook.)  —  Mead,  mud,  amid,  aimed,  maid,  mad,  Maud,  mode,  mowed, 
mud,  mood,  mewed,  heed,  head,  had,  hod,  hoed,  hood,  hide.  (Stem 
with  V  hook.)  —  Miff,  huff,  hoof,  halve,  hove,  hive. 

NOTE  58.—  By  a  judicious  use  of  the  hooks  explained  in  this  lesson  contrasted 
with  the  stem  signs  for  the  same  sounds,  great  increase  of  legibility  may  be  attained. 
The  hooks  may  be  used  when  the  sound  they  represent  is  the  last  sound  in  the 
word,  and  the  stem  signs  when  that  sound  is  followed  by  a  vowel.  This  principle 
will  be  more  fully  amplified  hereafter. 


LESSON     XXI. 

CIRCLE  AND  HOOK  FOLLOWING  HOOKS.— T  TICK. 
(Illustrated  by  the  Plate  on  page  193.) 

109.  The  S  circle  is  the  only  circle  added  to  final  hooks. 
On  curved  stems  it  is  always  turned  inside  the  hook. 

LINE  7. — Pets,  debts,  chiefs,  coves,  thieves,  sheaves,  safes. 
EXAMPLES. — (Use  the  words  given  under  Par.  106,  Lines  3  and  4.) 

110.  On  straight  stems  the  S  circle  may  be  added  to  a  T 
hook  by  turning  the  circle  with  Forward  Motion,  the  hook 
being  included  in  the  circle.     It  will  be  remembered  that 
the  simple  circle  is  joined   to   straights   with    Backward 
Motion.     (See  Par.  53.)     This  principle  is  in  analogy  with 


54  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

that  explained  in  Par.  94  concerning  the  circle  and  R  hook. 
To  the  D  hook,  and  the  F  hook  on  straight  stems,  the  circle 
is  added  by  turning  it  inside  the  hook. 

LINE  8. — Writes,  reads,  lights,  loads,  notes,  nodes,  moods,  heads, 
reefs,  raves,  knives,  moves,  heaves. 

EXAMPLES. — (Use  the  words  given  under  Par.  106,  Lines  3  and  4.) 

111.  The  sound  of  T  or  D,  following  the  sound  of  any 
hook,  may  be  represented  as  follows :  After  the  F  hook,  or 
reversed  L  hook,  by  turning  the  T  hook  within  the  first 
hook  ;  after  a  T  or  D  hook  by  a  short,  slanting  tick,  called 
the  "  T  tick,"  joined  at  an  angle.  The  past  tense  of  verbs 
ending  in  ed  as  a  separate  syllable  is  represented  by  this  T 
tick  when  the  present  tense  ends  in  a  T  hook.  The  Steno- 
type  of  this  T  tick  is  a  lower-case  t  printed  in  italics. 

LINE  9. — Paved,  achieved,  cuffed,  thefts,  shafts,  soft,  raved,  miffed, 
heft. 

EXAMPLES. — (Use  the  words  given  under  Par.  106,  Line  4.) 
LINE  10. — Peeled,  dolt,  jilts,  felt,  rolled,  lulled,  mild,  mold. 
EXAMPLES. — (Use  the  words  given  under  Par.  89,  Line  7.) 

LINE  11. — Dated,  goaded,  shotted,  suited,  rated,  loaded,  netted, 
headed. 

EXAMPLES. — (Use  the  words  given  under  Par.  106,  Line  3.) 


LESSON     XXII. 

SHON  LOOP,  REVERSED  L  HOOK,  AND  VOWELS  FOL- 
LOWING THE  T  HOOK.— T  HOOK  FOLLOWING  CIRCLES 
AND  LOOPS.— HOOKED  VOWELS. 

(Illustrated  by  the  Plate  on  page  193.) 

112.  The  shon  loop,  or  the  reversed  L  hook,  may  follow 
the  T  hook  in  the  manner  here  indicated,  the  vowel  occur- 


LIGHT-LINE    SHOKTHAND.  55 

ring  between  the  hook  and  shon  loop  being  omitted,  or 
written  inside  the  loop. 

LINE  12. — Potation,  disputation,  rotation,  battle,  victuals,  rattled, 
noddle,  metal,  huddle. 

EXAMPLES.— Citation,  notation,  paddle,  puddle,  poodle,  bottle, 
tittle,  tattle,  toddle,  Toodles,  kettle  (Ktl),  cattle,  coddle,  cuddle, 
fiddle,  settle,  saddle,  sidle,  riddle,  ladle,  nettle,  noodle,,  middle, 
mettle,  medal,  mottle,  model. 

113.  A  T  or  D  sound  following  a  circle  or  loop,  may  be 
represented  by  adding  the  T  hook  after  such  circle  or  loop. 
The  Stenotype  of  this  hook  in  this  situation  remains  un- 
changed, being  the  lower-case  t. 

LINE  13. — Post,  lost,  amazed,  dint,  lent,  named,  battered,  muttered, 
occasioned,  motioned,  toughest. 

EXAMPLES. — (8  circle  followed  by  the  T  hook) — Pieced,  appeased, 
paced,  past,  passed,  paused,  opposed,  beast,  based,  abased,  best,  abused, 
teased,  test,  attest,  tossed,  dozed,  chased,  chest,  jest,  jist,  just,  adjust, 
joist,  kissed,  Kast,  cost,  coast,  accused,  gazed,  guest,  guessed,  aghast, 
ghost,  gust,  feast,  fist,  faced,  effaced,  fast,  fussed,  foist,  Faust,  visit, 
vest,  vast,  ceased,  assessed,  soused,  wrist,  raced,  raised,  rest,  roast, 
rust,  roost,  roused,  aroused,  least,  leased,  list,  laced,  lest,  lust,  loosed, 
mist,  missed,  mast,  must,  moist,  mused,  amused,  wist,  waste,  waist, 
west,  yeast,  Yost,  used,  hist,  hazed,  host,  hoist,  housed,  movst. 

(N  circle  followed  by  the  T  hook.) — Pinned,  paint,  pained,  pent, 
penned,  pant,  opened,  pint,  pined,  point,  pound,  bent,  bind,  bound, 
tinned,  taint,  attained,  tent,  attend,  tanned,  toned,  taunt,  attuned, 
deigned,  dent,  don't,  dined,  chained,  chant,  jaunt,  joint,  joined, 
caned,  Kent,  canned,  can't,  conned,  kind,  coined,  count,  gained, 
gaunt,  faint,  feigned,  fanned,  font,  fawned,  fond,  find,  fined,  fount, 
found,  veined,  vent,  vaunt,  shined,  sha'n't,  assent,  send,  signed, 
sound,  rained,  arraigned  (,Rnt),  rent,  rant,  round,  lint,  lend,  lent, 
land,  mint,  meant,  mend,  amend,  manned,  moaned,  mined,  mind, 
mound,  hint,  haunt,  hand,  honed,  hunt,  hind,  hound. 


56  LIGHT-LIKE    SHORTHAND. 

(tr  loop  followed  by  the  T  hook.) — Pattered,  powdered,  bettered, 
bothered,  buttered,  teetered,  tattered,  tottered,  tutored,  chattered, 
gathered,  fettered,  shattered,  shuddered,  lightered,  littered,  entered, 
mitered. 

(shn  followed  by  the  T  hook.) — Patient,  cautioned,  cushioned,  quo- 
tient (Kshnt :  w),*  fashioned. 

*  NOTE  59. — When  necessary  to  point  in  a  vowel  preceded  by  the  sound  of  W, 
it  is  generally  sufficient  to  write  the  half-circle  w,  omitting  the  vowel. 

114.  The  circles  followed  by  the  T  hook  may  be  used 
between  stems  in  words  like  the  following.     When  the  pre- 
ceding stem  is  straight,  the  rule  given  in  Par.  48  is  applied 
if  practicable. 

LINE  14. — Chester,  country,  kindly,  visitor,  fainter,  foundry,  re- 
store, arastra. 

NOTE  60. — The  application  of  the  rule  given  in  Par.  48  will  he  seen  in  the  words 
"  fainter  "  and  "  foundry,"  in  Line  14.  Either  direction  being  equally  convenient, 
F  is  so  disposed  as  to  permit  the  writing  of  B  downward  when  no  vowel  follows, 
and  upward  when  a  vowel  follows.  Also  in  the  words  "  restore  "  and  "  arastra," 
which  illustrate  this  principle,  the  circle  stands  for  simple  S,  being  in  the  same 
relation  as  a  circle  between  stems.  (See  Par.  61.) 

EXAMPLES. — Tender,  jester,  gender,  jointer,  extra,  canter,  coaster, 
Ouster,  counter,  gander,  fester,  fender,  faster,  foster,  finder,  founder, 
vestry  (FstR),  Ventura,  thunder,  sister,  sender,  saunter,  sounder, 
render,  roaster,  rooster,  Lyster,  Lester,  lender,  laundry  (LntR),  lus- 
ter, Nestor,  mentor,  muster,  moister. 

115.  The  reversed  L  hook,  or  any  vowel,  may  follow  the 
T  hook  after  circles,  as  here  shown 

LINE  15. — Pedestal,  crystal,  bundle,  kindle,  fondle,  mental,  crusty, 
vista,  rusty,  rondo. 

EXAMPLES.— Vestal,  costal,  spindle, brindle,  trundle,  dandle, gentle, 
candle,  sandal,  rental,  lentil,  mantle,  handle,  tasty,  testy,  dusty, 
audacity,  gusty,  frosty  (Frsti),  thirsty  (Thrsti),  lusty,  nasty,  nicety, 
honesty,  misty,  musty,  modesty  (Mtsti). 

116.  This  T  hook  is  exceptionally  used  before  the  S  circle, 
and  in  connection  with  it,  to  represent  the  frequent  com- 


LIGHT-LINE    SHOKTHAND.  57 

bination  "st" — the  hook,  though  formed  before,  being- 
pronounced  after  the  circle.  Its  Steuotype  is  st  in  lower- 
case letters.  L  may  always  be  struck  upward  when  pre- 
ceded by  st  and  standing  alone,  as  that  direction  is  much 
the  more  convenient,  and  L  is  scarcely  ever  followed  by  a 
vowel  in  this  situation. 

LINE  16. — Stop,  state,  stitch,  stake,  Stacy,  store,  still,  stilly,  stem, 
sting. 

EXAMPLES. — Steep,  step,  stoop,  stab,  stout,  steed,  stead,  steady, 
study,  stood,  stage,  stick,  sticky,  stack,  stalk,  stock,  stoke,  stuck,  stag, 
steer,  star,  stare,  stair,  stir,  steel,  steely,  stale,  stall,  stole,  stool,  style, 
steam,  stung. 

117.  The  straight  line  vowel  signs  take  the  E,  L,  and  T 
hooks. 

LINE  17. — Ail  (ale),  awl,  oar  (ore),  sore  (soar),  ire,  isle  (aisle),  sire, 
odd  (awed),  ate,  aid,  owed  (ode),  oats. 

NOTE  61. -In  Line  17  the  form  for  "ire"  is  struck  downward,  and  for  "isle" 
upward,  as  is  evidenced  by  the  difference  in  slant. 


LESSON     XXIII. 

PREFIXES  AND  AFFIXES. 

(Illustrated  by  the  Plate  on  page  194.) 

118.  Owing  to  their  frequent  recurrence  and  the  tedious- 
ness  of  writing  them  in  full,  certain  initial  syllables  are 
provided  with  brief  signs. 

NOTE  62. — For  the  sake  of  ready  illustration,  words  whose  outlines  are  contracted 
(that  is,  with  one  or  more  consonant  sounds  unrepresented)  will  be  occasionally 
made  use  of.  Such  contracted  forms  will  be  found  in  the  Vocabulary. 

119.  The  initial  syllables  con,  com,  and  cog  are  indicated 
by  writing  a  dot,  called  the  con  dot,  before  the  beginning 


58  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

of  the  remainder  of  the  word.    The  Stenotype  of  this  dot 
is  a  lower-case  e  printed  in  italics. 

LINE  1. — Condone,  confuse,  consign,  compose,  combat,  contrast, 
conceal,  cognate,  cognomen. 

NOTE  63.— Similar  syllables  may  occasionally  be  represented  by  the  same  signs, 
as  "  campaign  "  (e-Pn),  but  as  a  general  rule  these  prefix  signs  should  not  be  used 
for  syllables  which  are  not  prefixes  in  the  proper  sense.  In  the  word  "  comma," 
for  instance,  "  com  "  not  being  a  prefix,  should  not  be  represented  by  the  con  dot, 
but  the  word  should  be  written  in  full,  KM. 

NOTE  64.— Vowels  will  be  largely  omitted  in  the  exercises  following,  only  promi- 
nent ones  being  written  when  necessary. 

EXAMPLES. — Contest,  concussion,  connection,  confusion,  connive, 
conceit  (e-St),  concern  (e-Srn),  conciliate  (e-sLT),  compute,  compassion, 
commute  (e-TT),  cognizance  (e-NsNs). 

120.  When  the  prefix  con  or  com  occurs  in  the  middle  of 
a  word,  it  may  be  indicated  by  writing  the  syllable  which 
follows,  near  to,  or  if  convenient,  immediately  under  or 
through  the  syllable  which  precedes  it.     The  Stenotype  of 
this  overlapping  or  nearness  is  a  hyphen,  and  of  striking 
through,  a  semicolon.     In  the  case  of  vowel  or  tick  out- 
lines, proximity  is  effected  by  writing  the  vowel  or  tick 
opposite  the  end  of  the  consonant  stem,  so  as  not  to  con- 
flict with  a  "pointed  in"  vowel. 

LINE  2. — Disconnect,  recommend,  circumambient,  non-committal, 
recommence. 

EXAMPLES. — Preconceived  (Pr-Sf  t),  discompose,  discomfort  (Ds-FjRT), 
recumbent,  recompense,  reconuoiter,  recombine,  recommit,  uncon- 
quered,  incompetent,  misconjecture. 

121.  nT  or  Nt,  whichever  makes  the  best  joining,  is  a 
prefix  for  "enter,"  "inter,"  "intro,"  "ante,"  or  "anti," 
joined  to  the  rest  of  the  word. 

LINE  3. — Entertain,  interdict,  introduce,  antidote,  interjection. 

122.  M  is  a  prefix  for  "  magni,"  "  magne,"  "magnan," 
"Me,"  and  "Mac,"  usually  disjoined. 


LIGHT-LINE    SHOKTHAND.  59 

LINE  4 — Magnitude,  magnetism,  magnanimous,  McMicliael,  Mac- 
donald. 

EXAMPLES. — Magnify,  magnetic,  magnetize,  Magna  Charta  (M-KrT). 

123.  H  is  a  prefix  for  "hydra,"  "hydro,"  disjoined. 

LINE  5. — Hydraulic,  hydrogen,  hydrometry,  hydrophobia,  hydropi- 
cal,  hydrostatics. 

AFFIXES. 

124.  The.  final  syllable  "  ing  "  is  frequently  indicated  by 
writing  a  dot  at  the  end  of  the  preceding  part  of  the  word  ; 
the  plural  "  ings "  is  represented  by  a  small  circle  in  the 
same  situation.     The  Stenotype  of  the  dot  is  the  lower-case 
e,  and  of  the  circle,  the  lower-case  s,  both  printed  in  italics. 

LINE  6. — Paying,  doubting,  coming,  thinking,  knowing,  readings, 
cuttings. 

125.  The  stem  Ng  is  frequently  used  when  it  makes  a 
good  joining. 

LINE  7. — Opening,  being,  vieing,  shining,  running,  writing. 

126.  B  is  an  affix  for  "ble,"  "bly,"  Ability,"  when  Bl  is 
not  equally  convenient,  and  Bs  is  an  affix  for  "bleness." 
These  signs  are  joined  or  disjoined  according  to  conveni- 
ence. 

LINE  8. — Attainable,  accountability,  vendible,  risible,  charitable- 
ness, peaceableness,  knowableness. 

EXAMPLES. — Profitable,  tangible,  deducible,  detestable,  chargeable, 
enjoyable,  accountable,  forcible,  insurmountable,  knowable,  feebleness 
(FBls),  teachableness,  questionableness  (KsChnBs). 

127.  J  is  an  affix  for  "ology,"and  JK  for  "ological," 
"ologically,"  usually  disjoined,  but  sometimes  joined  in 
quite  frequent  words. 


60  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

LINE  9. — Penology,  biology,  zoology,  phraseology,  physiological, 
theologically,  etymology. 

EXAMPLES. — Tautology,  osteology,  philology,  detnonology,  phreno 
logical,  chronology,  genealogy,  geologically,  doxology,  astrology. 

128.  G,  or  Gr  if  it  will  join  well,  is  an  affix  for  "graphy," 
and  GK  or  GrK  for  "graphic,"    "graphically,"  usually 
joined. 

LINE  10.— Biography,    Tachygraphy,    Stenography,    Geographic, 
Phonographically. 

EXAMPLES. — Topography,  chirography,  brachygraphy,  typography, 
orthography,  calligraphy. 

129.  F,  or  f  is  an  affix  for  "ful,"  "fully,"  and  with  Ns 
added,  for  "fulness,"  when  those  syllables  cannot  conven- 
iently be  written  in  full,  usually  joined. 

LINE  11. — Spoonful,  wrathfully,  revengeful,  hurtful,  peaceful  ness, 
faithfulness. 

EXAMPLES. — Watchfulness    (yjChFlNs),    sinfulness,    ekillfulness, 
carefulness. 

130.  V,  or  f  is  an  affix  for  "  ever,"  joined. 

LINE  12. — Whatever,   whichever,   whenever,  whoever,  however, 
wherever. 

131.  sV,  or  Sf  is  an  affix  for  "soever,"  joined. 

LINE  13  —Whichsoever, whensoever, whosoever,  howsoever,  whith 
ersoever,  wheresoever. 

.132.    Sh   is   an   affix  for  "ship,"   "tial-ly,"    "cial-ly," 
usually  joined. 

LINE  14. — Friendship,   lordship,   worship,    providential,    deferen- 
tially, essentially,  reverentially. 

133.  M  is  an  affix  for  "ment,"  or  "mental,"  when  joined, 
and  for  "matic,"  or  "  mutically,"  when  disjoined. 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND.  61 

LINE  15.— Payment,  apartment,  attainment,  disappointment,  auto- 
matic, systematically,  pneumatics. 

EXAMPLES. — Indictment  (nDtM),  resentment,  firmament,  ornament, 
sacrament,  temperament  (TmPM),  commandment,  bombardment,  de- 
facement, advancement,  commencement,  inducement,  management, 
lodgment,  embezzlement,  abasement,  disfranchisement,  disbursement, 
abatement,  excitement,  achievement,  movement,  amazement,  amuse- 
ment, consignment,  adornment,  investment,  emolument  (M1M). 

134.  I  is  an  affix  for  "ly"  when  L  cannot  conveniently 
be  joined. 

LINE  16. — Tightly,  deadly,  fitly,  shortly,  sightly,  madly,  hardly. 


LESSON     XXIV. 

VAEIOUS  EXPEDIENTS. 
(Illustrated  by  the  Plate  on  page  195.) 

135.  Negative,  or  other  words  which  are  formed  by  pre- 
fixing a  vowel  sound  to  a  primitive,  or  other  derivative 
word,  may  be  distinguished  by  prefixing  the  vowel  sign 
which  represents  the  initial  vowel. 

LINE  17. — Liberal,  illiberal,  rational,  irrational,  moral,  immoral, 
memorial,  immemorial. 

(The  remainder  of  this  lesson  is  illustrated  by  the  Plate 
on  page  §Q.) 

136.  A  proper  name  or  an  emphasized  word  may  be  noted 
by  a  dash  written  under  it. 

LINE  1. — Isaac  Pitman  was  the  founder  of  Phonography. 
LINE  2.— So  far  as  it  is  an  art,  it  is  the  art  of  reasoning. 


62  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

NOTE  65.— For  contractions  used,  see  the  lists  of  word-signs  and  the  Vocabu- 
lary. 

137.  The  sound  of  Ng  before  K  or  G  may  be  represented 
by  the  N  circle. 

LINE  3. — Pink,  bank,  buncombe,  trunk,  kink,  finger. 

EXAMPLES. — Spunk,  sprinkle,  banker,  bunk,  bunker,  bungle,  tank, 
tinkle,  drink,  drunk,  drunkard  (DrnKRd),  drank,  dank,  donkey,  chink, 
chunk,  jangle,  junk,  Jenkins  (JnKns),  Conkling,  crank,  Congo,  kan 
garoo,  gangrene,  rink  (RnK),  rank,  rankle,  wrangle,  wrinkle,  link, 
lingo,  lank,  mink,  monk,  monkey,  wink,  Yankee,  Hank,  hunger, 
hungry  (HnGR). 

138.  There  are  certain  derivatives  in  which  the  name  of 
the  action  and  the  name  of  the  doer  will  differ  in  the  short- 
hand outline  only  in  the  size  of  a  loop,  if  written  in  analogy 
with  other  words,  as  "creation,"  "creator";    both   being 
nouns,  this  distinction  is  not  sufficient.     To  meet  all  such 
cases,  use  the  shon  loop  in  writing  the  name  of  the  action, 
and  the  vowel  eu,  the  name  of  the  doer.     That  vowel  never 
occurs  at  the  end  of  a  word,  and  in  this  situation  may  stand 
for  tr. 

LINE  4. — Action,  actor,  creation,  Creator,  faction,  factor,  protec- 
tion, protector. 

EXAMPLES. — Let  the  pupil  extemporize  illustrations,  say  ten  pairs 
of  words  of  this  character. 

139.  The  combination  "  sw  "  is  usually  represented  by  SI. 
The  L  hook  is  also  used  for  the  sound  of  w  in  the  middle 
of  words  in  several  cases. 

LINE  5 — (First  four  forms). — Switch,  swab,  swing,  request. 
EXAMPLES. — Entwine,  inquest,  esquire,  unguent,  earthquake,  ade- 
quate. 

140.  In  these  four  phrases  the  L  hook  is  used  for  the 
sound  of  Y.     The  Stenotype  remains  1. 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND.  63 

LINE  5 — (Last  four  forms). — By  you,  did  you,  do  you,  if  you. 

141.  s  is  sometimes   used  for   Sh  when  flexibility  de- 
mands it. 

LINE  6. — Objectionable,  exceptionable,  auctioneer,  fashionable, 
visionary,  vanquish. 

142.  The  syllable  "ed"  may  be  added  after  contractions 
by  the  T  tick. 

LINE  7. — Regarded,  recollected,  perfected,  effected,  represented. 

143.  The  syllables  con  and  com  may  be  omitted  from 
many  common  words,  the  remainder  of  the  word  being 
written  in  the  First  Position. 

LINE  8. — Contraction,  condition,  community,  communion,  com- 
plexion, contain. 

NOTE  66.— Placing  the  words  from  which  these  prefixes  are  omitted  in  the  First 
Position  will  prevent  conflict  with  other  words  having  the  same  forms,  which 
generally  take  the  other  positions,  as,  attraction,  addition,  unity,  union,  attain. 

144.  "  Did  "  must  be  written  in  full— that  is,  with  the  T 
hook  added,  when  phrased  with  a  preceding  word,  to  pre- 
vent conflict  with  "  do." 

LINE  9. — I  did  not,  you  did,  they  did,  how  did. 

145.  Adapt  the  shorthand  alphabet  to  the  representation 
of  initials  of  proper  names,  by  writing  the  vowels,  circle, 
and  wave  signs  in  the  Second  Position,  the  short  stems  in 
the  First  Position,  and  the  long  stems  in  the  Third  Position. 
Add  the  vowel  i  to  G  to  prevent  possible  conflict  with  J. 

LINES  10,  11,  12.— A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  P,  G,  H,  I,  J,  K,  L,  M,  N,  O,  P, 
Q,  R,  S,  T,  U,  V,  W,  X,  Y,  Z. 

NOTE  67.— If  written  with  care  and  with  strict  observance  of  position,  the  above 
forms  will  indicate  the  proper  initial  unerringly. 

146.  In  writing  numbers,  use  the  ordinary  figures,  except 
1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  and  10,  which  should  be  written  in  shorthand. 


64  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

Also  write  in  shorthand,  first,  second,  third,  and  fourth. 
Use  figures  for  the  remaining  ordinal  numbers;  for  round 
numbers  use  the  contractions  (see  Vocabulary)  for  hundred, 
thousand,  and  million. 

LINE  13. — One,   two,   three,  four,  five,  ten,  first,  second,  third, 
fourth. 

LINE  14. — One  thousand  men  reached  there  on  the  7th  day. 

147.  To  represent  a  foreign  sound,  write  the  English 
sound  nearest  resembling  it,  and  under  that  draw  a  waving 
dash. 

LINE  15. — Encore,  Messieur,  nicht,  senor,  VcMejo. 

148.  Consonant  signs  which  are  awkward  of  formation 
in  a  given  case,  or  whose  sounds  are  obscurely  heard,  may 
frequently  be  omitted  in  order  to  secure  a  good  form  for  a 
word  or  phrase,  provided  the  outline  remaining  be  sug- 
gestive. 

LINE  16. — Principal-le,   destruction,   accomplish,   excellency,  ex- 
treme,  gravity. 

NOTE  68.— This  principle  will  be  applied  freely  in  the  lists  of  contractions  and 
the  Vocabulary. 

149.  The  syllables  "  fication  "  may  generally  be  contracted 
to  Fshn. 

LINE  17. — Purification,     edification,     identification,     glorification, 
modification. 

(The  remainder  of  this  lesson  is  illustrated  by  the  Plate 
on  page  196.) 

150.  N  may  often  stand  for  "  ant "  or  "  ent "  without  any 
sacrifice  of  legibility. 

LINE  1. — Transcendent,  dependent,  descendant,  attendant. 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND.  65 

151.  Sh  may  sometimes  be  used  for  Ch,  and  Zh  for  J,  in 
order  to  secure  a  good  form  for  a  frequently  recurring  word 
or  phrase. 

LINE  2 — (First  three  words). — Express  charges,  expressage,   ex- 
press agent. 

152.  "  Super"  may  generally  be  contracted  to  sP. 

LINE  2 — (Last   three  words). — Supersede,   superscription,   super- 
induce. 

153.  The  syllable  con  or  com  may  sometimes  be  omitted 
when  it  occurs  in  the  middle  of  a  word,  and  the  parts  joined, 
if  the  outline  so  formed  will  not  conflict  with  that  of  some 
other  word. 

LINE  3. — Incomprehensible,   uncontrollable,  unconditional,  incon- 
venient, inconsistent. 

154.  If  a  negative  prefix  requires  an  N  sound  to  be  rep- 
resented, N  or  n  must  be  used  instead  of  a  vowel  sign.     (See 
Par.  135.) 

LINE  4. — Unattainable,  unaccomplished,  unrequited,  unmolested, 
unhandy. 

155.  It  is  sometimes  inconvenient  to  represent  both  T  or 
D  sounds  in  the  past  tense  of  verbs,  where  the  T  hook  is 
followed  by  the  T  tick  ;  in  such  cases,  omit  the  T  hook  and 
write  only  the  T  tick,  leaving  one  of  the  sounds  unrepre- 
sented. 

LINE  5.— Fitted,    voted,    folded,    vaulted,    related,    resulted,   un- 
folded. 

156.  Vowels  may  be  joined  to  final  hooks  when  a  superior 
form  results. 

LINE  6.— Pity,  pretty,  beauty,  Duffy,  guffaw,  Guiteau,  produce. 


66  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

157.  A  curve  vowel  can  never  follow  a  circle,  as  it  might 
be  mistaken  for  the  T  hook  ;  but  the  form  of  a  word  may 
sometimes  be  materially  improved  by  introducing  a  straight 
line  vowel  in  this  situation. 

LINE  7. — Attenuation,   dispensation,   causation,   luxation,   annex- 
ation, gasoline. 

EXAMPLES. — Condensation,  compensation,  inspissation,  accusation. 

158.  Use  a  medial  vowel  rather  than  the  connecting  hook 
when  the  former  affords  an  equally  facile  form,  especially 
when  vocalization  is  necessary  to  legibility. 

LINE  8.— Gum,  doom,  pike,  finny,  Zeno,  rogue. 

EXAMPLES. — Dumb,  pica,  pug  (PeuG),  puke,  Gaza,  pony,  bony,  fop, 
fob,  Beulah,  hazy,  Gussie,  occupy,  Willoughby,  spoony. 

159.  Contractions  may  be  suggestively  vocalized  when 
desirable  for  the  sake    of    legibility.      This   is  generally 
applied  in  the  case  of  phrasing,  subsequently  explained. 

LINE  9. — Upon,  took,  object,  come,  think,  shall,  put,  can. 

160.  To  avoid  an  awkward  form  it  is  sometimes  necessary 
to  disjoin  parts  of  words. 

LINE  10— (First  three  words). — Fusible,  Grafton,  systematize. 

161.  When  two  S  sounds  occur  together,  one  may  some- 
times be  omitted  without  endangering  legibility. 

LINE  10 — (Last  four  forms). — Dissimilar,  it  is  said,  just  such,  as 
soon  as. 

162.  Legibility  is  greatly  improved  by  indicating   the 
number  of  syllables  by  the  number  of  stems,  in   many 
words. 

LINE  11. — Piccolo,  period,  coincide,  canary,  La  Paz,  Laura,  Lima. 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND.  67 

LESSON     XXV. 

USE    OF    STENOGRAPHIC    MATERIAL. 
(Illustrated  by  the  Plate  on  page  196.) 

163.  It  has  been  said  that  a  discriminating  use  of  the 
material  heretofore  given,  contrasting  the  full  stems  with 
contracted  modifications — such  as  circles,  hooks,  etc.,  having 
the  same  sound — renders  it  possible  in  many  cases  to  show 
where  the  vowel  comes  in,  thus  adding  to  speed  by  saving 
the  time  necessary  to  write  the  vowel.    I  shall  endeavor  in 
this  lesson  to  make  this  important  rule  clear  to  the  learner, 
so  that  he  may  intelligently  apply  it  whenever  necessary. 

164.  The  S  circle  at  the  beginning  of   a  word  shows 
unmistakably  that  S  is  the  first  sound  in  the  word  ;  so  that, 
if  an  initial  vowel  precedes  an  S  sound,  that  sound  must  be 
represented  by  the  stem. 

LINE  12. — Same,  asthma,  spy,  espy,  sack,  ask,  stay,  Estey. 
EXAMPLES. — Let  the  student  extemporize  five  pairs. 

NOTE  69.— The  stem  S,  however,  at  the  beginning  of  a  word,  does  not  always 
indicate  that  a  vowel  precedes  it,  for  the  law  of  form  frequently  requires  the  stem  S 
to  represent  an  initial  8  sound,  as  in  "something"  (SmTh),  "sign"  (8n),  "send" 
(Snt). 

165.  Any  circle  written  at  the  end  of  a  word  indicates 
unmistakably  that  that  circle  represents  the  last  sound  in 
the  word ;   if  a  vowel  should  follow  the  sound  represented 
by  the  circle,  a  stem  would  have  to  be  substituted  for  the 
circle. 

LINE  13. — Puss,  pussy,  days,  daisy,  pain,  pony,  tin,  tiny. 
EXAMPLES. — Let  the  student  extemporize  ten  pairs. 

166.  When  two  S  or  Z  sounds  are  the  only  consonants  in 
a  word,  the  form  of  the  word  is  governed  by  the  presence 


68  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

or  absence  of  a  final  vowel.  If  the  word  ends  in  a  vowel, 
let  it  end  in  the  stem ;  if  it  does  not  end  in  a  vowel,  let  it 
end  in  the  circle.  (See  Lesson  XIV.) 

LINE  14. — Sis,  sissy,  sauce,  saucy,  sues,  Susie,  seize,  says. 

167.  The  use  of  the  str  loop  shows  unmistakably  that  no 
vowel  intervenes  between  its  elements ;  if  a  vowel  should 
occur,  a  stem  must  be  used  for  at  least  one  of  the  elements. 

LINE  15. — Strip,    stirrup,    stride,    storied,    strife,   starve,   stroll, 
sterile. 

EXAMPLES. — Let  the  student  extemporize  ten  pairs. 

168.  The  tr  loop,  or  its  equivalent  eu,  shows  that  no 
vowel  can  follow  its  last  R  sound,  a  stem  being  necessary 
when  a  vowel  follows  the  sounds  represented  by  the  loop. 

LINE  16. — Better,  betray,  voter,  votary,  ratter,  rotary,  factor,  fac- 
tory. 

EXAMPLES. — Let  the  student  extemporize  five  pairs. 

169.  The  R  and  L  hooks  indicate,  as  a  general  rule,  that 
the  hook  and  stem  coalesce,  with  no  vowel  between  them, 
the  stems  or  reversed  L  hook  being  used  when  a  vowel 
intervenes. 

LINE  17. — Plea,  pillow,  crew,  car,  flee,  fool,  throw,  thorough. 
EXAMPLES. — Let  the  student  extemporize  teu  pairs. 
(The  remainder  of  this  lesson  is  illustrated  by  the  Plate 
on  page  197.) 

170.  The  stem  L  at  the  beginning  of  a  word  indicates 
that  a  vowel  precedes  it,  and  the  stem  L  at  the  end  of  a 
word  indicates  that  a  vowel  follows  it.    The  reversed  L  hook 
is  used  for  initial  and  final  L.    Any  deviations  from  this 
rule  will  be  specially  noted. 

LINE  1. — Elk,  luck,  Alp,  lap,  pulley,  pull,  Kelly,  coal. 


LIGHT-LINE    SHOKTHAND.  69 

171.  A  final  hook  shows  that  the  word  ends  in  the  sound 
represented  by  the  hook,  with  no  vowel  following,  while  a 
stem  ending  a  word  will  generally  show  that  a  vowel  fol- 
lows it. 

LINE  2. — Puff,  puffy,  doubt,  duty,  shot,  chateau,  rate,  ready. 

172.  The  sound  of  W  at  the  beginning  of  a  word  should 
be  represented  by  the  W  half  circle  (using  w  before  L,  N, 
and  M) ;  if  a  vowel  precedes  the  W,  then  use  the  stem  Way. 

•  LINE  3. — Wait,  await,  wake,  awake,  one,  award. 

173.  Initial  "si"  should  be  represented  by  si,  but  when 
preceded  by  a  vowel  the  stem  S  must  be  used. 

LINE  4. — Sleep,  slack,  slim,  sling,  asleep,  aslope,  aslant. 

174.  Initial  "si"  followed  by  the  sound  of  T,  F,  V,  S,  Z, 
R,  N,  or  tr,  without  a  vowel  following  them,  should  be 
represented  by  sL;   but  followed  by  the  sound  of  D,  this 
combination  should  be  represented  by  si  followed  by  the 
stem  D. 

LINE  5. — Sleet,  slave,  sluice,  slur,  slant,  slaughter,  sled,  slide. 
EXAMPLES. — Slain,  slate,  slice,  slit,  slut,  slat,  Slade. 

175.  Flexibility  or  ease  of    writing  requires  that  final 
hooks,  circles,  or  loops  on  straight  stems  should  be  written 
on  the  side  opposite  to  any  initial  modification.     All  final 
hooks,  circles,  or  loops,  except  the  S  circle,  obey  this  law  of 
form ;  but  simple  s  must  always  be  turned  with  Backward 
Motion  when  joined  to  straight  stems,  initially  or  finally. 
This  law  supersedes  every  other  rule  except  in  the  case  of 
the  S  circle. 

LINE  6. — Serf,  snort,  summon,  consummation,  melt,  heart,  slaugh- 
ter, less,  lights. 


70  LIGHT-LINE    SHOETHAND. 

NOTE  70.— When  the  tr  loop  is  turned  with  Backward  Motion  on  straight  stems, 
its  Stenotype  becomes  dr. 

NOTE  71. — This  law  of  form  may  be  followed  almost  always  in  the  case  of  the 
stem  L,  since  its  initial  hook  (unlike,  all  other  initial  hooks)  may  be  written  on 
either  side.  This  hook  is  not  read,  but  is  only  a  mark  of  distinction  from  the  stem 
R.  (See  the  words  "  less  "  and  "  lights,"  hi  Line  6.) 

176.  The  above  rule  should  also  be  observed  when  straight 
stems,  modified  initially,  follow  other  stems. 

LINE  7. — Desert,  absolute,  accent,  examine,  answered,  wharf. 
EXAMPLES. — Let  the  student  extemporize  five  illustrations. 

NOTE  72.— Final  modifications  on  straight  stems  have  been  assigned  with  special 
reference  to  the  importance  of  this  principle. 

177.  Flexibility  requires  the  use  of  acute  angles,  if  avail- 
able, where  angles  are  at  all  necessary.     To  secure  this,  the 
six  stems  with  twu  directions  should  be  struck  up  or  down, 
regardless  of  any  previous  rule.     Line  8  shows  forms  to  be 
avoided,  while  Line  9  shows  the  proper  forms  to  be  used  in 
such  cases. 

LINE  8 — (Improper  forms). — Fig,  ferry,  rock,  car,  narrow,  hovel. 
LINE  9 — (Proper  forms).-— Fig,  ferry,  rock,  car,  narrow,  hovel. 

178.  In  turning  a  circle  inside  of  a  hook,  let  the  circle  be 
elongated  into  a  loop,  when  both  circle  and  hook  will  be 
easily  shown.      The  circle  thus  modified  cannot  conflict 
with  another  loop,  because  no  loop  is  ever  turned  inside  of 
a  hook. 

LINE  10. — Stray,  pets,  doves,  reads,  loads,  ends,  moods,  heads. 

179.  Following  R  or  L,  N  will  be  found  more  convenient 
and  faster  than  n. 

LINE  11. — Iron,  Perrin,  Strathern,  saloon,  Silurian,  silent,  salient. 

180.  The  wave  signs  W,  Y,  and  Ng,  should  be  begun 
with  Forward  or  Backward  Motion,  so  as  to  secure  a  good 
joining  with  other  stems. 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND.  71 

LINE  12. — Awake,  acquire,  yoke,  ink,  anxious,  being,  losing. 

181.  When  the  sound  of  L  follows  the  S  circle  at  the  end 
of  a  word,  with  a  vowel  between  the  S  and  the  L,  the  stem 
El  must  be  used  so  as  to  provide  a  place  for  the  vowel  to  be 
written.  (See  Par.  170.) 

LINE  13. — Excel,  codicil. 


LESSON     XXVI. 

PHRASING. 

(Illustrated,  by  the  Plate  on  page  197.) 

182.  Phrasing  consists  in  joining  the  signs  of  two  or 
more  words  in  a  continuous  outline,  or  simply  indicating 
the  sounds  of  those  words  by  the  various  principles  of  con- 
traction. This  principle  should  be  used  with  caution ; 
only  the  most  common  words  should  be  phrased,  and  then 
only  when  they  are  naturally  grouped  together  in  speaking. 
Above  all,  avoid  straining  after  phrase-writing,  but  make 
the  joinings  only  when  they  seem  natural  and  easy,  and  are 
suggested  without  any  special  effort  of  the  memory.  Re- 
member, in  case  of  doubt,  it  is  always  proper  to  write  words 
separately  and  in  their  correct  positions.  Let  it  be  laid 
down  as  a  principle,  that  the  formation  of  new  phrases 
when  in  the  act  of  following  a  speaker  is  entirely  out  of  the 
question,  and  any  such  futile  idea  should  be  dismissed  from 
the  mind  at  once.  No  phrases  are  of  any  practical  value 
except  those  which  have  been  thoroughly  elaborated  and 
committed  to  memory  in  the  same  way  as  any  other  con- 
tractions. It  may  be  possible  to  extemporize  some  phrases 
under  a  slow  speaker,  but  as  it  cannot  be  done  under  a  fast 


72  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

one,  it  is  difficult  to  see  the  utility  of  it  at  all.  If  one 
must  get  along  without  extemporizing  phrases  under  a  fast 
speaker,  he  certainly  can  get  along  Avithout  it  under  a  slow 
one. 

The  opinions  here  maintained  are  confirmed  by  fac  similes 
of  the  actual  notes  of  reporters  of  all  schools. 

183.  For  phrasing  purposes,  a,  an,  or  and  is  represented 
by  the  vowels  A,  A,  or  a,  according  to  convenience  of  join- 
ing.    They  are  not  joined  initially,  but  only  medially  or 
finally.    The  syllable  "  ing"  may  be  indicated  by  nearness, 
as  in  the  phrases  "giving  a,"  "seeing  a,"  etc. 

LINE  14. — Is  a,  as  a,  with  a,  for  a,  giving  a,  seeing  a,  finding  a. 

EXAMPLES. — Can  a,  which  a,  judge  a,  love  a,  think  a,  before  a, 
from  a,  but  a. 

184.  The  word  "it"  may  be  represented  by  the  T  tick 
when  the  full  form  or  the  T  hook  cannot  be  joined. 

LIKE  15. — Tried  it,  told  it,  wished  it,  signed  it,  raised  it,  found  it, 
called  it,  recollect  it. 

EXAMPLES. — Stayed  it,  studied  it,  faced  it,  shunned  it,  shared  it, 
send  it,  assessed  it,  roast  it,  lost  it,  lent  it,  named  it,  mind  it,  meant  it, 
missed  it. 

185.  The  direction  of  striking  an  outline  is  sometimes 
changed  to  facilitate  joining  or  phrasing,  if  legibility  be  not 
impaired  thereby. 

LINE  16. — Of  a,  to  a,  thinking  of,  nothing,  we  would,  would  we, 
think  you,  it  would. 

NOTE  73. — The  article  A  is  written  slanting  only  in  these  two  instances,  being  a 
special  arrangement  for  the  two  phrase*  of  a  and  too.  Of  is  written  horizontal  when 
used  in  the  place  of  the  Ing  dot,  so  as  not  to  conflict  with  to;  and  a,  an,  or  and,  in 
this  situation,  is  always  written  with  the  A  or  a  vowel  sign,  to  prevent  conflict 
with  of. 

186.  The  form  of  a  word  is  sometimes  changed  to  facili- 
tate joining. 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND.  73 

LINE  17. — Some,  something,  any,  anything,  can  be  done,  shall  be 
done,  may  be  done. 

(The  remainder  of  this  lesson  is  illustrated  by  the  Plate 
on  page  198.) 

187.  The  forms  for  with,  were,  where,  and  would,  may  be 
doubled  in  size  to  add  you,  or  your  ;  you,  to  add  would  or 
were. 

LINE  1. — With  you,  with  your,  were  you,  were  your,  where  you, 
where  your,  would  you,  would  your,  you  would,  you  were. 

188.  Usually  only  the  first  word  of  a  phrase  occupies  its 
proper  position,  the  rest  of  the  phrase  following,  of  course, 
without  regard  to  the  rule  of  position. 

LINE  3 — (First  two  forms). — I  think  so,  they  shall. 

189.  But  when  the  first  word  of  the  phrase  sign  belongs 
to  the  First  Position,  it  may  be  written  a  little  higher  or 
lower  without  being  removed  from  its  own  position,  so  that 
sometimes  the  second  word  may  also  be  written  in  position. 

LINE  2 — (Last  seven  forms). — We  have,  we  see,  I  say,  I  wish, 
I  shall,  I  can,  is  he. 

190.  The  auxiliary  verb  have  may  be  omitted  in  some 
phrases  where  it  must  necessarily  be  supplied,  and  gen- 
erally, connecting  words,  which  must  necessarily  and  may 
readily  be  supplied,  may  be  omitted  in  common  phrases,  the 
connected  words  being  joined,  or  written  near  together. 

LINE  3. — Can  have  done,  shall  have  done,  year  after  year,  from 
time  to  time,  from  day  to  day,  hour  after  hour,  hours  and  hours,  Word 
of  God. 

"191.  Between  figures  or  maybe  omitted  by  writing  the 
second  figure  or  figures  a  little  above  and  to  the  right  of  the 
first;  and,  by  writing  the  second  a  little  below  and  to  the 
4 


74  LIGHT-LIKE    SHOKTHAND. 

right  of  the  first;  to,  by  leaving  a  space  if  the  phrase  begins 
with  from;  in  fractions,  the  line  between  the  numerator 
and  denominator  may  be  omitted,  and  in  dates  only  the  last 
two  figures  of  the  present  century  need  be  written. 

LINE  4—7  or  8,  6  and  7,  from  12  to  14,  f,  16£,  1882. 

192.  The  phrase  of  the  may  frequently  be  indicated  by 
nearness. 

LINE  5.— End  of  the  lesson,  arrival  of  the  steamer,  words  of  the 
text,  business  of  the  session,  news  of  the  day,  yours  of  the  16th  re- 
ceived. 

193.  A  few  common  words  may  be  written  immediately 
below  the  line  to  indicate  a  preceding  «,  an,  or  and.    When 
of  is  written  under  the  line  for  this  purpose,  it  must  be 
written  horizontally  to  prevent  conflict  with  to;  and  a  or 
an  in  this  situation  must  be  represented  by  e  to  prevent 
conflict  with  of.     This  position  will  constitute  a  Fourth 
Position  for  stem  signs  which  are  vertical  or  inclined.     If 
the  writer  chooses  to  write  any  horizontal  stems  in  this 
position,  they  must  be  depressed  at  least  half  the  length  of 
the  H  stem  below  the  line,  so  as  not  to  interfere  with  the 
Third  Position.     And  if  you  is  so  written,  it  must  also  be 
depressed  in  the  same  way  to  prevent  possible  conflict  with 
will,  especially  when  enlarged  to  represent  you  would  or  you 
were. 

LINE  6.— And  the,  and  a-an,  and  I-should,  and  on-other-O,  and  of, 
and  to-know-no,  and  we-with-where,  and  would,  and  will,  and  all-let, 
and  is-his-as-has,  and  which,  and  may,  a  man. 

194.  The  may  be  very  generally  omitted  and  indicated  by 
nearness,  and  to  may  quite  often  be  indicated  by  the  same 
expedient.    In  phrasing,  the  may  sometimes  be  represented 
by  the  T  tick,  but  only  by  striking  that  tick  in  the  direc- 


LIGHT-LINE    SHOKTHAND.  75 

tion  of  R,  as  otherwise  it  might  be  mistaken  for  a  or 
an. 

LINE  7. — By  the  time,  in  the  matter,  in  the  other,  I  wish  to  have, 
time  to  come,  expect  to  go,  with  the  exception. 

195.  The  may  be  joined  in  a  few  advantageous  phrases. 

LINE  8. — Of  the,  to  the,  but  the,  should  the,  from  the,  on  the,  with 
the,  is  the,  the  more  haste  the  less  speed. 

EXAMPLES  — Could  the,  know  the,  were  the,  where  the,  as  the,  has 
the,  will  the. 

196.  In  phrasing  on  simple  stems,  the  circles,  loop,  and 
hooks,  add  as  follows :  N  circle  adds  in,  an,  and,  been,  own, 
than;  and  when  used  for  the  sound  of  M,  adds  may,  him, 
time,  my ;  tr  loop  adds  there,  their,  they  are,  and  occasion- 
ally other;  R  hook  adds  are,  our,  or;  L  hook  adds  all,  will; 
T  hook  adds  it,  and  occasionally  the;  F  hook  adds  of,  have, 
ever.     (Illustrated  by  Lines  9  to  15  inclusive.)     Than  may 
sometimes  be  joined  as  shown  in  the  last  two  forms  in 
Line  10. 

LINE  9. — Put  in,  come  in,  in  an,  by  an,  now  and  then,  here  and 
there,  have  been,  had  been. 

LINE  10. — Have  been  there,  had  been  there,  their  own,  larger  than, 
rather  than,  more  than,  higher  than,  sooner  than,  better  than. 

LINE  11. — It  may  be,  she  may  be,  for  him,  see  him,  to  him,  long 
time,  for  my,  at  my.  ; 

LINE  12. — Over  there,  out  there,  if  their,  that  they  are,  there  they 
are,  when  they  are,  each  other. 

LINE  13. — They  are,  hy  our,  in  our,  two  or  three,  at  all,  they  will, 
in  all. 

LINE  14. — Upon  it,  for  it,  say  it,  while  it,  in  it,  upon  the,  by  the, 
about  the,  for  the. 

LINE  15. — Out  of,  think  of,  which  have,  they  have,  shall  have,  do 
you  have,  did  you  ever. 


76  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

NOTE  74.— It  must  not  be  supposed  that  the  circles,  hooks,  etc.,  here  referred  to, 
are  to  be  used  in  every  conceivable  case  for  the  words  assigned  to  them.  On  the 
contrary,  each  modification  is  employed  for  only  a  limited  number  of  phrases,  where 
its  use  is  specially  advantageous.  Their  employment  beyond  the  phrase-signs 
quoted  here  should  be  with  caution,  and  where  no  impairment  of  legibility  will  be 
occasioned.  In  phrasing,  the  N  or  M  circle  should  be  turned  with  Forward  Motion 
on  straight  stems  or  ticks,  to  prevent  conflict  with  the  S  circle,  as  in  the  phrases 
"  in  his,"  "  in  my  "  (Nm[fj). 

197.  Special  contractions  or  phrase  signs  may  be  formed 
by  the  reporter  when  needed,  always  retaining  the  principal, 
or  at  least  the  initial  sounds  of  the  words  and  phrases  so 
represented. 

LINE  16. — Pacific  coast,  Pacific  Mail  Steamship  Co.,  Central  Pacific 
Railroad  Co.,  Southern  Pacific  Railroad  Co.,  Atchison,  Topeka  and 
Santa  Fe  R.  R.  Co.,  House  of  Representatives. 

198.  Since  the  nominative  and  objective  cases  of  pro- 
nouns may  be  represented  by  the  same  form  without  con- 
fusion, as  in  the  case  of  he  and  him,  so  those  two  words  may 
be  indicated  by  the  same  circle,  he  being  arbitrarily  repre- 
sented in  this  case  for  the  sake  of  the  very  advantageous 
forms  resulting  with  this  frequent  word. 

LINE  17— (First  two  forms). — Did  he,  that  he  was. 

199.  /  may  be  omitted  in  such  phrases  as  are  shown  here, 
and  the  L  hook  may  stand  for  W. 

LINE  17 — (Last  six  forms). — That  I  have,  when  I  am,  it  was,  which 
was,  that  was,  she  was. 

200.  The  phrases  is  Ms,  as  has,  etc.,  which  would  natu- 
rally be  represented  by  two  separate  circles,  may  be  indicated 
by  writing  a  loop,  standing  alone  and  slanting  up  to  the 
right,  for  the  two  circles.     Con  and  com  may  be  indicated 
by  nearness  between  words,  as  well  as  between  syllables. 
(See  Par.  120.)     The  phrase  to  the  may  be  omitted  in  cer- 
tain common  phrases,  and  indicated  by  nearness,  as  in  come 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND.  77 

to  the  conclusion  (K-Klshn),  call  attention  to  the  fact 
(Kl  Tshn-F),  where  the  words  to  the  are  necessarily  sup- 
plied. The  word  of  may  often  be  omitted,  but  without 
writing  the  words  near  together.  Been  may  sometimes  be 
represented  by  N,  when  advantageous  in  phrases,  as  in  has 
not  been  (sNtN),  they  have  been  (DhfN).  Not  may  some- 
times be  represented  by  N,  as  in  would  not  (w[l]N).  In  a 
few  special  phrases  him  may  be  represented  by  a  horizontal 
tick,  as  in  with  him  (w[Y\  A);  said,  by  the  S  circle  and  T  hook, 
as  in  he  said  (list) ;  not,  by  the  word  sign  for  no,  struck  ver- 
tically when  more  convenient,  as  in  we  would  not  (wivo) ; 
Jet  us  not  ("  let "  s  "  no  ") ;  and  year,  by  Y,  as  in  this  year 
(DhsY). 

201.  CAUTION. — We  must  not  be  phrased  following  other 
words,  nor  between  words,  except  where  it  cannot  be  mis- 
taken for  you. 

202.  Phrasing  should  be  avoided  when  a  pause  occurs 
between  the  words,  or  when  they  do  not  belong  to  the  same 
part  of  the  sentence ;  when  the  joining  would  produce  an 
awkward  or  illegible  form ;    when   the  phrase  would  be 
inconveniently  long,  or  would  interfere  with  the  writing  on 
the  line  above  or  below. 

203.  It  will  be  found  that  phrasing  will  seldom  prove 
advantageous  in  phrases  of  more  than  two  words,  and  those 
very  frequently  recurring.      Phrases  or  contractions  that 
occur  so  infrequently  as  to  require  an  effort  of  the  memory 
to  recall  them,  are  a  detriment  rather  than  a  help  to  speed, 
as  the  hesitation  of  a  moment  suffices  to  write  the  words 
separately. 

204.  The  power  of  using  phrases  to  advantage  depends 
largely  on  the  memory,  and  the  practice  should  be  adopted 
gradually,  as  the  student  finds  them  necessary.     Different 


78 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


persons  will  vary  in  this  particular.  Many  excellent  re- 
porters scarcely  ever  phrase  at  all,  even  the  most  frequent 
words,  and  their  testimony  shows  that  the  faster  they  write, 
the  less  they  phrase.  These  facts  only  emphasize  the  re- 
marks at  the  beginning  of  this  lesson,  and  show  that 
phrasing  is  not  the  desideratum  which  shorthand  authors 
have  been  wont  to  pronounce  it. 


LESSON     XXVII. 

LIST    OP    WORD-SIGNS.— PUNCTUATION. 

205.  Observation  shows  that  fully  one-half  of  ordinary 
extemporaneous  speaking  is  made  up  of  the  repetition  of 
about  one  hundred  common  words.  A  large  degree  of 
brevity  will  obviously  be  attained  by  providing  brief  signs 
for  these  frequently  recurring  words.  Many  of  these  do 
not  require  further  abbreviation  than  merely  omitting  the 
vowels;  others  contain  several  consonants,  which,  if  written 
in  full,  would  be  too  slow  for  reporting  purposes.  These 
words  are  represented  by  signs  of  adequate  brevity,  generally 
requiring  but  one  motion  of  the  pencil,  as  shown  in  the 
following 

TABLE    OF    WORD-SIGNS. 


( Upon 
-(Put 
( Part  y 

( About 
1  What 
/  Between 


(Wish 
J  Shall 
|  Pleasure 

Usual-]  y 

Was 

Recollect 


LIGHT-LIKE    SHOETHAND. 


TABLE    OF    WORD-SIGNS— CONTINUED. 


(It 

1  Take 
( Took 

At 

Out-too 

Did 

( Difter-ence-ent 
•<  Dollar-g 
( Defendant 

(Do 

I  Which 
( Change 

(Much 
•<  Charge 
( Object 

( Judge 
K  Large 
( Advantage 

(  Common 
•<  Kingdom 
( Come 

(  Court 
-(Can 
( Qive-n 

(God 

-{ Together 

(Go 

(Good 
^Life 
|  For 

( After 
•<Fact 
(Ever 

I  Live 
K  Every 
(Very 

(  Love 
-(  Think 
( Thing 

( Worth 
•<  Thousand 
|  Thank 

{ Worthy 
•<That 
Thou 


(  Before 

<  There 

( Regard 

(  Little 
•<  Never 
( Now 

i  Knew-new 

^Than 

(Time 

(Make 
•j  Matter 
(Long 

(  Along 
•<  Among 
( Young 

( Language 
•<  Water 
( Aware 

( Your-you  are-you 

^Him 

(  Who-m 

(  Have 
•^The 

IA 

(An 

^And 

(Ah 

(Of 

-^To 

(NO 

( Know 
-<  Oh-owe 
(  Other 

(Year 

^Yet 

( You-your 

II 

K  From 
(But 

( Should 
1  Could 
(  Another 

(On 

<  World 
I  Oil-y 


80 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


TABLE    OP    WORD-SIGNS— CONCLUDED. 


(Old 
I18 

I  His 

(As 
•{Has 
I  Us 

(Self 
4  These 
|  We 

(With 
•{Were 
(  Where 

( Would 
•<A11 
<  Will 

(Let 

•{  Plaintiff 
( Apart 

(  Liberty 
•^Body 
( Contract 

( Attract 
-<  Doctor 
( During 


( Deliver-y 
•i.  Dwell-ing 
(  Difflcult-y 

( Child 
•<  Equal-ly 
( Cover 

{  Great 

-j  Govern-ment 

( Favor 

(  Work 
•<  Relate-ive 
(  Ordinary 

(Lord 
4  While 
|  Under 

(Mr. 
^Mark 
I  Million 

( Within 
•<  Without 

<  When 

( Whether 

<  Also 

(  Form 


NOTE  75.— It  will  be  seen  that  the  vowel-signs  are  made  to  do  duty  as  word-signs 
as  far  as  practicable".  Many  of  the  ticks  or  short  dash  signs  may  appear  arbitrary  ; 
they  may,  however,  be  considered  as  vowel-signs  varied  in  direction,  or,  in  some 
cases,  as  adapted  from  the  T  tick.  The  small  half-circle  w,  and  the  reversed  L  hook, 
used  independently,  are  also  utilized.  Tear,  yet,  and  you  are  modifications  of  the  u 
vowel,  which  sometimes  contains  the  sound  of  Y.  These  is  formed  by  adding  the  8 
circle  to  the  word-sign  for  the.  The  8  circle  may  be  added  to  word-signs,  as  to  other 
forms,  to  form  tbe  plural,  etc. 

NOTE  76.— The  least  irksome,  and  perhaps  the  most  expeditious  way  to  commit 
these  word-signs  to  memory,  will  be  to  familiarize  them  in  connection  with  the 
exercises  which  follow. 

206.  PUNCTUATION,  ETC. — For  a  period,  write  a  small 
cross  on  the  line,  or  a  long  downward  E ;  for  an  interroga- 
tion point,  write  a  small  cross  above  the  line,  or  a  long  M ; 
for  a  semicolon,  colon,  and  exclamation  point,  use  the  or- 
dinary signs,  except  that  the  dots  should  be  represented  by 
small  crosses ;  for  a  dash,  write  two  long,  slanting  strokes, 
joined  at  the  bottom ;  for  a  hyphen,  write  two  small, 


LIGHT-LIKE    SHOKTHAND.  81 

% 

parallel,  horizontal  dashes ;  for  quotation  marks,  leave  a 
space  at  the  beginning  of  the  quotation,  and  write  two 
small,  parallel  dashes,  slanting  up  to  the  right,  at  the  end, 
as  shown  in  the  following  table : 


1       if     t*    i  11  4        i      r 

I       i       1      a  £a  a        §      z 

NOTE  77.— In  reporting,  spaces  may  be  used  for  punctuation— half  an  inch  or 
more  for  a  period,  and  proportionately  less  for  minor  pauses.  It  is  very  essential  to 
the  correct  reading  of  notes  that  dashes  should  always  be  inserted,  as  the  reader 
should  know  unmistakably  where  a  break  in  the  sense  occurs. 

EXAMPLES — (Introducing  word-signs). — The  party  were  given  but 
two  hours  in  which  to  get  ready.  What  is  the  difference  between  us? 
Whom  would  you  take  with  you  on  this  occasion?  All  whom  I  know 
will  go  with  me.  Let  me  row  on  the  bay.  May  I  go  down  to  the 
city  ?  Of  course  you  may,  but  put  some  money  in  your  purse  before 
you  say  good-bye.  The  defendant  will  object  to  the  charge  of  the 
judge.  I  am  happy  to  know  that  you  will  dine  with  us.  The  com- 
pany has  decided  not  to  issue  the  summons.  It  will  take  many  a  day 
to  pay  the  charge.  I  regard  them  all  as  very  worthy  men.  I  judge 
it  is  worth,  anyhow,  a  thousand  dollars.  Let  us  go  to  the  city  and 
buy  some  toys.  What  shall  we  buy  for  Johnnie  ?  I  guess  we  will 
get  (GT)  him  a  wooden  pony  (PoNi).  What  would  you  give  for  that 
ranch  ?  I  shall  take  pains  to  see  that  they  have  a  good  time.  It  will 
give  me  much  pleasure  to  do  so.  Have  you  any  proof  that  the  receipt 
was  signed  ?  Do  you  believe  that  the  house  belongs  to  him  ?  The 
advantages  in  favor  of  the  relative  candidates  are  about  equal.  The 
work  was  performed  under  the  personal  supervision  of  the  author. 
In  our  little  world  the  school-master  was  a  great  personage.  The 
government  was  assailed  by  traitors  from  within  and  foes  from  with- 
out. During  the  delivery  of  the  sermon,  much  difficulty  was  met 
with  from  the  noise  without.  The  expense  attending  that  work  will 


82  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAHD. 

f 

be  very  great ;  a  million  dollars  will  fall  under  the  mark.  The  two 
fierce  animals  were  about  equally  matched  and  were  writhing  in  a 
mortal  struggle.  Liberty  without  license  should  be  vouchsafed  by 
every  government.  The  plaintiff  claims  that  the  defendant  would 
not  give  up  the  child.  Mr.  Blank  is  a  man  who  endeavors,  I  think,  to 
do  right,  without  fear  or  favor.  O  Lord,  how  manifold  (MnF/t)  are 
thy  works.  Charity  covers  a  multitude  of  sins.  When  the  body  was 
raised,  it  had  begun  to  decay  rapidly  (.BPt).  Doctor,  do  you  think 
there  is  any  danger  that  my  friend  will  contract  the  disease  ?  While 
I  have  great  admiration  for  the  actress,  I  do  not  know  whether  she  will 
attract  the  pleasure-seekers  of  the  city. 

OMISSION   OP   VOWELS. 

207.  At  this  stage  of  his  practice  the  writer  may  begin  to 
omit  many  unimportant  vowels.     This  should   be  done 
gradually,  and  only  so  far  as  words  have  become  familiar 
to  the  eye  from  their  consonant  outlines  alone.    To  avoid 
illegibility  from  too  sudden  a  transition,  and  until   this 
familiarity  extends  to  all  ordinary  words,  vowels  should  be 
omitted  only  in  the  following  cases : 

1st.  When  the  existence  of  the  vowel  is  shown  by  the 
variation  of  the  outline,  especially  in  connection  with  the 
two  directions  for  writing  E,  and  the  representation  of 
other  sounds  by  stems,  or  hooks  and  circles,  as  in  rose  (Rs), 
rosy  (RZ),  Jierl  (#B),  rib  (RB),  knave  (Nv),  navy  (NF). 

3d.  Unaccented  vowels  in  words  of  more  than  one  stem, 
as  in  decay  (DKA),  despise  (DsPs),  enemy  (NM:e). 

3d.  In  words  of  three  or  more  stems,  all  medial  vowels. 

208.  On  the  contrary  the  writer  should  retain : 

1st.  Most  accented  vowels,  except  when  their  place  is 
shown,  as  occasion  (KshnrA). 


LIGHT-LINE    SHOETHAND. 


3d.  A  diphthong,  as  in  idea  (ID),  decry  (DKrI),  toy 
(T:awi). 

3d.  An  initial  or  final  vowel,  unless  indicated  by  the  form 
of  the  outline,  as  in  eat  (2?T),  gray  (GrA). 


LESSON     XXV  I  I  I. 

APPLICATION  OF  SOME  OF  THE  FOREGOING  PRINCIPLES. 
GENERAL  DIRECTIONS. 

209.  Let  the  pupil  write  the  following  examples  for  prac- 
tice : 

EXAMPLES — (Words  of  three  stems). — Pebbly,  peacock,  package, 
pigmy,  pagoda,  apothegm  (PThM),  punish,  becalm,  bookish,  back- 
ache, bugaboo,  bigamy,  Bogota,  baggage,  faggot  (.PGT),  foppish 
(FPSh),  famish,  fathom,  farm,  evict,  vacate,  vivify  (WF),  unpack, 
nabob,  infamy,  invoke,  Nineveh,  inanity,  magpie,  embalm,  mammoth 
(MMcTh),  mimic,  mutiny,  Madonna,  ameuity,  magic  (McJK),  hackney, 
hoggish. 

(Wards  of  four  stems). — Tippecanoe,  toothpick,  decoct,  pitch-pipe, 
Piccadilly,  Poughkeepsie. 

(Words  of  two  stems,  the  first  with  initial  circle.) — Speech,  speak, 
spear,  spare,  sapper,  Spohr,  supper,  spire,  set-to,  stony,  Sidney,  Sodom, 
skip,  scoop,  scab,  scabby,  sketch,  Scotch,  scathe  (sKcDh),  scare,  scar, 
score,  scour,  skinny,  Sachem,  notched,  knocked. 

(Words  of  two  stems,  with  N circle  between}. — Pinch,  Pancho,  punch, 
paunch,  pansy  (P),  Panama,  bench,  banjo,  bunch,  beneath,  banish, 
banner,  Benham,  tinge,  tinner,  tanner,  dainty,  dandy,  Dingie,  dinner, 
jaunty,  Jenner,  county,  candy,  gunner,  affinity,  finite,  Finch,  finish, 
fancy,  finer,  vanity,  vanish,  venom. 

(Words  of  two  stems,  the  first  with  a  final  hook). — Petite,  potato, 
potash  (P),  Patsey  (P),  epitome,  buttock,  beatify  (F),  beautify  (F), 
Betsey  (B),  battery,  button,  bidden,  batten,  bottom,  buffet,  toughen, 
tighten,  deaden,  shaven,  soften,  rotary,  written,  retain,  rotten,  river, 
reverie,  rover,  lottery,  lighten. 


84  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


GENEKAL    BISECTIONS. 

210.  The  diligent  student  of  the  preceding  pages  has  now 
become  tolerably  familiar  with  a  large  proportion  of  the  words 
used  in  ordinary  public  speaking.  The  application  of  the 
system  to  the  principal  branches  of  verbatim  reporting  will 
Jbe  shown  in  the  copious  exercises  in  reporting  which  are 
contained  in  succeeding  pages.  Paper  for  reporting  should 
be  ruled  with  lines  about  half  an  inch  apart,  with  but  little 
gloss  on  the  surface,  so  as  to  be  plainly  written  on  with  a 
pencil  of  medium  quality,  that  being  the  implement  gen- 
erally used  by  practical  reporters.  Pencil  writing  in  this 
system  is  as  legible  as  pen  writing,  there  being  no  shading 
required.  The  size  of  characters  should  be,  as  nearly  as 
practicable,  the  same  as  those  given  in  the  exercises  in  this 
book,  though  in  actual  practice  the  tendency  will  be  to 
make  them  larger.  This  inclination  should  not  be  humored 
to  the  extent  of  allowing  the  writing  to  become  sprawling 
and  carelessly  executed,  for  this  will  be  a  detriment  to  speed 
by  giving  the  hand  too  long  a  road  to  travel.  Some  careful 
writers  may,  and  will,  write  a  smaller  hand  than  that  in  the 
exercises. 

After  the  writer  has  become  quite  familiar  with  ordinary 
connected  writing,  and  can  write  with  some  freedom  from 
his  own  reading,  he  should  commence  writing  from  dicta- 
tion by  a  reader,  selecting  from  matter  which  has  been 
spoken  off-hand  rather  than  that  which  has  been  elaborately 
composed,  since  the  writer  is  seldom  or  never  called  upon 
to  report  the  latter.  The  reader  should  proceed  fast  enough 
to  tax  the  powers  of  the  writer,  though  not  to  the  extent 
of  confusing  him.  Part  of  the  time  for  practice  should  be 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND.  85 

devoted  to  reading  back  what  is  written,  observing  carefully 
any  errors  that  may  be  made  in  deciphering  the  notes. 
Each  writer  should  study  his  own  peculiarities  of  execution, 
and  observe  where  he  is  liable  to  deviate  too  greatly  from 
the  proper  outlines.  It  is  of  the  utmost  importance  to  read 
everything  that  is  written. 

To  attain  the  highest  speed  the  writer  should  go  back  to 
the  elementary  principles,  practicing  from  the  alphabet  itself, 
following  through  all  the  principles  of  contraction,  writing 
from  dictation,  until  no  hesitation  is  experienced.  It  is  not 
necessary  to  try  to  write  rapidly.  Thorough  familiarity 
with  shorthand  outlines  and  principles  is  the  essential  of 
speed. 

In  reporting,  the  commencement  of  a  sentence  or  phrase 
should  be  written  with  special  care,  as  the  context  is  a 
necessary  aid  to  reading  reporting  notes,  and  if  the  first  part 
of  a  sentence  is  unmistakable,  the  facility  of  reading  the 
rest  will  be  greatly  enhanced. 

The  legibility  of  any  rapid  system  of  shorthand  is  only 
suggestive,  although  this  suggestiveness  is  unerring,  pro- 
vided proper  attention  is  paid  to  the  context.  The  impor- 
tance of  keeping  the  mind  on  the  qui  vive  in  taking  notes, 
to  catch  the  varying  forms  of  expression  and  the  sequence 
of  ideas,  cannot  be  over-estimated,  as  such  attention  is 
indispensable  to  the  getting  out  of  a  first-class  transcript. 
The  reporter  must  use  his  own  judgment  as  to  the  liability 
of  words  conflicting  in  any  particular  case,  and  if  in  doubt, 
should  drop  in  a  vowel  so  as  to  be  on  the  safe  side.  Proper 
nouns  and  infrequent  words  should  be  made  unmistakable 
by  the  insertion,  when  necessary,  of  at  least  one  prominent 
vowel. 

Interruptions  from  the  audience  in  the  course  of  a  speech 


86  LIGHT-LINE    SHOKTHAND. 

may  be  noted  in  shorthand,  and  large  circles  dra\vn  around 
them,  or  inclosed  in  a  parenthesis  if  more  extended ;  and 
as  time  is  generally  limited,  only  the  last  curve  of  the  paren- 
thesis need  be  written,  leaving  a  space  at  the  beginning  of 
the  interruption.  This  practice  may  be  followed  whenever 
a  parenthesis  is  introduced  for  any  purpose.  Should  the 
reporter  from  any  cause  fail  to  catch  a  word  or  words  of  the 
speaker,  a  large  circle  may  be  written  in  the  place  of  the 
omission,  and  a  space  corresponding  to  the  words  omitted 
may  be  left.  A  line  down  the  margin  of  the  page  calls 
attention  to  something  in  the  passage  opposite.  In  report- 
ing meetings  where  speakers  are  unknown,  they  may  be 
numbered  1,  2,  3,  etc.,  and  their  names  learned  afterward. 

The  repetition  of  a  phrase  by  the  speaker  may  be  indicated 
by  drawing  a  long  horizontal  line  in  the  place  of  the  repeated 
words  after  they  have  been  once  written. 

In  quotations  from  the  Bible  or  other  book,  the  book, 
chapter,  and  verse,  or  similar  divisions,  may  be  designated 
by  writing  them  in  the  First,  Second,  and  Third  Positions 
respectively. 

In  idiomatic  expressions,  such  as  "  deeper  and  deeper," 
"stronger  and  stronger,"  "quicker  and  quicker,"  the  first 
word  may  be  contracted  to  good  advantage  without  en- 
dangering legibility,  and  the  connecting  words  omitted, 
as  in  deeper  and  deeper  (DDPR),  stronger  and  stronger 
(strNg-strNg#),  etc. 

In  his  early  practice,  after  attaining  a  speed  of  about  120 
words  a  minute  from  dictation,  the  writer  should  commence 
writing  after  some  careful,  deliberate  speaker,  taking  care 
to  write  only  what  can  be  deciphered  afterward.  He  should 
not  be  led  into  the  error  of  dashing  along  recklessly,  and 
making  marks  that  can  never  reproduce  the  words  for  which 


LIGHT-LIKE    SHORTHAND.  87 

they  stand.  When  the  writer  knows  he  is  taking  legible 
notes,  the  confidence  imparted  adds  to  his  speed.  Vowels 
should  be  inserted  quite  frequently  at  first,  wherever  any 
doubt  arises  as  to  legibility.  Practice  alone  will  enable  the 
reporter  to  determine  the  extent  to  which  vocalization  is 
necessary,  since  different  temperaments  will  require  different 
degrees  of  suggestiveness  in  outline.  A  person  with  a  poor 
memory  will  require  a  fuller  style  than  one  who  rarely  for- 
gets anything  pictured  to  the  eye.  Good  spellers  in  the 
ordinary  print  will  be  found  to  be  good  readers  of  shorthand. 
Let  the  young  reporter  not  be  impatient  at  his  early  fail- 
ures in  the  acquirement  of  speed  and  the  ability  to  read  his 
rapid  notes,  but  remember  he  is  traveling  the  same  road 
that  every  good  reporter  must  travel,  and  that  in  this,  as  in 
other  departments  of  life,  "  there  is  no  royal  road  to  knowl- 
edge." Nothing  is  of  much  value  which  does  not  require 
much  labor  to  attain  it. 

REPORTING    EXERCISES. 

The  teacher  must  use  his  judgment  as  to  the  amount  of 
matter  to  be  assigned  for  a  lesson  in  the  following  exercises. 
Perhaps  a  page  of  the  notes  will  be  sufficient  at  first,  the 
amount  being  extended  as  the  pupil  acquires  a  knowledge 
of  connected  writing.  The  following  exercises  illustrate 
the  five  branches  of  Business,  Law,  Political,  Lecture,  and 
Sermon  reporting.  Thorough  acquaintance  with  them, 
both  in  writing  and  reading,  will  contribute  largely  to  the 
efficiency  of  the  student.  Armed  with  a  knowledge  of  short- 
hand which  these  exercises  afford,  he  will  essay  the  reporting 
of  ordinary  speakers  with  good  assurances  of  success. 

It  will,  of  course,  be  understood  that  the  selections  here 


88  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

given  do  not  embody  the  opinions  of  the  author  in  reference 
to  the  subjects  treated  therein.  They  have  been  chosen 
with  a  view  to  furnishing  the  most  valuable  exercises  for 
the  student,  embracing  various  subjects  and  a  wide  range 
of  terms.  Thorough  familiarity  with  them,  both  in  reading 
and  writing,  will  be  the  student's  best  preparation  for  actual 
work,  as  thereby  he  will  become  possessed  of  a  knowledge 
of  all  the  most  common  words  and  phrases  that  enter  into 
ordinary  extemporaneous  speaking.  They  should  first  be 
read  until  the  forms  have  become  familiar  to  the  eye,  and 
then  written  repeatedly  from  dictation  until  a  speed  has 
been  attained  of  upward  of  a  hundred  words  a  minute  for 
five  minutes  at  a  time.  Then  every  opportunity  should  be 
embraced  to  report  public  speakers,  and  this  should  be  com- 
menced as  soon  as  possible,  for  the  confidence  in  one's  powers 
which  is  imparted  from  knowing  that  he  can  do  something, 
is  very  essential  to  his  further  advancement  in  the  art. 

BUSINESS    REPORTING. 
KEY  TO   NOTES   COMMENCING  ON   PAGE    199. 

FIREMAN'S  FUND  INSURANCE  COMPANY, 

SAN  FRANCISCO,  July  25,  1882. 

MR.  RICHARD  ROE,  Agt.,  Ashland,  Ogn. 

Dear  Sir : — Your  telegram  of  even  date  announcing  loss  under  our 
policy  No.  80965  is  at  hand,  and  we  have  advised  you  by  telegraph  to 
see  that  the  assured  properly  protects  his  goods  from  further  damage, 
awaiting  the  arrival  of  our  adjuster.  Our  Special  Agent  Ives,  who  is 
now  in  Portland,  has  been  telegraphed  to,  and  in  a  few  days  will  be 
with  you.  In  the  meantime  it  might  expedite  matters  if  you  would 
have  the  assured  classify  and  arrange  such  property  as  has  been  saved, 
making  a  list  thereof,  so  that  when  our  adjuster  arrives  matters  may 
be  settled  in  the  least  possible  time.  We  always  desire  to  settle  up  a 
loss  as  speedily  as  possible,  and  hope  that  you  will  cooperate  with  us 


LIGHT-LIKE    SHORTHAND.  89 

to  this  end.     Please  do  not  commit  the  company  on  any  points  which 
may  arise,  but  confine  yourself  exclusively  to  the  matters  suggested. 

Referring  to  your  favor  of  the  22d  inst.,  just  at  hand,  with  reference 
to  the  proposed  cancellation  of  Mr.  Smith's  policy,  we  have  to  say  that 
you  are  correct  in  your  supposition  that  it  will  be  necessary  to  charge 
him  short  rates  for  the  time  policy  has  been  in  force.  This  for  4  mos. 
will  be  five-tenths  the  annual  rate,  and  you  will  therefore  pay  him 
back  one-half  his  premium,  taking  his  receipt  therefor  on  the  policy, 
and  returning  latter  to  us.  If,  however,  Mr.  Smith  is  merely  desirous 
of  removing  to  a  new  location,  we  would  suggest  that  we  would  be 
willing  to  make  a  transfer  of  the  policy,  by  endorsement  thereon, 
charging  additional  rate  pro  rata  for  the  increased  hazard  in  the  new 
location. 

We  enclose  herewith  our  policy  No. ,  as  applied  for.     The 

rate  as  named  by  you  in  the  application  is  technically  correct,  but 
where  an  exposure  over  ten  feet  distant  consists  of  a  long  frame  range 
we  charge  more  than  the  regular  tariff  rate.  The  charge  for  exposure 
as  provided  in  the  book  of  rates  is  just  the  same  whether  the  risk 
which  is  ten  feet  or  more  away  consists  of  a  single  building  or  of  a 
frame  range  of  a  dozen  buildings.  The  hazard  in  the  latter  case  is 
manifestly  much  greater  than  in  the  former,  but  it  would  be  impossible 
to  fix  a  tariff  which  would  apply  to  all  cases  ;  so  the  only  thing  left 
for  the  companies  is  to  exercise  their  judgment  in  such  cases.  You 
must  not  make  the  mistake  of  supposing  that  the  rates  named  in  the 
rate-book  are  those  which  are  fixed  definitely  for  all  risks,  but  they 
are  the  rates  below  which  no  company  is  allowed  to  write,  and  it  is 
the  privilege  and  duty  of  companies  to  make  their  figures  as  much 
higher  than  those  in  the  rate-book  as  circumstances  seem  to  demand. 
Yours  truly,  E.  W.  CARPENTER,  Ass't  Sec'y. 


CENTRAL   PACIFIC  RAILROAD, 

OAKLAND,  Cal.,  July  38, 1882. 

J.  E.  WALMSLEY,  ESQ.,  Agt.,  Washington. 

Dear  Sir : — I  hand  you  herewith  letter  from  Mr.  Fillmore.  enclosing 
complaint  from  Ehrman  &  Lebrecht,  of  Mission  San  Jose,  about  delays 
of  freight, 


90  LIGHT-LINE    SHOBTHAND. 

I  wish  you  would  go  thoroughly  into  this  matter  and  find  out  just 
what  freight  it  is  they  refer  to,  the  car  in  which  it  was  received,  the 
way-bill  number,  and  all  particulars.  Also  give  me  any  information 
that  you  can  which  would  be  of  assistance,  and  return  the  papers  with 

your  reply.  Yours  truly, 

A.  D.  WILDER,  D.  S. 


CASHIER'S  OFFICE  A.  L.  BANCROFT  &  Co., 
721  MARKET  ST.,  SAN  FRANCISCO,  June  19th,  1882. 

S.  H.  PAYNE,  ESQ.,  9  Burling  Slip,  New  York. 

Dear  Sir : — We  have  the  news  of  the  disaster  of  ship  "  Charger." 
As  she  has  returned  to  New  York  with  cargo  badly  damaged  by  fire 
and  water,  we  would  like  to  have  our  goods  taken  out,  and  if  in  good 
condition,  re-shipped  to  us  by  railroad,  and  those  goods  which  might 
be  badly  damaged  retained  in  New  York  to  be  sold  at  auction  or  dis- 
posed of  otherwise, — i.  e.,  we  do  not  wish  to  incur  any  additional 
expense  on  damaged  stock.  We  authorize  you  herewith  to  act  in  our 
name  and  take  such  measures  as  may  be  necessary  to  secure  posses- 
sion of  our  goods,  and  therefore  inclose  our  original  bills  of  lading, 
together  with  a  memorandum  showing  the  eastern  cost  of  said  ship- 
ments. You  may,  if  it  is  required,  pay  the  clipper  freight,  make  a 
deposit,  or  give  bond  on  account  of  general  average,  and  make  such 
reasonable  concessions  as  will  facilitate  matters  generally.  It  is  of 
great  importance  that  we  should  know  the  extent  of  the  damage  as 
soon  as  possible,  that  we  may  be  able  to  duplicate  some  of  our  orders 
if  necessary.  We  cannot  permit  our  goods  to  be  re-shipped  by  another 
clipper,  as  they  would  reach  us  too  late  for  our  fall  trade.  By  giving 
your  prompt  attention  to  these  important  matters  you  will  greatly 
oblige  Yours  truly, 

A.  L.  BANCROFT  &  CO., 

C.  BACHMAN. 

OFFICE  OF  FEIGENBAUM  &  Co.,  IMPORTERS, 

SAN  FRANCISCO,  Sept.  6th,  1882. 
MR.  A.  LIPMAN,  Fran cfort-on-the- Main. 

Dear  Sir : — You  will  please  ship  by  first  Sailing  Vessel  leaving 
Hamburg — 


LIGHT-LINE    SHOKTHAND.  91 

3275/1        36  dozen  Palmleaf  Baskets. 
2006  24       "      China  Tea  Sets. 

24      "      Muslin  DoUs,  each  $  2,  4,  6,  8. 
3417  3ii      "      Bohemian  Blue  Glass  Vases. 

4916  12       "      Violins  in  Boxes  with  Bow. 

3116/2        18      "      Noah's  Arks. 

We  need  these  goods  badly.     You  therefore  will  hurry  up  ship- 
ment of  same,  and  oblige  Yours  truly, 

FEIGENBAUM  &  CO. 


OFFICE  OF  SHERMAN,  CLAY  &  Co., 

SAN  FKANCISCO,  Sept.  7,  1882. 

MESSRS.  J.  ESTEY  &  Co.,  Brattleboro,  Vt. 

Gentlemen : — Please  send  us  by  sail  through  our  agent  M.  R.  Cusack. 
61  South  St.,  New  York,  5  style  1,  10  style  2,  20  style  521,  25  style  280, 
25  style  281,  10  style  3;50,  5  style  96.  At  your  request  we  remind  you 
to  prepay  the  freight  to  New  York. 

Yours  respectfully,         SHERMAN,  CLAY  &  Co. 


MR.  A.  WEBER,  5th  Ave.,  cor.  16th  St.,  N.  Y. 

Dear  Sir  : — Please  forward  by  sail  as  heretofore,  through  our  agent 
M.  R.  Cusack,  61  South  St.,  2J  style  1  uprights,  10  style  2  uprights, 
15  style  3  uprights,  10  style  1  squares,  5  parlor  grands,  and  2  concert 
grands.  Please  be  particular  to  observe  our  instructions  to  place  a 
thin  piece  of  wood  back  of  the  silk  panels  in  the  uprights.  Carefully 
observe  this  in  all  shipments  of  uprights  by  sail,  and  oblige 
Yours  truly, 

SHERMAN,  CLAY  &  CO. 


MRS.  JOHN  DOE,  Nevada  City. 

Dear  Madam  : — In  reply  to  yours  of  the  6th  instant  inquiring  prices 
of  instruments,  etc.,  we  mail  you  to-day  catalogues  of  the  Weber 
Piano,  and  of  the  Estey  and  Sterling  Organs.  Our  regular  selling 
price  for  the  Weber  is  $100  less  than  the  printed  prices  in  the  cata- 


92  LIGHT-LINE    SHOIITHAND. 

logue,  making  style  1  upright  or  square  cost  you  $550.  We  will 
include  good  stool  and  cover  with  each  instrument.  If  you  wish  to 
purchase  on  the  installment  plan,  we  will  accept  $100  cash,  and  $25 
or  more  per  month,  with  interest  on  the  deferred  payments  at  the  rate 
of  one  per  cent,  per  month. 

From  the  Estey  catalogue  we  will  give  you  a  discount  of  —  per 
cent.,  and  from  the  Sterling  catalogue  —  per  cent,  on  any  style  you 
may  select.  As  you  are  a  teacher,  we  shall  be  pleased  to  allow  you 
the  regular  professional  discount  on  sheet  music,  namely  —  off  from 
retail  price. 

Trusting  that  we  may  he  favored  with  your  patronage,  we  remain 
Yours  respectfully, 

SHERMAN,  CLAY  &  CO. 


ME.  JOHN  SMITH,  Seattle,  W.  T. 

Dear  Sir : — Replying  to  your  favor  of  the  31st  ultimo,  we  mail 
you  to-day  our  catalogue  of  musical  merchandise,  on  page  55  of 
which  you  will  find  full  descriptions  and  prices  of  brass  instruments. 
As  we  carry  only  first-class  goods  in  stock,  we  are  confident  you  will 
do  well  to  favor  us  with  ati  order.  Awaiting  your  reply,  we  are 

Yours  truly, 

SHERMAN,  CLAY  &  CO. 


LAW     REPORTING. 

Notes  in  Law  Reporting  are  usually  taken  on  paper  having 
a  marginal  line  near  the  left  side  of  the  page,  and  in  taking 
testimony,  the  questions  by  counsel,  the  court,  or  others, 
extend  to  the  left  of  the  line,  while  the  answers  of  witnesses 
are  confined  to  some  distance  to  the  right  of  the  line.  This 
is  called  Indenting,  and  serves  to  distinguish  the  questions 
and  answers,  and  facilitates  reference  to  any  part  of  the 
notes  when  the  reporter  is  called  on  to  read  particular  por- 


LIGHT-LINE    SHOKTHAND.  93 

tions  of  the  testimony.  An  answer  following  a  question  on 
the  same  line  may  be  separated  from  it  by  twice  the  usual 
space  left  for  a  period,  or  by  the  interrogation  point ;  and  a 
question  following  an  answer  on  the  same  line  may  be 
separated  from  it  by  the  long  period.  If  the  writer  chooses 
to  write  solid  instead  of  indenting,  he  may  do  so  by  placing 
the  long  interrogation  point  at  the  end  of  each  question, 
and  the  long  period  at  the  end  of  each  answer.  Any  ex- 
tended directions  as  to  the  methods  of  procedure  in  courts 
of  justice  will  be  inadequate  to  render  the  reporter  fit  for 
that  work,  and  the  only  practical  way  is  to  familiarize  him- 
self with  the  practice  of  any  court  he  may  expect  to  enter 
as  a  stenographer,  by  actual  observation.  This  is  the  neces- 
sary method  pursued  by  all  reporters  of  limited  experience, 
and  should  be  adopted  by  all  beginners. 

A  law  reporter  should  have  some  knowledge  of  law,  and 
should  be  familiar  with  the  rules  of  evidence,  before  he  will 
be  competent  to  perform  the  duties  of  a  court  reporter. 
The  taking  of  testimony  is  generally  the  simplest  form  of 
reporting  which  a  shorthand  writer  is  called  on  to  do,  but 
the  reporting  of  the  pleas  of  counsel  will  sometimes  tax  his 
powers  to  the  utmost,  as  in  this  he  is  liable  to  be  plied  with 
words  from  a  rich  vocabulary. 

In  the  following  extracts  from  the  celebrated  Schroder 
trial  I  shall  endeavor  to  give  a  general  outline  of  the  man- 
ner of  preparing  a  report.  In  the  transcript  of  the  notes, 
questions  and  answers  should  be  designated  by  the  letters  Q. 
and  A.,  written  just  to  the  left  of  the  marginal  line  found 
on  legal  cap  paper.  Any  references  to  the  Court,  counsel, 
or  witnesses,  should  also  be  commenced  to  the  left  of  the 
line. 

In  taking  the  notes  in  shorthand,  the  name  of  a  witness 


94  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

should  be  written  in  longhand  when  he  is  called,  to  insure 
proper  spelling  of  it.  Cross  examinations  and  other  head- 
ings in  the  notes  may  be  made  conspicuous  by  leaving  a 
blank  line  and  writing  the  headings  in  shorthand. 

KEY    TO    NOTES    COMMENCING    ON    PAGE    2O3. 

SUPEKIOR    COUET,    NO.   2. 

THE  PEOPLE  \ 

w.  v  BEFORE  JUDGE  GREEN  AND  A  JURY. 

EDWARD  F.  SCHRODER.  ) 

OAKLAND,  Dec.  2, 1880. 

APPEARANCES. 

For  Plaintiff,  Dist.  Att'y  GIBSON  and  ZACH.  MONTGOMERY. 

For  Defendant,  W.  W.  FOOTE,  A.  A.  MOORE,  and  HALL  MCALLISTER. 

The  above  case  coming  on  for  trial,  the  Court  ordered  the  Official 

Reporter, ,  to  take  down  in  shorthand  the  testimony  and 

proceedings. 

Ass't  Dist.  Att'y  WELLS  WHITEMORE  opens  for  the  prosecution  : 

The  information  which  was  read  yesterday  charged  this  client, 
Edward  F.  Schroder,  with  murder  on  the  26th  day  of  July  of  the 
present  year,  in  killing  by  shooting,  of  Dr.  Alfred  Le  Fevre.  The 
alleged  place  of  the  occurrence  was  on  the  northwest  corner  of  8th 
Street  and  Broadway,  as  shown  by  the  diagram.  (Counsel  read  from 
the  codes,  defining  murder.)  The  facts  in  this  case  which  the  prose- 
cution expect  to  show  are,  that  Dr.  Le  Fevre,  on  the  afternoon  of  this 
shooting,  while  engaged  at  his  practice  as  a  dentist,  was  filling  a  lady's 
tooth,  when  this  defendant  entered  one  of  the  rooms  shown  on  the 
diagram,  and  a  pistol-shot  was  heard.  Immediately  after,  Dr.  Le  Fevre 
came  staggering  into  the  next  room  and  died  shortly  afterwards.  This 
defendant  walked  into  the  hall,  and  was  there  met  by  an  officer.  He 
gave  up  the  pistol  he  held  in  his  hand,  saying,  "  Officer,  do  your  duty ; 


LIGHT-LINE    SHOKTHAND.  95 

I  have  shot  a  man ;  he  seduced  my  wife.  No  man  can  seduce  my 
wife  and  live."  On  the  way  to  the  city  prison  he  used  much  the  same 
language.  We  expect  to  prove  this  fact  and  some  others.  ***** 

HORATIO  STEBBINS  sworn  for  the  Defense. 
Examined  by  Mr.  McALLiSTEB. 

Q.  Where  do  you  reside  ? 
A.  In  San  Francisco. 

Q.  How  long  have  you  resided  in  California  ? 
A.  Sixteen  years. 

Q.  You  are  the  father  of  Mrs.  Schroder,  I  believe,  Dr.  Stebbins  ? 

A.  I  am. 

Q.  When  did  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Schroder  take  up  their  residence  in 

Oakland  ?     Do  you  recollect  ?     About  how  long  ago  ? 
A.  Four  years  ago  the  1st  of  October. 

Q.  In  June,  1880 — on  the  llth  of  June — how  many  children  did 

they  have  alive  at  that  time  ? 
A.  Two. 

Q.  About  what  were  the  ages  of  these  children  ? 

A.  One  is  five  ;  the  other  is  three  and  a  half,  or  four. 

Q.  What  was  the  oldest  child,  a  boy  or  a  girl  ? 

A.  A  boy. 

Q.  And  the  younger  is  a  girl  ? 

A.  The  younger  is  a  girl.         *        *        *        * 

Q.  What  was  the  question  Mr.  Schroder  asked  him? 

A.  Were  you  at  1164  Alice  St.  last  night  ? 

Q.  What  did  he  reply  ? 

A.  After  hesitating  he  answered  No. 

Q.  Anything  else  said  by  Schroder  ? 

A.  "You  were,"  and  he  gave  him  some  title  of  rascal,  or 

scoundrel,  something  of  that  kind. 
Q.  Then  you  left  ? 
A.  He  told  him  also  substantially  what  I  had  told  him— never 

to  look  upon  him  or  his  wife. 


96  LIGHT-LUST;  SHORTHAND. 

Q.  During  this  interview  what  was  the  appearance  or  manner 

of  Le  Fevre  ? 
A.  His  manner  was  cowed  and  abject.     He  didn't  look  me  in 

the  face. 

Q.  You  were  not  armed  at  that  time,  were  you,  Mr.  Stebbins  ? 
A.  No,  sir. 

Q.  Was  Schroder  armed,  to  your  knowledge  ? 
A.  No,  sir. 
Q.  You  said  you  struck  him  ;  do  you  mean  you  struck  him 

with  your  hand  in  the  scuffle,  or  with  your  fist ;  how  was 

that? 

A.  I  struck  him  with  my  fist. 
Q.  On  the  shoulder,  sir  ? 
A.  Yes,  sir. 
Q.  It  was  not  an  attempt  to  strike  him  down,  but  an  attempt  to 

draw  his  attention  ? 
A.  If  that  was  his  shoulder,  I  struck  him  like  that.     (A  loud 

slap  that  could  be  heard  over  the  court-room.) 
Q.  Did  you  ever  see  Dr.  Le  Fevre  after  that  interview  ? 
A.  No,  sir. 

Q.  This  was  on  the  12th  of  June,  as  I  understand  it  ? 
A.  The  12th  of  June. 

Q.  After  that,  where  did  Mr.  Schroder  and  yourself  go  ? 
A.  We  went  back  on  Alice  Street. 

Dr.  J.  J.  KENDBICK  sworn  for  the  Defense. 
Examined  by  Mr.  McAxLiSTEK. 

Q.  Where  do  you  reside,  and  what  is  your  business  ? 

A.  I  am  a  physician  and  surgeon,  residing  in  Oakland.     Have 

resided  here  over  two  years. 
Q.  Are  you  familiar  with  the  general  doctrine  of  insanity  as 

given  in  the  books  1 
A.  I  am  somewhat. 

Q.  Have  you  had  occasion  to  look  into  the  matter  ? 
A.  Yes. 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND.  97 

Q.  Can  you  give  Dr.  Bucknell's  definition  of  insanity  ? 

A.  The  definition  of  Dr.  Bucknell  is  "  a  state  of  mind  in  which 
a  wrong  act  of  conception  or  judgment  has  been  com- 
mitted where  violent  excitement,  or  undue  circumstances 
of  an  exciting  nature  have  been  separately  or  conjointly 
the  cause  of  disease,  either  mental  or  physical  " — in  fact, 
what  is  known  as  disease  of  any  kind  affecting  the  body 
or  mind  in  their  action.  I  know  the  work  by  Ray.  Have 
read  it.  It  is  an  authority.  Insanity  is  a  disease,  some- 
times temporary,  sometimes  permanent.  Mania  signifies 
a  general  derangement  of  the  intellectual  faculties,  with 
an  easy  excitement  of  the  emotions  at  trifling  causes. 
Monomania  is  somewhat  similar,  but  the  derangement  is 
in  reference  to  but  one  subject.  Dementia  refers  rather 
more  to  the  power  of  the  mind — a  man  cannot  command 
his  ideas. 

Q.  Is  dementia  more  like  idiocy  than  either  mania  or  mono- 
mania ? 

A.  Yes,  it  is  more  so.  It  is  the  idiocy  of  a  fully  developed 
mind. 

Q.  What  is  impulsive  or  transitory  insanity  ? 

A.  It  is  the  actual  emotion  of  the  feelings. 

Q.  May  an  insane  act  be  committed  with  design  and  delibera- 
tion? 

(Objected  to  by  the  Prosecution.     Sustained.) 

Q.  Do  you  know  what  an  insane  impulse  is  ? 

A.  It  is  hard  to  define.  It  is  rather  a  notorious  fact  that  the 
insane  exhibit  and  betray  a  wonderful  cunning.  In  the 
words  of  a  text-book,  "  A  crime  is  often  committed  so 
cunningly  that  the  act  itself  is  the  only  evidence  of  in- 
sanity." 

SAKAH  J.  GALLAGER  recalled. 

Cross-examined  by  Mr.  MONTGOMERY. 

Mr.  MONTGOMERY.  We  wish  to  ask  this  witness  a  few  ques- 
tions by  way  of  cross  examination,  on  points  we  didn't 
think  of  at  the  time  at  which  she  was  here. 


LIGHT-LIKE    SHORTHAND. 

Q.  You  testified  yesterday  that  you  lived  at  a  convent  at  Sacra- 
mento ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  What  convent  ? 

A.  St.  Joseph's. 

Q.  How  long  were  you  there  ? 

A.  Nine  months. 

Q.  What  were  you  doing  there  ? 

A.  I  was  a  laundress  there. 

Q.  When  was  that  ? 

A.  Before  I  came  to  Mr.  Schroder's. 

Q.  Immediately  before  ? 

A.  I  had  just  come  from  the  convent,  and  came  right  down  to 
Mr.  Schroder's. 

Q.  Was  it  immediately  before  you  came  to  Mr.  Schroder's  1 

A.  No,  sir ;  it  was  three  months  that  I  had  chills  and  fever,  and 
had  to  get  into  the  country  for  my  health,  and  I  left  there 
and  came  right  down  to  Schroder's. 

Q.  How  long  did  you  live  at  Sacramento  ? 
A.  I  cannot  tell  you. 

Q.  About  how  many  years  ? 

A.  I  didn't  live  there  many  years.  I  think  I  lived  about  thir- 
teen months  at  Sacramento — that  is,  between  the  convent 
and  Mr.  Nash's,  at  Nicolaus,  Sutter  County. 

Q.  I  understand  that  you  were  at  some  convent  in  San  Fran- 
cisco? 

A.  When  was  that  ?  I  went  to  the  other  convent — the  Sisters 
of  Charity. 

Q.  Whereabouts? 

A.  They  are  in  South  San  Francisco. 

Q.  There  are  several  establishments  there  ;  where  did  you  live? 
A.  I  lived  in  the  new  house  where  the  children  were,  in  the 
other  one. 

Q.   At  the  Magdalen  Asylum,  was  it  ? 

A.  No,  sir  ;  it  is  not  at  the  Magdalen  Asylum. 


LIGHT-LIKE    SHOKTHAHD.  99 


CLOSE    OP    THE    CHARGE. 

And  now  to  conclude,  gentlemen.  If  you  shall  believe  from  the 
evidence  before  you,  beyond,  and  to  the  exclusion  of  all  reasonable 
doubt,  that  the  defendant,  Edward  F.  Schroder,  on  the  26th  day  of 
July,  1880,  at  and  in  the  county  of  Alameda  and  the  State  of  Cali- 
fornia, did  willfully,  unlawfully,  feloniously,  and  with  malice  afore- 
thought, shoot,  kill,  and  murder  one  Alfred  Le  Fevre,  the  person  men- 
tioned in  the  information,  then  he  is  guilty  of  murder  in  the  first 
degree,  and  that  should  be  your  verdict ;  and  in  case  you  shall  find  a 
verdict  of  that  character,  it  is  at  your  discretion  to  say,  and  you  should 
say  in  your  verdict,  whether  the  defendant  shall  suffer  death,  or 
imprisonment  in  the  State  Prison  for  life.  Failing  to  find  a  verdict  of 
murder  in  the  first  degree,  you  will  acquit  the  defendant.  And  fur- 
ther, if  you  shall  believe  from  the  evidence,  that  the  defendant  did,  at 
the  time  and  place  alleged  in  the  information,  shoot  and  kill  Alfred 
Le  Fevre,  the  person  mentioned  in  the  information,  and  if  you  further 
believe  that  the  evidence  in  the  case  shows  that  the  insanity  of  the 
defendant  at  the  time  of  the  killing,  has  been  established  by  prepon- 
derance of  proof  before  you,  and  that  such  insanity  was  such  as  has 
been  already  defined  as  rendering  a  person  irresponsible  for  his  acts, 
then  the  defendant  is  entitled  to  an  acquittal,  and  such  should  be  your 
verdict.  And  if  you  shall,  upon  consideration  of  all  the  evidence 
before  you,  entertain  a  doubt  whether  such  insanity  of  defendant  at 
the  time  of  the  killing  has  been  established  by  preponderance  of  proof, 
then  you  will  give  the  defendant  the  benefit  of  the  doubt  and  acquit 
him. 


POLITICAL     RE  PORTI  NG. 
KEY  TO   NOTES  COMMENCING  ON   PAGE   212. 

EXTRACTS  FROM  THE  SPEECH  OF  THE  HON.  EMORY  A.  STORKS,  AT 
GERMANIA  HALL,  OAKLAND,  SEPTEMBER  17,  1880. 

(Reported  by  the  Author.) 

Mr.  Chairman  and  Fellow  Citizens : — I  am  satisfied  that  this  is  a 
Nation.  [Applause.]  I  am  satisfied  that  the  men  and  women  of  this 
beautiful  city  by  the  Pacific  Sea,  have  had  something  to  do  with 


100  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

making  it  a  nation.  I  am  satisfied  that  the  people  of  this  coast,  which 
I  have  the  honor  and  pleasure  of  visiting  for  the  first  time,  are  deter- 
mined that  it  shall  continue  to  be  a  Nation.  I  am  satisfied  that  they 
are  resolutely  resolved  that  no  Solid  South  and  no  Democratic  party 
shall  endanger  its  existence  as  a  nation.  I  am  satisfied  that  they  are 
resolved  that  the  Democratic  party,  North  and  South,  solid  or  other- 
wise, shall  be  pulverized  finer  than  powder  next  November,  before  they 
are  permitted  to  interfere  with  the  prosperity  of  this  nation. 

I  am  satisfied  that  that  old  nerve  and  muscle,  that  loftiness  of  spirit, 
that  heartiness  of  patriotic  purpose,  that  devotion  to  a  great  cause  and 
the  great  principle  which  put  hundreds  of  thousands  of  our  sons  into 
the  field  during  four  years  of  war,  will  save  this  nation  for  all  time  to 
come,  as  the  custodian  of  the  priceless  treasure  of  free  government 
among  men.  [Applause.]  I  have  been  about  this  country  much,  from 
the  east  to  the  west,  and  from  the  north  to  the  south.  I  have  some- 
times seen  larger  audiences  than  are  assembled  here  to-night ;  I  have 
never  (and  I  am  speaking  no  words  of  flattery)  seen  an  audience  in 
which  I  felt  more  emphatically  the  influences  of  the  old  Republican 
spirit,  that  it  is  perfectly  obvious,  pervades,  fills,  and  inspires  this 
audience  to-night.  [Applause.]  We  need  just  such  audiences ;  we 
need  just  such  men  and  women  ;  we  require  not  only  this  year,  but 
for  many  years  to  come,  just  such  a  spirit  as  is  here  and  now  exhibited. 
It  is  quite  customary,  I  am  aware,  for  political  speakers  to  preface 
their  address  by  observation,  to  the  effect  that  the  immediate  canvass 
of  the  issues  which  they  are  discussing  is  most  important  in  its  char- 
acter. It  is  my  solid  judgment,  that  never  since  1860  have  we  con- 
fronted a  campaign  where  the  issues  have  been  of  more  pressing 
importance,  of  more  serious  gravity,  than  those  which  we  must  decide 
within  two  months  from  this  time — less  than  two  months  from  this 
time.  I  have  no  sort  of  doubt  as  to  what  that  decision  shall  be,  none 
whatever.  I  have  no  more  doubt  that  there  will  be  for  Garfield  and 
Arthur  [applause]  a  solid  North,  than  that  there  will  be  for  Hancock 
and  English  a  solid  South.  I  have  no  more  doubt  that  the  Republican 
ticket  will  triumph,  than  I  have  doubts  of  the  goodness  of  God,  and 
I  have  no  doubt  about  that.  Boy  and  man,  I  have  always  believed 
very  much  more  in  the  goodness  of  God,  than  I  have  in  the  nimbleness 
and  dexterity  of  the  devil ;  therefore  I  have  pinned  my  faith  as  a  mat- 


LIGHT-LINE    SHOETHAND.  101 

ter  of  expediency  to  the  Republican  party.  [A  voice,  "  Hit  'em  again, 
Storrs."]  Frequently.  [Laughter  and  applause.]  I  have  no  doubt, 
none  whatever,  as  to  the  absolutely  diabolic  character  of  the  Demo- 
cratic party  as  a  political  entity.  I  have  no  question  that  as  a  political 
organization  its  aims  are  wicked,  its  purposes  dangerous,  its  policy 
demagogical,  and  its  entire  scope  and  character  unpatriotic.  I  haven't 
a  particle  of  doubt  about  it ;  I  have  no  sort  of  doubt  that  had  it  suc- 
ceeded at  any  time,  at  any  general  election  since  1860,  we  should  have 
had  no  country  and  no  history  since  that  time  of  which  to  be  proud  ; 
and  I  have  no  more  doubt  that  the  Republican  party,  since  1856 — since 
the  day  it  had  its  national  birth — has  combined  within  itself  all  that 
there  has  been  in  our  politics,  patriotic,  lofty,  generous,  humane,  and 
democratic.  ******  i  have  listened  to  that 
distinguished  Democrat,  James  R.  Doolittle,  talking  very  eloquently 
on  this  subject  of  conciliation,  and  I  have  noticed  since  I  have  left 
home,  Mr.  Doolittle  has  made  a  very  eloquent  speech,  in  which  he 
appeals  to  the  story  of  the  Prodigal  Son,  as  illustrating  what  he  con- 
ceives to  be  the  proper  policy  for  this  Government  to  pursue  toward 
what  he  called  our  erring  brethren  of  the  South.  I  was  much 
impressed  with  his  speech  and  with  the  story.  But  two  or  three  days 
since,  at  the  Palace  Hotel,  having  ample  time  and  abundant  oppor- 
tunity, I  got  down  the  New  Testament,  which  is  in  my  room  [laugh- 
ter], and  consulted  the  Gospel  according  to  St.  Luke,  read  the  story  as 
there  told,  and,  as  I  am  disposed  to  believe  the  Scripture  portion  of 
this  discussion,  for  your  entertainment  I  would  like  to  give  you  my 
exegesis  of  that  story  as  their  true  present  political  condition.  I 
thought,  Mr.  Chairman,  that  I  discovered,  after  the  careful  reading  of 
the  story  of  the  Prodigal  Son,  one  difference  between  the  case  put  by 
Senator  Doolittle  and  the  case  of  our  Southern  brethren. 

In  the  first  place  the  prodigal  son  of  the  Scripture,  when  he  had 
reached  his  majority,  had  a  perfect  right  to  leave  home.  That,  I  see, 
is  not  questioned  in  the  parable.  In  the  next  place,  I  discover  that  he 
did  not  take  a  dollar  that  did  not  belong  to  him.  [Applause.]  He 
simply  called  for  his  portion,  and  it  was  given  to  him,  and  it  was  his. 
Now,  that  poor,  absurd,  foolish  boy  had  a  perfect  right  to  leave  home. 
That  it  was  absurd,  that  it  was  foolish  in  him  to  do  so,  we  all  know  ; 
and  he  soon  thereafter  discovered* 


102  LIGHT-LINE    SHOETHAND. 

Our  Southern  brethren,  as  I  understand  it,  had  no  such  right ;  and, 
unless  our  memories  are  entirely  at  fault  with  regard  to  that  transac- 
tion, when  they  undertook  to  leave  the  old  mansion  they  started  off 
with  a  good  deal  of  property,  real  and  personal,  to  which  they  had  no 
rightful  ownership.  The  Scripture  prodigal,  bearing  with  him  the 
blessing  of  his  father  and  his  brother,  whom  he  had  left  behind,  went 
out  into  the  world  as  many  a  foolish  boy  has  done  since,  anxious  to 
see  the  world,  crude,  inexperienced  in  all  his  notions — a  very  good- 
hearted  boy,  though,  after  all ;  lavish  with  his  money,  fell  among 
Democrats,  and  was,  naturally  enough  [applause],  after  about  two 
weeks'  experience  with  them,  cleaned  out.  After  his  money  was  gone 
his  Democratic  friends  had  no  further  use  for  him.  He  went  into  the 
pork  trade — he  went  to  feeding  swine,  and  they  rejected  him  ;  even 
the  Greenbackers  of  those  days  wouldn't  have  anything  to  do  with 
him,  and  then  he  went  to  feeding  with  the  swine.  That  arrangement 
was  not  satisfactory  to  the  swine,  and  after  a  few  weeks  of  that  expe- 
rience the  poor  boy,  without  enough  left  of  him  to  address  a  letter  to 
his  father  ;  his  clothes  and  his  credit  all  gone  ;  worse  than  any  tramp 
you  ever  saw  ;  as  hungry  as  a  modern  Democrat,  who  has  been  dieting 
on  the  east  wind  for  twenty  years,  and  within  the  last  four  days  shout- 
ing over  a  victory  in  Maine  that  he  hasn't  got  [applause],  concluded 
that  playing  prodigal  didn't  pay.  Looking  the  ground  all  over,  he 
discovered  that  he  could  not  declare  anything  on  the  prodigal  business 
beyond  a  husk  dividend.  Thoroughly  repentant,  it  not  entering  into 
his  mind  that  he  had  any  right — having  no  such  insolence  as  that  he 
would  go  back  and  be  conciliated  by  his  father — started  back  home, 
and  afoot.  He  was  not  attended  with  a  hand-wagon,  saying  that  he 
had  come  back  to  be  conciliated,  and  that  he  would  run  Congress  and 
hold  the  balance  of  the  offices  ;  and  that  poor  old  father,  which  stands 
for  our  supposed  Union  in  this  trouble,  standing  at  the  gate  looking 
down  that  long  and  dusty  turnpike,  knowing  that  the  boy  would  by- 
and-by  come  back,  for  that  his  heart  would  turn  with  tenderness  to 
his  own  home,  saw  him  coming  and  ran  out  to  meet  him,  and  he 
threw  his  arms  about  his  neck,  and  the  boy  fell  on  his  father's  neck, 
as  repentant  and  sorry  and  thoroughly  converted  a  prodigal  as  ever 
you  saw  in  all  the  days  of  your  life.  Now,  what  was  it  that  the 
father  gave  to  the  returning  prodigal  ?  That  is  the  question.  What 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND.  103 

did  he  do  with  him  ?  In  the  first  place  I  notice  that  the  prodigal  did 
not  say,  "  Father,  I  have  concluded  to  come  back  and  accept  the  situ- 
ation and  take  charge  of  the  farm.  I  will  turn  the  boy  that  has  stayed 
at  home  here  out  of  its  possession."  He  said  nothing  of  the  sort. 
What  did  he  get  ?  Read  to-night,  after  you  go  home  (if  you  have 
time  enough  after  this  lecture,  which  is  doubtless  going  to  be  very 
long),  read  to-night  the  kind  of  a  proposition  that  the  old  man  made, 
and  what  the  old  father  did.  Now  he  didn't  give  him  a  dollar  in 
money.  He  didn't  give  him  a  foot  of  land.  He  offered  him  no  position 
whatsoever.  He  didn't  suggest  that  the  boy  might  have  an  office  ;  he 
didn't  even  reconstruct  him.  He  gave  him  a  veal  dinner.  [Laughter.] 
That  was  no  great  shakes.  [Increased  laughter.]  There  was  no 
market  there  for  calves.  He  put  a  ring  upon  his  finger,  and  the  boy 
asked  to  be  taken  in  as  a  servant ;  simply  sought  the  privilege  to  do 
kitchen  work,  and  that  was  the  position  which  was  assigned  to  him, 
and  he  has  been  doing  it  ever  since.  And  even  then  the  loyal  stay- 
at-home  son  that  represents  our  North,  stood  there  and  looked  at  that 
boy,  with  the  fuss  that  was  made  over  him  and  said  to  his  father  :  "  I 
have  never  gone  off  wasting  my  substance  in  riotous  living  ;  you  have 
never  killed  any  fatted  calf  for  me  ;  you  have  never  put  any  ring  on 
my  finger."  But  the  old  man  turns  round  to  the  loyal  son  of  the 
North  and  says  :  "  Son,  thou  wert  always  with  me  ;  all  that  I  have  is 
thine.  Not  a  dollar  of  money,  not  a  foot  of  ground,  not  an  office  nor 
a  smell  of  an  office  goes  to  these  Southern  Brigadiers  ;  but  all  that  I 
have  is  thine."  It  is  the  saddest  thing  in  all  this  world  to  think  of, 
that  in  about  fifteen  years  since  this  war  has  closed — the  most  wicked 
and  the  most  causeless  which  the  world  has  ever  witnessed  ;  in  less 
than  fifteen  years  we  find  that  party  which  sought  the  destruction  of 
this  great  nation  ruling  in  its  counsels  ;  we  find  the  Southern  Briga- 
dier, who  fifteen  years  ago,  with  sword  drawn  and  arm  lifted  would 
rend  this  fair  fabric  to  pieces,  elevated  to  power ;  we  find  Ben  Hill  and 
Pillow,  Forrest  and  Wade  Hampton  and  Chalmers — the  whole  solid, 
treasonable,  rebellious  and  defeated  South — in  less  than  fifteen  years 
after  their  defeat,  in  the  councils  of  the  nation  ;  in  the  councils  of  the 
nation  they  sought  to  destroy,  cutting  down  the  army  of  the  Union 
which  defeated  them,  and  sitting  in  judgment  as  to  the  amount  of 
money  that  shall  be  paid  to  Phil.  Sheridan  and  Tecumseh  Sherman. 


104  LIGHT-LIKE    SHORTHAND. 

Now  there  is  no  nation  on  the  face  of  God's  green  earth  that  ever  per- 
mitted a  thing  of  that  sort  before.  ****** 
And  now,  my  good  friends  of  this  splendid  coast,  with  your  short  but 
your  glorious  career  behind  you,  with  the  future  so  splendid  that  none 
can  pen  or  picture  it,  what  shall  your  position  be  ?  You  are  a  young 
people  ;  you  are  a  young  State  ;  you  cannot  stay  in  this  old  sepulcher 
of  the  Democratic  party.  It  is  full  of  dead  men's  bones  and  all 
uncleanness.  Come  out  into  the  day  ;  come  out  into  the  sunshine. 
Lift  your  eyes  from  the  narrow  partisanship  of  the  old  time,  and  look 
out  upon  the  broad  ocean  of  freedom.  You  cannot  begin  to  tell  how 
much  braver  and  better  you  will  feel  when  you  are  inspired  by  these 
impulses  that  take  in  a  whole  nation  ;  and  we  shall,  Mr.  President, 
succeed.  There  is  no  power  that  can  defeat  it.  You  and  I  don't  care 
where  in  this  great  procession  we  may  stand.  We  only  wait  for  the 
music  ;  we  only  listen  for  the  order  to  march,  and  we  march.  We 
keep  step  to  the  music  of  the  Union,  and  we  know  it  when  we  hear 
it ;  and  we  know  that,  great  as  this  continent  is,  vast  as  is  the  sky 
which  bends  above  it,  there  is  not  air  enough  in  all  to  float  but  one 
flag,  and  that  is  the  flag  under  which  we  stand.  I  recognize  it ;  I  hail 
and  I  salute  it ;  and  I  know,  just  as  sure  as  the  day  succeeds  the  night, 
that  Garfield  and  Arthur  carrying  the  old  standard,  all  that  I  can  be 
called  upon  to  do  is  to  face  the  music,  follow  the  flag,  and  this  grand 
nation  of  ours  shall  stand  preeminent  on  the  topmost  peaks  of  historic 
renown  and  glorious  achievement.  Worthy  of  its  past,  worthy  of  its 
sons,  worthy  of  its  history,  worthy  of  its  future,  I  heard  the  word 
given,  "  Forward."  Let  us  all  join  in  the  march. 


KEY    TO    NOTES     COMMENCING    ON     PAGE    22O. 

SPEECH  OP  DR.  J.  C.  SHORE,  AT  THE  DEMOCRATIC  STATE  CONVEN- 
TION, HELD  AT  SAN  JOSE,  CAL.,  IN  JUNE,  1882. 

Mr.  Chairman  and  Gentlemen  of  the  Democratic  State  Convention : — 
I  rise  with  heartfelt  pleasure,  as  pure  as  I  have  ever  experienced  in 
my  political  life,  with  unshaken  loyalty  to  the  interests  and  the  wel- 
fare of  the  Democratic  party,  and  deep  solicitude  for  its  vital  necessi- 
ties, to  place  in  nomination  for  Governor  of  the  State  of  California, 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND.  105 

Clay  Webster  Taylor,  of  Shasta.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  love  California 
with  all  my  heart  and  all  my  soul.  I  reached  her  shores  many  years 
ago,  when  still  a  boy,  and  from  that  time  to  the  present  moment  she 
has  been  a  mother  to  me.  I  feel  for  her  a  love,  a  kindly  interest,  a 
bond  of  sympathy.  She  has  buried  in  oblivion  all  my  sins  and  my 
transgressions.  The  little  merit  she  has  found  in  me  she  has  exalted 
a  thousand  fold.  Were  I  to  tell  a  man  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains, 
and  announce  to  him  my  love  of  California,  he  would  say  it  was 
affectation  or  hypocrisy. 

Sometimes  1  feel  assured  that  when  the  Lord  Almighty  created  the 
universe,  and  looked  around  and  said  it  was  very  good,  he  resolved  on 
a  new  piece  of  creation  and  made  California.  I  wish  her  from  my 
heart  all  peace  and  honor,  glory  and  prosperity.  Thus  loving  Cali- 
fornia, I  want  to  see  her  Governor  a  man  whose  courage,  whose  intel- 
lect and  integrity,  give  promise  of  as  bright  and  fortunate  a  future  as 
the  destiny  of  California  itself — a  natural-born  leader  of  men,  a  natural 
Tribune  of  the  people,  and  one  who  will  become  their  idol  when,  in 
the  course  of  time,  they  find  that  ambition  cannot  reach,  aggregated 
wealth  frighten,  or  gold  soil  the  fair  white  hand  at  the  Helm  of  State. 
Before  the  Lord,  I  believe  that  I  present  such  a  character  in  the  person 
of  Clay  Webster  Taylor.  Why,  Mr.  Chairman,  as  I  pronounce  those 
names — Clay,  Webster,  Taylor — what  a  panorama  of  history  presents 
itself  to  my  contemplation  ;  of  Clay,  when  the  story  of  valor,  chivalry, 
patriotism,  and  genius  is  told  in  the  University  of  the  future,  it  shall 
echo  and  ring  with  the  name  and  genius  of  Harry  Clay,  Kentucky's 
favorite  son.  And  when  history  writes  the  dangers  surrounding  the 
infancy  of  this  republic,  that  threatened  the  disruption  of  this  empire 
— this  glorious  empire — this  glorious  empire  of  free  and  co-equal  States, 
how  brilliant  in  the  sombre  twilight  of  the  past  glows  the  giant  form 
of  Webster,  whose  matchless  words,  still  ringing  in  our  ears,  "  liberty 
and  union,  now  and  forever,  one  and  inseparable,"  are  as  fresh  to  us 
to-day  as  when  they  fell  like  molten  lava  on  the  ears  of  the  Senate  of 
the  United  States  fifty  years  ago.  And  when  we  come  to  Taylor, 
what  man  who  has  an  atom  of  love  for  California  in  his  heart,  that 
will  not  reverence  the  name  of  Taylor — the  grand  old  hero  of  the 
Mexican  war,  the  hero  of  Palo  Alto,  who  opened  the  Halls  of  the 
Montezumas,  threw  down  the  walls  of  the  City  of  Mexico,  and  gave 


106  LIGHT-LIKE    SHOKTHAND. 

us  California — God  bless  her ! — the  sweetest,  ripest,  happiest  common- 
wealth  ever  seen  by  humanity  since  Adam  and  Eve,  hand  in  hand, 
walked  out  of  the  Garden  of  Paradise  under  the  curse  of  Almighty 
God. 

We  give  you,  then,  Clay  Webster  Taylor.  He  sprang  from  the 
people  ;  he  belongs  to  the  people  ;  let  us  give  him  back  to  them  ;  we 
can  give  them  no  better  man  ;  he  is  their  idol,  their  champion,  their 
offspring  ;  and  before  God,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  do  not  believe  the  people 
will  repudiate  him. 


LECTU  RE     REPORTI  NG. 

KEY    TO    NOTES    COMMENCING    ON     PAGE    223. 

A  LECTURE  ON  DAB  WIN  AND  DARWINISM,  BY  THE  REV.  DR.  STEB- 

BINS,  AT  THE  INDEPENDENT  CHURCH,  OAKLAND,  TUESDAY  EVEN- 
ING, JUNE  7,  1881. 

(Reported  iu  full  by  the  Author  for  the  "  Oakland  Evening  Tribune.") 

He  spoke  as  follows :  My  theme  this  evening  is  "  Darwin  and  Dar- 
winism." Within  the  last  twenty-five  years  one  of  the  most  familiar 
names  with  thoughtful  people  has  been  the  name  of  Charles  Robert 
Darwin,  the  naturalist,  and  his  name  has  become  the  synonym  of  a 
theory — a  theory  at  once  most  brilliant  and  most  profound— of  the 
development  of  organized  beings  on  this  globe.  In  1859  Darwin  pub- 
lished his  great  work,  "The  Origin  of  Species"— a  work  that  has 
attracted  the  attention  of  the  civilized  world,  not  only  for  the  won- 
derful knowledge  it  displays  of  scientific  facts,  and  great  powers  of 
generalization,  but  for  the  questions  it  raises  and  the  profound  con- 
troversy it  excites,  touching  the  relations  of  this  world  of  living 
things,  of  mind  and  will.  This  world,  somehow,  seems  to  be  im- 
bedded in  mind — somehow.  How  ?  is  the  question  ;  and  a  theory 
that  has  got  strength  enough  to  raise  that  question  starts  the  founda- 
tions of  the  universe.  But  theories  are  very  theoretical,  and  the  num- 
ber of  the  theories  of  creation  that  have  really  got  any  intellectual 
hold  at  the  center  of  things,  may  be  compared  with  the  number  of 


LIGHT-LINE    SHOBTHAND.  107 

successful  patents  as  contrasted  with  the  number  of  patent  rights 
applied  for.  Theories  all  the  way  down  from  Plato  to  Spencer  have 
been  the  playthings  of  the  mind — nursery  glass  balls — as  compared 
with  those  crystal  spheres  balanced  in  airy  security  through  infinite 
space.  But  let  me  say  a  word  about  Darwin  himself — the  master  of 
fine  temper,  of  courtesy,  of  truth  and  imagination.  Darwin  is  now  a 
man  seventy-two  years  old.  He  was  descended  from  a  line  of  natural- 
ists as  our  Emerson  was  from  a  line  of  preachers.  His  grandfather 
was  a  physician,  a  botanist,  and  a  poet.  His  poetical  talent  seems  to 
have  been  kindled  by  his  observations  in  nature  among  plants — his 
observations  of  a  principle  or  germ  which  his  illustrious  grandson 
was  destined  to  unfold  into  a  universal  law.  As  it  happens,  it  was 
one  hundred  years  ago  (1781)  Erasmus  Darwin  published  a  poem  that 
he  called  the  "Botanic  Garden,"  in  which  he  figures  the  loves  and 
marriages  of  flowers  and  plants.  With  ingenious  melody  and  subtle 
fancy  he  transmutes  men  and  women  into  trees  and  flowers.  (The 
lecturer  here  quoted  from  the  poem.)  Now  these  seeds  of  things  and 
seeds  of  the  theories  of  things,  lay  folded  in  the  poetic  mind  of  the 
ancestor — though  dim  and  nebulous — to  be  gathered  into  shining  cen- 
ters of  thought  by  him  who  should  come  after.  But  the  father  of 
Darwin  was  also  a  physician.  He  was  one  of  those  silent  men — a  man 
too  deep  and  too  strong  to  make  a  noise,  and  too  self-respectful  to  try 
to  be  notorious.  He  educated  his  son  at  home  and  at  school,  and  Dar- 
win, at  the  age  of  twenty-one,  volunteered  as  a  naturalist  on  board  of 
her  Majesty's  ship  Beagle.  The  journal  he  kept  is  a  very  remarkable 
book,  and  has  been  called  one  of  the  most  interesting  books  ever  writ- 
ten. Before  publishing  the  "  Origin  of  Species  "  he  had  written  sev- 
eral things  that  would  have  given  him  a  reputation  as  a  philosophical 
observer.  But  this  "  Origin  of  Species  "  was  the  result  of  twenty 
years'  work — a  noble  pledge  of  intellectual  honor.  And  since  that 
great  work  he  has  published  several  others  related  directly  or  indirectly 
to  that  ;  and  it  may  be  said  that  Darwin  is  as  fairly,  as  frankly,  as 
firmly,  and  as  unostentatiously  before  the  world  as  any  man  that  ever 
spoke  to  the  scientific  mind  of  any  period.  He  has  that  untiring 
patience  in  accumulating  and  that  wonderful  skill  in  using  large 
masses  of  facts — facts  of  the  most  variable  and  complex  kind  ;  that 
wide  and  accurate  physiological  knowledge  ;  that  acuteness  in  devising 


108  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

and  skill  in  carrying  out  experiments  ;  that  remarkable  style  of  com- 
position— clear,  persuasive,  judicial,  and  courteous,  which  mark  him 
best  fitted,  perhaps,  of  all  men  now  living  to  bring  this  vast  realm  of 
unappropriated  facts  under  the  dominion  of  known  laws.  To  this  he 
has  devoted  himself  with  patient  genius  and  with  brilliant  power. 
Now,  in  speaking  of  Darwinism  as  a  theory,  it  is  impossible  not  to 
speak  of  evolution,  and  it  is  to  be  borne  in  mind  that,  though  they  are 
intimately  related,  they  are  not  identical.  It  is  interesting  to  think 
how  the  seed  of  all  our  present  modes  of  thought  have  been  unfolded 
from  the  speculative  views  of  the  men  of  former  time. 

The  doctrine  of  Development  seems  to  have  been  included  in  David's 
reverent  wonder  concerning  the  origin  of  his  being.  David  was  a 
Darwinian.  He  was  a  philosopher  without  knowing  it.  "My  sub- 
stance was  not  hid  from  thee.  When  I  was  made  in  secret  and  curi- 
ously wrought  in  the  lowest  parts  of  the  earth,  thine  eyes  did  see  my 
substance  yet  being  unperfect,  and  in  thy  book  all  my  members  were 
written  which  in  continents  were  found,  when  as  yet  there  were  none 
of  them."  This  is  saying  that  creation  has  had  a  history  ;  that  man's 
experience  on  this  earth  has  had  a  history  ;  that  it  has  not  been  a 
single  act,  but  a  long  series  of  acts — a  process  of  forever  and  perpetual 
encroaching  of  Divine  power  and  work,  continuously  pursued  through 
an  inconceivable  lapse  of  time.  It  is  saying,  also,  that  this  work  has 
been  pursued  in  time  and  by  method  ;  that  there  is  an  observed  order 
of  facts  which  is  carried  on  by  law.  Now,  such  conceptions  as  these 
are  found  here  and  there  in  continually  increasing  clearness  and 
power  through  the  entire  history  of  human  thought.  Evolution,  as  I 
understand  it,  rests  on  the  universally  observed  fact  of  progress  in 
nature.  This  universe  is  not  a  stationary,  accomplished,  and  concluded 
fact.  This  earth  is  not  done  yet ;  it  is  not  finished,  but  an  ever- 
working  process — a  process  going  on  by  method  and  in  time.  It  is  a 
term  (evolution)  abont  which  there  is  a  great  deal  of  cant.  It  plays 
about  the  same  part  in  the  unscientific  mind  that  what  we  call  nasal 
piety  does  in  the  unspiritually  religious.  There  are  two  ways  of  under- 
standing anything.  One  way  is  to  understand  what  it  is— that  is,  to 
understand  it.  The  other  way  is  to  understand  what  it  is  not.  The 
first  way  is  for  specialists  ;  the  second  way  is  for  amateurs  and  bunglers 
— for  me — and,  perhaps,  for  yourselves.  It  is  no  part  of  my  design  to 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND.  109 

criticise  the  philosophy  of  evolution.  That  should  be  left  to  more 
competent  specialists  ;  and  I  shall  not  have  the  imprudence  to  say  that 
I  believe  it,  beyond  the  fact  that  in  a  great  and  general  way  it  is  a  great 
and  consistent  theory  of  nature.  Now,  whatever  those  who  are  fitted 
for  such  work  can  do  to  develop  the  theory,  whatever  facts  their  well- 
trained  mind  and  scientific  spirit  can  bring  out  and  establish,  I  shall  be 
ready  gratefully  to  own  and  accept ;  but  that  is  not  my  province.  It 
is  not  my  province  to  expand  the  boundaries  of  human  thought  in  this 
direction,  certainly.  I  must  content  myself  with  the  more  respectful 
place  and  humbler  knowledge  of  the  amateur.  I  must  content  myself 
with  what  the  theory  is  not,  and  thus  I  say  Evolution,  like  the  Chris- 
tian religion,  carries  with  it  a  great  deal  that  does  not  belong  to  it. 
As  a  great  general  fact  of  nature,  it  is  doubtless  true — as  true  as  it  is 
grand  ;  but  if  a  man  would  have  the  full  life  and  intelligence  of  it,  he 
must  have  some  other  notion  than  that  it  is  equal  to  everything,  and 
everything  is  equal  to  it — that  everything  can  be  accounted  for  by 
evolution,  and  evolution  can  be  accounted  for  by  everything.  Now, 
I  suppose,  first  of  all,  in  regard  to  the  doctrine  of  evolution — I  suppose 
that  anything  to  be  evolved  must  first  be  involved.  If  you  would  get 
anything  out  of  anything,  it  must  first  be  in  something.  I  suppose 
that  making  anything  by  hand  or  machine,  as  a  pair  of  shoes  or  a 
house,  is  not  evolution.  In  most  of  the  cases  in  which  the  term  is 
used  it  does  not  really  signify  what  is  intended  by  it.  For  instance, 
the  nebular  theory  of  the  universe — the  theory  that  worlds  were 
formed  from  nebulous  matter  and  gathered  into  bodies.  But  the  pro- 
cess by  which  suns  and  planets  were  formed  was  involution,  the  oppo- 
site of  evolution.  It  was  winding  up,  instead  of  unwinding.  The 
change  of  society  from  barbarism  to  civilization  is  sometimes  called 
evolution  instead  of  education.  They  are  accretion.  They  are  no 
more  evolution  than  the  barnacles  on  a  ship  are  evolution  from  the 
ship.  There  can  be  no  evolution  without  previous  involution  That  is 
the  great  bottom  fact.  Now,  the  doctrine  of  evolution  is  known  as  Dar- 
winism, though  it  does  not  originate  with  Darwin.  The  derivation  of 
vegetable  and  animal  kinds  from  single  archetypes,  through  a  set  line 
of  forms — there  is  an  evolution  there  which  is  an  unrolling  of  a  world 
plan.  That  world  plan  is  not  yet  fully  presented  in  any  theory  of  evolu- 
tion. It  is  too  early  to  predict  the  future  of  the  theory  with  certainty, 


110  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

On  the  one  hand  there  are  strong  probabilities  in  its  favor ;  on  the  other 
hand  it  is  to  be  proved.  It  must  be  found  to  harmonize,  so  as  to  com- 
mand the  suffrages  of  the  whole  scientific  world.  Now,  Darwinism  is 
based  on  the  doctrine  of  evolution,  and  is  that  particular  application 
of  it  which  excites  a  peculiar  interest  because  it  teaches  the  origin  of 
man.  It  was  the  notion,  formerly,  that  this  earth  was  a  fixity,  abso- 
lute and  permanent,  and  the  announcement  that  it  turned  was  a  shock 
to  all  human  thought.  It  was  the  common  opinion  of  men,  until  a 
comparatively  recent  day,  that  species  of  plants  and  animals  were  a 
fixity — that  each  species  was  created  by  a  direct  creative  power,  and 
pursued  its  way  an  unmingled  and  unmingling  stream.  Darwin 
affirms  that  this  is  not  a  true  account  or  conception  of  the  relation  of 
organized  beings  on  the  earth.  Now,  it  is  well  known  that  man  can, 
by  pursuing  a  certain  method  of  breeding  or  cultivation,  improve,  and, 
in  different  ways,  modify  the  character  of  the  different  domestic  animals 
and  plants.  Darwin  says  that  they  are  also  found  in  the  conditions 
and  circumstances  of  nature — that  is,  he  holds  that  man,  in  the  appli- 
cation of  his  intelligence  to  the  variation  and  improvement  of  species, 
is  only  copying  from  nature  and  doing  what  nature  is  doing  perpetually 
by  her  own  laws.  Now,  the  kernel  of  Darwin's  creed  is  this  :  "I  can 
entertain  no  doubt,  after  the  most  deliberate  study,  that  the  view  which 
most  naturalists  entertain,  and  which  I  formerly  entertained,  namely, 
that  each  species  has  been  independently  created,  is  erroneous.  I  am 
fully  convinced  that  species  are  not  immutable,  but  that  those  which 
belong  to  the  same  genera  are  really  descended  from  the  same  species. 
I  am  convinced  that  natural  selection  has  been  the  main,  but  not  the 
exclusive  means  of  modification."  Now,  here  is  the  grand  proposition 
or  declaration  of  variability  of  species,  and  how  the  variations  have 
been  made.  I  suppose  that  the  doctrine  of  the  fixity  of  species  is  now 
abandoned,  just  as  surely  as  the  doctrine  of  the  fixity  of  this  earth  is 
abandoned.  That  doctrine  died  a  royal  death  with  Agassiz.  The 
means  of  variation  is  what  Darwin  calls  natural  selection.  Now,  this 
enunciation  of  a  principle  or  law  in  the  development  of  plants  and 
animals,  is  equaled  only  in  brilliancy  and  power  by  Newton's  concep- 
tion of  the  law  of  gravitation.  It  may  be  said,  perhaps,  by  some, 
that  the  generalization  of  Darwin  surpasses  in  brilliancy  of  imagina- 
tion the  original  conception  of  Newton.  Now,  how  far  does  the  great 


LIGHT-LINE    SHOKTHAND.  Ill 

naturalist  carry  it  ?  "I  cannot  doubt,"  he  says,  "  that  the  theory  of 
descent  by  modification  embraces  all  the  members  of  the  same  class, 
and  I  believe  all  animals  have  descended  from  at  most  only  four  or  five 
progenitors,  and  plants  from  an  equal  or  a  lesser  number."  And  then 
here  is  the  conclusion.  "  Probably  all  the  organic  beings  which  have 
ever  lived  on  this  earth  have  descended  from  some  primordial  form 
into  which  life  was  first  breathed."  The  interest  that  this  theory  has 
awakened  may  be  accounted  for  only  by  the  fact  that  it  displaces  ven- 
erable traditions.  It  is  very  interesting  for  us  to  know  our  ancestors. 
Darwin's  theory  includes  man  among  animals.  The  creation  is  not  an 
accomplished  fact  or  a  supreme  fiat,  but  an  unending  process,  every 
step  of  which  displays  the  presence  and  unity  of  the  great  universal 
power  and  cause.  Now,  it  is  not  my  purpose  to  raise  the  theological 
argument ;  that  is  another  inquiry.  How  things  are  done,  not  who 
did  them  :  how  change  has  been  made  in  the  ranks  of  organized  beings, 
not  what  power  or  cause  made  that  change  ;  how  man  as  an  animal 
has  appeared  on  this  earth,  not  whether  he  is  a  spiritual  being. 
Science  is  concerned  with  method,  not  with  cause.  It  is  the  duty  of  a 
scientific  man,  as  a  scientific  man,  to  report  what  he  finds  among  tan- 
gible things,  and  that  is  all.  And  while  it  is  his  duty  to  exclude  other 
things,  that  does  not  imply  any  contempt  for  the  other  things.  It  is 
the  duty  of  a  scientific  man  to  exclude  spiritual  things.  Then,  if  I 
may  say  so,  it  is  his  duty  to  exclude  God.  And  thus,  and  here,  with- 
out lugging  in  anything  that  is  foreign  or  afar,  let  me  only  say  that 
you  will  search  Darwin's  books  in  vain  for  a  single  irreverent  utter- 
ance. The  same  may  be  said  of  one  of  our  own  American  world- 
renowned  naturalists  (Gray),  who  has  from  the  first  kept  equal  pace 
with  Darwin,  and  has  elaborated  concurrently  with  him,  rather  than 
received  from  him,  the  theories  that  bear  his  name.  But  this  is  by 
the  way  only.  Theories  have  been  constructed  and  engrafted  into 
Darwinism  which  must  stand  or  fall  by  their  own  merit,  and  Darwin 
has  undertaken  to  carry  out  his  theory  into  the  sublime  heights  of 
man's  being.  He  has  pushed  his  sublime  hypothesis  to  the  very  outer 
rim  of  the  universe,  and  attempted  to  bridge  the  chasm  between  mind 
and  matter,  or  between  the  highest  animal  and  the  lowest  man.  With 
admiring  deference  I  hold  the  humble,  yet  firm  and  confident  opinion, 
that  on  that  shadowy  twilight  border-ground  between  the  Me  and  the 


112  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

not  Me — the  conscious  self  of  moral  glory,  where  the  armed  knights 
move  as  sheeted  ghosts,  and  sword  cuts  sword  in  viewless  air,  no 
Damascus-blade  of  polished  physical  fact  can  ever  win.  The  full 
development  and  theory  of  the  Darwinian  hypothesis  suggests  that  all 
are  equal  lineal  descendants  from  some  few  beings  who  lived  long 
before  the  first  bed  of  the  Silurian  system  was  deposited ;  and  where 
does  this  put  us  ?  It  puts  us  in  the  rank  of  living  beings  having  a 
common  origin.  To  characterize  this  by  contemptuous  satire, to  speak 
of  man  as  being  descended  from  a  monkey,  is  unjust  and  unscientific, 
and  as  absurd  as  to  characterize  the  poetic  conception  of  man's  crea- 
tion by  direct  divine  power  as  being  descended  from  mud  and  clay. 
They  are  both  equally  the  caricature  of  sterile  minds,  feeble  concep- 
tion, and  dull  sensibility.  I  can  conceive  how  a  stupid  bigot  can  put 
it  in  that  way,  but  I  cannot  see  how  a  man  that  lives,  that  loves  truth, 
and  thinks  that  truth  has  some  origin  as  well  as  himself,  and  that  he 
himself  is  a  part  of  that  truth,  can  find  any  expression  or  place  for 
any  chattering  scorn  about  a  theory.  The  man  who  believes  in  a 
Maker,  I  think,  shows  his  good  sense  by  leaving  the  making  to  the 
Maker.  It  stands  thus,  then.  Species  are  not  independent  descend 
ants  in  one  line.  That  view  has  played  its  part,  and  sleeps  in  the  wept 
and  honored  grave  of  Agassiz.  If  you  would  observe  the  facts  your- 
selves, go  among  the  domestic  animals  or  into  the  kitchen  garden,  and 
find  that  no  pore  species  and  no  unmixed  race  exists.  Observe  that 
the  peach  and  nectarine  are  from  the  same  stock.  See  how  the  cattle- 
breeder  prunes,  as  the  vine-trainer  cuts  his  vines  ;  and  see  what  a  con- 
glomerate of  all  mankind  this  American  people  are.  Now,  this  process 
of  mixing  and  selecting,  when  carried  on  by  man,  is  progress  ;  it  is 
improvement ;  it  is  growth  ;  it  is  taking  up  what  exists  in  nature 
already  and  carrying  it  forward.  Thus,  as  commerce  woos  the  winds 
of  heaven  into  her  sails,  or  as  steam  brings  all  the  weight  of  the 
atmosphere  upon  her  engines,  and  sends  the  train  up  and  down  the 
continent.  The  fact  is  that  there  is  in  nature  a  susceptibility,  a 
capacity  for  these  changes,  and  growths,  and  minglings.  Darwin 
says  that  they  have  been  going  on  in  nature  through  unmeasured 
eons — now  almost  imperceptible,  now  by  striking  contrast.  He  calls 
it  natural  selection.  When  man  does  it,  it  is  modification  ;  it  is  im- 
provement by  adding  man's  intelligence  to  a  natural  law ;  but  when 


LIGHT-LINE    SHOKTHAND.  113 

nature  does  it — wild  and  untutored — it  is  a  struggle  for  existence. 
Now,  it  is  an  interesting  fact  in  the  history  of  human  thought,  that 
Darwin's  theory  of  natural  selection  is  based  on  the  philosophy  of 
Hobbes  and  Malthus.  Darwin  applied  to  animals  what  those  philoso- 
phers applied  to  man.  Hobbes  affirmed  that  the  universe  was  at  con- 
stant war ;  Malthus  said  that  human  population  would  so  overrun 
production  that  the  earth  would  be  filled  with  famine.  Hobbes' 
was  a  totally  inadequate  statement.  The  Malthusian  theory  of  over- 
population was  a  mistake  in  regard  to  the  human  world,  but  it  was  a 
truth  in  regard  to  the  animal  world.  The  case  may  be  plainly  stated 
thus  :  Organized  beings  have  an  immense  power  of  increase.  Plants 
yield  their  crop  of  seeds  annually,  and  most  wild  animals  bring  forth 
their  young  yearly.  Now,  if  this  should  go  on  unchecked  for  a  com- 
paratively short  period,  the  earth  would  be  overrun.  You  have  all 
heard  the  story  of  the  blacksmith  who  agreed  to  shoe  the  farmer's 
horse,  charging  a  cent  for  the  first  nail,  two  for  the  second,  and  so  on. 
The  farmer  soon  found  that  he  had  no  need  of  the  horse,  as  the  farm 
had  to  be  deeded  away  to  smithy  for  shoeing  the  brute.  Now,  take 
fifty  seeds  of  a  plant ;  let  them  all  grow.  Next  year  there  are  twenty- 
five  hundred,  and  so  on.  In  nine  years  there  will  be  a  plant  on  every 
square  foot  of  dry  land  on  the  surface  of  this  globe.  A  pair  of  elephants 
— the  slowest  breeders  of  all  animals,  bringing  forth  three  pairs  in 
sixty  years — would  in  the  fifth  century  have  a  living  progeny  of  fifteen 
millions.  Now,  we  are  interested  in  the  population  of  our  country. 
Thirty  millions  doubling  once  in  twenty-five  years,  in  a  little  less  than 
seven  hundred  years  would  give  a  square  foot  to  each  one  on  the  whole 
surface  of  the  globe,  land  and  water.  Thus,  the  room  of  the  earth  is 
entirely  inadequate  to  this  vast  increase,  and  food  is  limited.  For 
instance,  consider  what  can  be  done  by  the  Fish  Commissioners  in  this 
State.  In  the  natural  state,  about  two  eggs  out  of  a  thousand  come 
to  maturity.  By  care,  nine  hundred  and  ninety  young  fishes  can  be 
preserved — an  instance  of  the  power  of  man  to  increase  the  means  of 
subsistence  that  puts  the  Malthusian  theory  all  out  of  the  question. 
Malthus'  theory  is  true,  and  starvation  continues  until  man  sets  up  his 
improvement.  Hobbes'  theory  is  true,  and  the  whole  world  is  thrown 
into  war  for  existence.  Nature  chooses  the  best  to  survive,  and  this 
is  carried  on  in  a  large  way  over  wide  areas  of  time.  Through  this 


* 
114  LIGHT-LINE    ^HOKTHAND. 

selection  of  the  best  by  the  hard  struggle  for  room  and  for  food,  the 
different  organized  beings — animals  and  plants — rise  to  higher  and 
*  higher  forms.  This  is  a  kind  of  Napoleonic  doctrine,  that  Providence 
favors  the  strong  battalions.  It  is  true  ift  some  relations  of  men  and 
things.  Now,  under  this  doctrine  the  past  is  very  rough.  If  we  could 
only  let  bygones  be  bygones,  and  "begin  anew  and  go  on,  the  future 
prospect  is  pleasanter  than  the  backward  look.  As  we  look  into  the 
early  geologic  ages  the  lines  converge,  and  they  point  to  conclusions 
inevitable.  A  step  back  and  our  relations  are  the  Hottentots,  the 
African  bushmen.  Reason  makes  no  objection  to  that ;  pride  may, 
and  it  may  be  a  little  taken  down.  When  we  go  one  step  further  to 
a  closer  aspect  of  our  ancestors  of  the  olden  time,  our  poor  relations 
of  the  four-handed  family  are  suggested.  It  is  to  be  confessed  by  all 
— noble  lord  and  lovely  lady — that  the  monkey  does  look  too  much 
like  us  to  be  quite  agreeable,  and  his  looking  so  much  like  us  does 
suggest,  to  superficial  knowledge  and  observation,  the  possibility  of 
kinship ;  but  let  us  not  be  too  much  chagrined  at  that.  Let  us  think 
also  what  the  monkeys  might  say  ;  but  science,  and  this  theory  based 
on  science,  surely  does  not  move  on  those  lines.  The  monkey  is  not 
next  to  us  in  the  animal  kingdom.  The  monkey  is  not  so  near  man 
as  the  horse.  There  are  many  brute  kinds  that  are  nearer  man  than 
the  anthropoids.  Man,  for  instance,  stands  on  two  feet,  and  that  is 
the  foundation  he  stands  on  as  his  own.  The  thumbs  on  a  monkey's 
foot  are  just  as  much  in  the  way,  scientifically,  as  a  horse's  hoof. 
The  thumbs  on  a  monkey's  foot  put  him  further  from  man  than  the 
hoof  on  a  horse  puts  the  horse  from  a  man.  Put  the  genealogy  of  the 
brute  where  you  will,  but  the  four-handed  races  are  not  our  fore- 
runners ;  and  unless  some  monkey — live  or  fossil — is  found,  with  a 
good,  honest  great-toe  instead  of  a  thumb,  there  is  good  ground  for 
believing  that  man  may  stand  for  himself  yet  awhile  as  a  separate 
creation,  however  it  may  be  with  the  lower.  And  this  theory  of  rela- 
tion and  selection  may  play  its  part,  and  so  may  specific  creation. 
But  somebody  will  say,  "  Why  all  this  fuss  ?  Why  all  this  new 
theory,  anyway  ?  What  matters  it  V  Let  the  world  go  on.  Let  it 
alone.  Why  not  hold  fast  to  the  customary  view  that  all  species  were 
directly  created  after  their  respective  kinds  ?  Why  this  continual 
striving  after  the  dim  and  the  unattained  and  the  unaccountable? 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND.  115 

Why  this  anxious  endeavor  of  scientific  men  and  of  philosophers  to 
penetrate  into  the  mysterious?"  Now,  the  general  answer  may  be 
found  in  the  activity  of  the  human  intellect  and  the  delirious  and 
divine  desire  to  know,  stimulated  as  it  has  been  by  its  own  success,  in 
the  fact  that  the  principal  triumphs  of  our  age  in  physical  science  have 
consisted  in  tracing  connections  where  none  were  known  before,  in 
reducing  mixed  phenomena  to  a  common  cause  or  origin.  This  is  the 
line  of  scientific  research  and  the  line  of  scientific  triumph  and  suc- 
cess. Now,  can  the  mind  of  the  age  be  expected  to  let  this  question 
be  about  species  which  lies  directly  in  the  line  of  its  great  traces — can 
it  be  expected  to  let  that  pass  1  It  will  raise  the  questiop  why  animals 
began  to  be  as  they  are,  and  where  they  are  ;  and  it  will  never  admit 
that  the  inquiry  is  beyond  its  reach  until  all  endeavor  fails.  And  here 
is  a  mass  of  disjointed  facts.  The  mind  resents  it  as  nature  abhors  a 
vacuum.  All  origin  is  with  the  originator.  The  question  is,  whether 
we  have  got  back  to  the  origin.  The  mind,  inspired  with  the  enthu- 
siasm of  truth,  will  inquire  into  the  order  of  the  phenomena.  You 
might  as  well  expect  your  child  to  grow  up  with  the  extent  of  what 
he  is  told  about  the  advent  of  his  little  baby  brother.  To  learn  that 
the  little  new-comer  is  the  gift  of  God  only  stimulates  inquiry.  The 
questioning  philosopher  in  short  clothes  is  the  father  of  the  man. 
Whatever  the  Almighty  Maker  has  done,  man  will  ask,  and  he  will 
rush  into  the  Divine  Presence  and  ask,  How  did  you  do  it  ?  This  is 
the  spirit  of  man  when  awakened  ;  it  is  the  God-like  spirit  in  man. 
Now,  there  is  a  question  that  Darwinism  raises,  and  which  lies  in  the 
minds  of  intelligent  persons,  and  which  modifies  their  thought — Was 
man  originally  savage,  and  thence  elevated  into  civilization  ;  or  was  he 
gifted  with  such  knowledge  as  prepared  him  for  refined  life  ?  Now, 
the  theory  of  Darwin  does  not  answer  that  question,  neither  does  it 
attempt  to  answer  it.  Darwin's  attempt  to  carry  his  theory  up  into 
the  higher  place  of  man  would  lead  us  to  infer  that  man  was  a  rudi- 
mentary being  when  he  first  appeared  upon  the  earth.  We  are  not 
compelled  to  accept  that  by  the  theory.  History  shows  barbaric 
degeneration  to  have  been  the  rule,  with  partial  revivals  and  expan- 
sions here  and  there.  There,  is  no  proven  instance  of  any  nation  or 
race  having  initiated  its  own  advancement  out  of  barbarism,  while 
there  are  many  examples  of  the  deterioration  of  powerful  empires  and 


116  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

centers  of  magnificent  culture  into  a  savage,  or  almost  savage  state. 
The  historic  fact  is,  always  a  force  from  without  has  begun  the  eleva- 
tion of  a  race  or  community.  When  history  has  failed  to  reach  such 
beginnings,  tradition  follows  its  clues  toward  them,  and  always  with 
the  same  indication.  Egypt  got  its  beginnings  from  a  cross  with  India. 
Greece  got  hers  by  mixing  with  Cadmus ;  Rome  from  Greece  ;  Europe 
first  imported  from  Rome,  and  then  from  Palestine.  The  testimony 
of  history  goes  to  show  that  man  cannot  develop  himself.  Now, 
Darwinism  allows  room  and  opportunities  for  elevation,  for  foreign 
influence ;  and  there  is  nothing  in  the  hypothesis  that  excludes  the 
most  abundant  inspiration.  Darwinism  has  an  upward  and  onward 
look,  and  flings  out  its  banner  on  every  tower  and  citadel  of  the  mind. 
It  excites  a  profound  interest  in  the  minds  and  hearts  of  persons  that 
would  hardly  confess  it.  Under  its  touch  nature  becomes  a  new, 
divine  manifestation.  It  lifts  from  the  shoulders  oi  man  the  respon- 
sibility for  the  fact  of  death.  Woman  can  no  longer  be  taunted  with 
having  brought  down  on  herself  the  pangs  that  make  her  sex  a 
martyrdom.  If  development  upward  is  the  general  law  of  the  race, 
we  have  everything  to  hope  for  and  everything  to  believe  in  in  the 
future.  And  that  the  question  can  be  discussed  without  offense, 
shows  that  we  are  entering  upon  a  new  era — a  revival  greater  than 
the  revival  of  letters — the  revival  of  humanity. 


SERMON     REPORTING. 

KEY    TO    NOTES    COMMENCING*    ON    PAGE    242. 

EXTRACTS  FROM  A  SERMON  BY  THE  REV.  L.  HAMILTON,  AT  THE 
INDEPENDENT  CHURCH,  OAKLAND,  SUNDAY,  AUG.  28,  1881. 

(Reported  by  the  Author.) 

Seventh  chapter  of  Matthew,  sixteenth  verse.  "Do  men  gather 
grapes  of  thorns,  or  figs  of  thistles  ?  " 

No.  You  must  prune  the  rose  if  you  would  pluck  it.  You  must 
sow  for  the  harvest  you  reap.  Experience  tells  you  what  to  expect. 
The  laws  of  God  never  play  fast  and  loose. 


LIGHT-LIKE    SHORTHAND.  117 

Apply  this  now  to  human  character,  and  it  is  what  I  have  sown — 
what  I  am  sowing — which  will  make  my  future  character.  It  is  a 
basis  thought  of  any  religion,  or  of  any  morality.  The  heaven  and 
hell  of  our  childhood  are  both  dispelled  illusions.  We  no  longer  hope 
for  the  one,  nor  fear  the  other.  We  have  come  to  see  that  the  one  is 
a  burlesque  on  happiness,  the  other  a  blot  on  the  character  of  God. 
What  is  to  take  their  places  ? 

I  believe  there  are  solid  reasons.  I  believe  that  the  common  man 
may  be  made  to  see  them,  and  to  feel  their  force.  I  believe  they  fur- 
nish a  substitute  that  can  be  put  in  the  place  of  them.  I  want  to  make 
the  substitute  plain  to-day. 

I  am  often  reproached  with  being  too  philosophical.  I  am  told  that 
the  people  cannot  understand  my  over-refined  reasons  and  reasoning, 
and  that  I  must  coax  them  into  being  good,  and  encourage  fear  to 
reason  them  out  of  being  bad. 

I  don't  believe  it.  I  don't  believe  there  was  a  child  ten  years  old 
in  your  Sunday-school  this  morning,  or  in  any  other  Sunday-school, 
that  needs  the  one  or  the  other.  Children  do  need,  undoubtedly, 
parental  authority  and  restraint — sometimes  what  we  used  to  call 
"  smart  medicine,  rubbed  on  " — but  do  not  need  that  monstrous  fiction 
of  the  future,  which  has  turned  the  nights  of  millions  of  children  into 
a  long,  sleepless  terror.  Children  do  need  the  love  and  fostering  care 
of  parents  to  make  a  heaven  for  them  now,  and  start  them  well  on 
their  way  to  any  better  heaven  that  may  appear  in  the  future,  but  do 
not  need  that  "  harping"  that  has  been  named  heaven.  And  I  do  not 
believe  there  is  an  unlettered  Irishman  that  couldn't  be  made  to  under- 
stand and  feel  the  real  reasons  for  doing  right  to  others  and  respecting 
himself  with  better  moral  effect  from  it  than  comes  from  the  fiction  of 
the  future  life  ;  and  when  we  take  half  the  pains  to  teach  him  the 
reasons  that  we  now  take  to  teach  him  the  fictions,  the  reality  can  be 
made  a  great  deal  more  permanent  in  its  influence  than  the  myths  or 
ghosts. 

Let  us  come  to  the  substitute.  I  will  first  express  it  in  a  word.  It 
is  the  simple  fact  that  the  soul  is  an  organic  life.  The  soul  is  an 
organic  life,  and  this  fact  once  comprehended  in  its  length  and  breadth 
and  height  and  depth,  will  have  more  influence  to  keep  men  from  all 
wrong  and  move  them  to  all  right,  than  all  the  hells  and  heavens  that 


118  LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 

barbaric  ignorance  ever  invented.  The  soul  is  an  organized  being, 
existence,  or  life,  that  lives  and  grows  under  the  law  of  all  organic 
life — retains  its  identity,  is  full  of  health,  vitality,  and  joy,  if  cared  for 
according  to  the  laws  of  its  nature,  and  dwarfed  and  filled  with  pain 
and  misery  if  those  laws  are  violated  ;  grows  in  the  former  case  ;  ends 
in  blasting  and  withered  disappointment  in  the  latter.  ***** 

Now,  hearers,  this  is  what  I  would  substitute  for  the  fictitious 
heaven  and  hell  of  theology — this  idea  of  the  soul  growing  and 
shaping  itself  under  the  laws  of  all  organic  life. 

Here  is  where  I  differ  so  with  the  teachings  of  the  Church.  I  charge 
— and  I  do  this,  friends,  in  no  spirit  of  iconoclasm  ;  I  do  it  because  I 
feel  that  it  must  be  done  before  a  way  is  prepared  for  a  better  progress 
of  humanity — I  charge  these  teachings  of  the  Church  with  corrupting 
the  morals  of  Christendom  :  giving  out  the  idea,  as  they  do,  that 
character  can  be  suddenly  changed  or  recreated  at  the  will  of  another ; 
that  sin  and  its  due  punishment  can  be  arbitrarily  remitted  on  the 
merit  of  another  ;  that  an  atonement  for  sin  has  been  made  which  is 
able  to  send  the  vilest  criminal  of  earth  straight  from  the  gallows  into 
heaven — it  is  a  monstrous  fiction.  It  has  worked  decay  and  corrup- 
tion through  and  through  the  masses,  till,  if  you  will  go  to  the  vilest 
quarters  of  our  cities,  and  search  closely  into  the  swarms  that  swelter 
and  rot,  you  will  find  their  minds  saturated  by  the  idea  that  their  vile 
past  can  be  made  pure.  That  thought  has  penetrated  those  masses 
wherever  I  have  met  them.  They  are  almost  all  religious  ;  and  they 
believe  in  the  atonement  of  the  Church  and  the  grace  of  God,  and  they 
sin  on  the  force  of  it.  It  is  not  the  dreadful  dogmas  of  the  Church 
that  do  most  harm.  It  is  their  sentimental  Gospel.  We  must  strike 
right  at  that — the  ideal  of  life  they  give,  the  ideal  of  character  they 
set  up,  the  very  sum  and  substance  of  what  they  call  the  truth — it  is 
rotten  to  the  core!  it  is  false!  It  is  a  fictitious  salvation  from  a  fictitious 
hell  to  a  fictitious  heaven.  It  makes  a  virtuous  fiction  out  of  the  Jives 
of  men  and  women  who  are  striving  for  this  salvation,  in  a  large  degree. 
We  must  get  out  of  it  before  we  can  get  into  reality.  And  it  needs 
another  Luther,  I  think,  to  expose  this  corruption.  Then  we  will 
have  the  real  word  of  Jesus— one  interpretation  of  character  shaped 
by  eternal  law. 

I  think,  friends,  that  idea  will  take  stronger  hold  on  man  as  a 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND.  119 

motive  power  than  the  old-fashioned  terror.  It  comes  right  home 
every  moment — the  being  I  am  taking  on  ;  what  I  do  goes  into  the 
very  blood  and  is  shaping  what  I  am  to  be.  ******** 
Look  closely  into  the  idea  of  God  ;  the  idea  of  his  enemy  also,  the 
devil — ideas  which  you  project  into  the  invisible  world  with  your  own 
mind — and  all  terrors  vanish.  God  is  your  friend.  He  will  do  the  very 
best  for  you  that  you  will  let  him  do.  The  devil  cannot  hurt  you 
unless  you  choose  to  let  him  have  a  hold  on  you.  There  is  nothing 
from  the  unseen  world  for  you  to  fear — nothing  to  be  feared  that  you 
do  not  carry  along  with  you.  I  would  I  could  describe  to  you  the 
inspiration,  the  hope,  the  noble  endeavor,  that  will  follow  from  this 
liberty.  There  is  not  time.  But  each  one  may  say  the  kind  of  soul 
he  will  grow  to  be,  as  he  pictures  that  beauty  and  perfection  which 
Christ  has  left— which  the  idea  that  ever  works  at  the  human  mind  is 
forever  limning  before  the  noble  and  the  true— the  glory  of  the  perfect 
growth  that  he  may  wear.  Out  of  this  poor  animal  existence  in  which 
I  begin,  toward  that  life  of  eternal  reality  of  thought,  love,  aspiration, 
realization  ;  out  of  this  weakness  toward  that  power ;  out  of  this  fickle 
life  of  passion  toward  that  peace  ;  out  of  this  littleness  into  that  great- 
ness ;  out  of  these  conscious  defects  into  that  divine  perfection.  The 
shining  path,  with  steps  laid  firm  in  eternal  law,  stretches  for  my  feet 
onward  towards  its  possession.  Rise  and  away,  that  every  step,  prompt 
and  firm,  moment  by  moment,  carry  me  toward  the  prize. 

PRAYER. 

0  God,  may  we  catch  the  inspiration  of  that  ideal  being  which  thou 
hast  placed  before  us,  and  made  attainable  by  us  !  May  the  young  feel 
the  possibilities  that  are  open  to  them,  and  0,  may  they  not  trample 
upon  the  laws  of  their  being  and  their  growth !  Make  them  earnest, 
cheerful,  joyful,  thoughtful  of  the  issues  that  depend  upon  the  manner 
in  which  they  spend  the  day  that  is  passing,  and  may  all  that  they  do 
add  to  the  growth  which  tends  to  make  them  divine  in  virtue  and 
truth.  Amen. 


VOCABULARY. 

211.  The  following  copious  list  of  words  and  phrases, 
together  with  those  given  in  the  previous  pages,  contains 
nearly  all  the  forms  which  the  writer  will  ever  need,  and 
furnishes  abundant  analogies  for  the  few  words  for  which 
he  may  be  obliged  to  extemporize  outlines. 

Following  the  Vocabulary  proper  will  be  found  lists  giving 
the  correct  forms  for  the  Months,  Days  of  the  Week,  Names 
of  Countries,  States  and  Territories,  Cities  and  Towns,  Mis- 
cellaneous Phrases,  Business  Phrases  and  Forms,  and  Law 
Phrases  and  Forms. 

While  the  Vocabulary  proper  is  intended  for  reference  in 
case  of  doubt  as  to  the  proper  outline,  the  lists  commencing 
with  the  months  it  will  be  well  to  write  repeatedly  from 
dictation  until  familiarized.  This  is  specially  important 
with  regard  to  the  lists  of  phrases,  which  should  be  learned 
as  thoroughly  as  the  forms  for  any  other  contractions,  if  the 
writer  would  get  the  practical  benefit  which  may  be  derived 
from  them. 

The  forms  assigned  to  words  designated  by  an  asterisk 
should  be  strictly  adhered  to  and  specially  noted,  as  they 
are  devised  to  secure  the  writer  against  conflict  between 
words  which  would  naturally  be  written  with  the  same  out- 
line. 

In  devising  forms,  the  importance  of  the  law  of  analogy 
has  been  borne  in  mind,  and  its  requirements  have  been 
observed  as  far  as  is  consistent  with  the  variation  of  outline 
necessary  to  prevent  conflict  between  words. 


LIGHT-LINE    SHOKTIIAND.  121 

The  words  are  arranged  alphabetically,  and  the  shorthand 
outlines  indicated  by  their  stenotypes  in  a  very  satisfactory 
manner,  the  availability  of  this  method  rendering  it  possible 
to  give  a  much  larger  list  than  would  otherwise  be  prac- 
ticable. 

A  hyphen  connects  syllables  forming  derivatives,  with 
the  primitive  word,  showing  that  the  shorthand  outline 
indicated  by  the  stenotypes  stands  for  either ;  so  derivatives 
will  occasionally  be  found  in  the  alphabetical  place  of  the 
primitive,  their  outlines  taking  the  same  position. 

In  forming  contractions,  any  adverb  formed  by  the  addi- 
tion of  the  syllable  ly  to  the  adjective  may  be  represented 
by  the  same  form  as  the  adjective,  and  generally  the  same 
form  may  be  used  for  the  noun,  verb,  adjective,  and  adverb. 
If  there  are  two  or  more  derivative  nouns  from  the  same 
primitive,  care  must  be  taken  to  provide  distinctive  forms 
for  them. 

Small  superior  figures  printed  after  a  stenotype  indicate 
the  position  of  the  shorthand  sign,  whether  First,  Second, 
or  Third.  All  the  words  given  in  this  Vocabulary  are  in- 
tended to  be  written  in  position  according  to  the  accented 
vowel,  unless  specially  directed  to  the  contrary,  and  these 
particular  cases  will  usually  be  the  only  ones  in  which  the 
position  will  be  indicated  by  superior  figures. 

Words  in  quotation  marks  refer  to  the  previous  list  of 
word-signs. 

RECAPITULATION    OF    STENOTYPY. 

212.  For  convenience  of  reference,  a  review  of  Stenotypy 
is  here  given,  together  with  illustrations  of  all  the  principles 
of  contraction  in  the  system,  with  their  stenotypes  adja- 
cent. 


122 


LIGHT-LINE    SHOKTHAND. 


sP 
eL 

nP 

strP 

Ps 

Pn 

Ptr 

Pshn 

stP 

Pst 

Pnt 


Ptrt 

Pshnt 

Pas 

Pns 

Ptrs 

Pshns 

Psts 

Pnts 

Ptrts 

Pshnts 

Pnss 


Pstr 

Pntr 

Psshn 

Pnshn 

Pr 

PI 

JP 

PI 

Pt 

Pf 

Ptt 


Pft 
Hw 
wi 
wP 

e  Pi- 
s'PI 
pNr 
PU 
Pfs 
Nls 
Ptshn 


All  the  stem  letters  are  represented  by  Roman  capitals, 
except  when  struck  opposite  to  the  alphabetic  direction,  they 
are  indicated  by  italic  capitals.  All  the  adjuncts,  such  as 
hooks,  circles,  loops,  etc.,  are  represented  by  small  Roman 
letters,  except  when,  for  the  purpose  of  some  special  dis- 
tinction, they  are  indicated  by  lower-case  italics.  (For  the 
Vowel  Stenotypy  see  Plate  on  page  24.) 

A  hyphen  indicates  nearness  ;  a  colon,  the  pointing  in  of 
vowels  ;  and  a  semicolon,  striking  through  a  stem,  whether 
consonants  or  vowels,  c  is  the  stenotype  for  the  connecting 
hook,  and  e  for  the  con,  or  the  ing  dot. 

A  lower-case  u,  d,  r,  or  1,  in  parenthesis  (u),  (d),  (r),  (1), 
indicates  that  the  form  whose  stenotype  immediately  pre- 
cedes it  should  be  struck  up,  down,  right,  or  left,  respec- 
tively ;  or,  if  that  form  is  a  half -circle,  indicates  the  direction 
toward  which  the  halfrcircle  should  open,  f  or  b,  in  paren- 
thesis (f),  (b),  indicates  that  a  hook  or  circle  on  the  stem 
whose  stenotype  immediately  precedes,  should  be  struck 
with  Forward  or  Backward  Motion. 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


123 


LIST     OF     WOKDS. 


A 

Abscond 

BsKnt 

A 

e2 

Absence 

BsNs 

Abandon 

BnDn 

Absentee 

BsNdE 

Abate 

aBt 

Absolute 

Bsid 

Abbreviate 

BrFt 

Absolve 

BSlf 

Abbreviation 

Br  Fslm 

Absorb 

EsEB 

Abdicate 

aBtKT 

A  bsorption 

BsRPshn 

Abdomen 

aBtMn 

Abstain 

BsTu 

Abdominal 

aBtMNl 

Abstemious 

BsTcMs 

Abduce 

Btus 

Abstinent 

BsNNd 

Abduction 

BtKshn 

Abstract-ly 

BsT 

Aberration 

B.Rshn 

Abstraction 

BsTshn 

Abeyance 

5Ns 

Abstruse 

BsTus 

Abhor 

BHr 

Absurd 

Bs.Rd 

Abide 

aBt 

Absurdity 

BS.RT 

Ability 

BZT 

Abundance 

BnNs 

Abject 

BJK 

Abundant  ly 

BnNd 

Able 

Bl 

Academy  -ic 

KDcM 

Able  bodied 

ElBU 

Accede 

KsD 

Abnormal 

BnRMJ 

Accelerate 

KsLR 

Aboard 

EM 

Access 

KSs 

Abode 

aBt 

Acclivity 

ElfET 

Abolish 

BISh 

Accommodate 

KmDt 

Abolition 

BIShn 

Accompany 

KN 

Abolitionist 

BlShnS 

Accomplice 

KmPZs 

Abominate-iou-ble-y 

BMN 

Accomplish-ment 

KmPSh 

Aboriginal 

ERJ 

According-ly-to 

KD 

Abortion 

BjRshn 

Accouterments 

KTRMs 

About 

B3 

*Accretion 

J.Krshn 

Abrade 

.4Brt 

Accrue 

AKr 

Abridge 

BrJ 

Accumulate-ion 

KnL 

Abroad 

Brt 

Accuracy 

KRS 

Abrogate 

B/2G 

Accurate-ly 

KRd 

Abrupt-ly 

ERP 

Accustom 

KsM 

Abscess 

BSs 

Ace 

As 

124 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


Acerbity 

SrST 

Admissible 

DmsB 

Acknowledge-ment 

KnJ 

Admission 

Dmsht 

Acorn 

AKrn 

Admit 

DmT 

Acquaint-ed-ance 

Knt 

Admixture 

DrnKsChR 

Acquiesce 

KWs 

Admonish 

DmNSh 

Acquire-ment 

KW 

Admonition 

DmNShn 

Acquisition 

KWsShn 

Adroit 

Drt  :  awi 

Acquisitive 

KWsV 

Adulation 

Ju£ 

Acquit 

KT 

Adult 

Did 

*Acre 

AKr 

*Adulterate-y 

D£R 

Acrid 

^IKrt 

Advance 

DfNs 

Acrimony 

ylKrmN 

Ad  vantage 

J3 

Across 

Krs 

Advantageous  -ly 

J3s 

Act 

KT 

Adventure 

DfNChr 

Active-ity 

KTf 

Adversary 

DFrsR 

*Actor 

Keu 

Advertise 

Ds> 

Actuate 

KChT 

Advertisement 

DsM 

Addendum 

DnDcM 

*Advice-se 

D'fs 

*Addition-al 

D3slm 

Advisable 

D'sB 

*Address 

D3rs 

Advisedly 

DfstL 

Adduce 

Dus 

Advisement 

DfsM 

Adequate 

DK1T 

Adviser 

VfsR 

Adhere 

DHr 

Advocacy 

DfKS 

Adhesion 

DcHshn 

Aeriform 

ARFr 

Adieu 

Du 

Aeronaut 

AfiNd 

Adjournment 

JrnM 

Afar 

^4Fr 

*Adjudicate 

JDK 

Affect 

^K 

Adjunct 

JnKT 

Affectation 

^KTshn 

Adjustment 

JsM 

Affiance 

FNs 

Admeasurement 

DcMZh 

Affidavit 

FV 

Administer 

DsR 

Affinity 

^nT 

Administration 

DaRshn 

Affirm-ative 

F.BM 

Administrator 

DsRfl 

Afflict 

^1K 

Administratrix 

DsRflKs 

Affluent 

FINd 

Admirable-y 

DMrB 

Afford 

^R 

Admire-ation 

D'Mr 

Affront 

Frnt 

Admirer 

DMrR 

Aforesaid 

FrSt 

LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


125 


After 

F» 

Analogous 

NloGs 

Afternoon 

F>nN 

Analogy 

NloJ 

Afterwards 

FUts 

Analysis 

NISs 

Against 

Gst 

Analytic 

NltK 

Agent 

JN 

Analyze 

N1Z 

Ago 

Q3 

Anatomy 

NtM 

Agriculture-al 

G'rKZ 

*Ancestor 

NsStr 

Agriculturist 

GrK/st 

*Ancestry 

NsStR 

Ailment 

AIM 

Anchor 

NKr 

Alderman 

LRMn 

Ancient 

NShnt 

Alert 

LEA 

And 

e* 

Alienate 

ZNd 

Anecdote 

nKDt 

All 

i'(u) 

Aneurism 

NYRsM 

Alleviate 

LVt 

Angel 

NJ1 

Allure 

LR 

Anger-y 

Ng.R 

Almighty 

"all"MT 

Angle 

Ng^ 

Almost 

"  all  "  Mst 

Angular 

NgLR 

Alphabet 

LBt 

Animal 

NM1 

Already 

"all"  R 

Annexation 

nKsAShn 

'Also 

"alT's 

Annihilate 

NL(f)d 

Alter 

LR 

Anniversary 

NVrsR 

Alteration 

LRshn 

Announce 

NNs 

Altercation 

LRKshn 

Annoyance 

NNs 

Alternate-ive 

LRN 

Annual-ly 

Nl(u) 

Although 

"all"Dh 

Another 

"  another  " 

Altitude 

ZTTt 

Answer 

NS.B 

Altogether 

J(d)G2 

*Antagonist-ic 

NtG 

Always 

"all"Z2 

Antagonism 

NtGsM 

Ambidextrous 

MBtKstRs 

Antarctic 

N^KK 

Ameliorate 

.4  MIR 

^Anterior 

nT»RR 

Amendment 

MnM 

Anthracite 

NThrSt 

Amenity 

MNT 

Anticipate 

nTsPt 

Among 

Ng2 

Antidote 

nTDt 

Amphibious 

Mc^Bs 

Antimony 

NtMN 

Amphitheater 

McFThtr 

Antipodes 

nTPtis 

Amplitude 

MPtD 

Antiquary 

NtKR 

An 

e* 

Antique 

NtK 

126 


LIGHT-LINE    SHOKTHAN"D. 


Antiquity 

-  NtKT 

*Approhation 

PBshn 

Anxiety 

Ngs/T 

Appropriate-ion 

PP 

Aorta 

A#T 

*Approve 

aPf 

Apart 

Pt 

Appurtenance 

PtNNs 

Apathetic 

PThtK 

Aqueous 

AK1S 

Apex 

APKs 

Arbitrary 

JfBtRR 

Apology 

PLJ 

Architect 

RKK 

Apologue 

PIG 

Architecture-al 

JJKChr 

Apoplexy 

PPKS 

Arctic 

EKK 

*Apostle 

aPs? 

Arduous 

BJs 

Apothecary 

PThKr 

Area 

Alt 

Appall 

aPl 

Arid 

ARV 

Apparatus 

PRTs 

Aristocracy 

.BstKS 

Apparel 

PEl 

Aristocrat 

.BstKT 

Apparent-ly 

PnT 

Aristocratic 

i?stKK 

Appeal 

PI 

Arithmetic-al 

RThM 

Appear 

Pr 

*Arm 

Em 

Appearance 

Prns 

*Army 

EM. 

Appendage 

aPnJ 

*Aroma 

RM.A 

Appendix 

PntKs 

Arraign 

Bn 

*Appertain 

PTn 

Arrange 

EuJ 

Appetite 

PTt 

Arrest 

EsT 

*Apple 

PI 

Arrive-al 

Ev 

*Appliance 

PPNs 

Arsenic 

EsWK 

*Applicable-ility 

P1«B 

Art 

BT 

Applicant 

Pl8Knt 

*Article 

EK 

*Apply 

Pl» 

Articulation 

iTTKlshn 

*Appoint 

aPnt 

Artifice 

EFs 

*Apportion 

aPshn 

Artificial 

B¥Sb 

*Apportionment 

aPshnM 

As 

8s 

*Appraise 

APTS 

Ascendant 

SnNt 

Appreciate 

PrSht 

Ascendancy 

SnNS 

*  Apprehend 

Pr»nD 

Ascension 

SnSlin 

*Apprehensible 

P^DBB 

Ascertain 

SrtN 

*Apprehension 

Pr^shn 

*Asleep 

SIP 

*Apprehensive 

P^sF 

Aspect 

SP 

*Apprize 

Prs:I 

Asperity 

SPrti 

LIGHT-LINE    SHOKTHAND. 


127 


Aspire-ation 

SPR 

Aurora  Borealis 

URBKLt 

Assail 

SI 

Auspicious 

SPShs 

Assault 

Sit 

Authentic-ate-ity 

Thnt 

*Assemblage 

SMBJ 

*Author 

Thr 

*Assembly 

SmB 

Authoritative 

ThJJTf 

Assert 

Srt 

Authority 

Th^T 

*Assign 

S3n 

Autocrat 

awTKrT 

*Assist-ance 

S3st 

Automatic 

awT-M 

*  Assistant 

S3sNt 

*  Autumn 

awTm 

Associate 

SSht 

Auxiliary 

KsiR 

Assort 

Srt 

*Available 

VW 

Assuage 

ScJ 

Avarice 

FRs 

Assurance 

Shrns 

Avenge 

FnJ 

Astonish-ment 

StN 

Aver 

AVr 

*At 

T3 

Averse 

^Vrs 

*Atheist 

Thst 

Avocation 

F3Kshn 

*Atheistical 

Thsti 

*Avoid 

FD 

Atmosphere-ic 

TsF 

Avoidance 

FDns 

*Atom 

aTm 

Avoirdupois 

FrDPs 

Attach 

TCh 

Aware 

W3 

Attachment 

TChM 

Awful 

awFl 

Attempt 

TmPt 

Awkward 

KRd 

*Attention 

Tshn 

Aye 

Ai 

Attenuate 

TnT 

*  Attenuation 

TnAShn 

B 

*Attract 

Tr3 

Backward 

BKwR 

*Attraction 

Tr^hn 

Backwoods 

BK«>Ds 

*Attractive 

TrsTf 

Baker 

BKR 

Auburn 

awBrn 

Bakery 

BKRi 

Auction 

Kshn 

Balance 

Bins 

Auctioneer 

KsN^ 

*Ballot 

Bid 

*Audience 

awDns 

Ballot-box 

BBKs 

*Auditor 

awDtr 

Bandage 

BnJ 

*Auditory 

awDR 

Banish 

5nSh 

August 

Qst 

Bankrupt 

BnKP 

Aureolar 

tavrBL 

Banquet 

BK1T 

Auricle 

EKl 

Baptism 

BP 

128 


LIGHT-LINE    SHOBTHAND. 


Baptist 

BPst                Birthright 

.BRTht 

Barbarian 

ErBn 

Bishop 

BSh 

Barbarity 

EBT 

Bloodthirsty 

BltThsti 

Barometer 

BrmTR 

Body 

Bt1 

Barouche 

BRSh 

Bolster 

B^(u)st^ 

Bath 

BTh 

Bony 

BoN 

Bayonet 

BoN 

Both 

STh 

*Beatify 

BtF 

Breakfast 

Br^st 

Beautiful 

EtFl 

Breath 

BrTh 

*Beautify 

EtF 

*Bright 

ErIT 

Beauty 

Bti 

Brilliant 

BrYnt 

*Became 

BKM 

Brother 

Brtr 

Because 

Ks1 

Brotherhood 

BrHd 

*Become 

BK 

Bulk 

ELK 

Beelzebub 

"O7/-11  "\e»  Z? 
DHUJ0JD 

*Butlet 

EIT 

*Behin 

Hnt1 

Buoyant 

BYnt 

Being 

BNg 

Burden 

BrtN 

*Belief-ve 

Blf 

*Burn 

Brn 

*Belong 

BINg 

*Burst 

B^st 

Beneath 

tfnTh 

Busybody 

BsBti 

*Beneficent 

Bn/TsNd 

But 

"But" 

*Beneficial 

EnF 

Butterfly 

Bt^ll 

Benefit 

EnFT 

By-  word 

Ewfit 

*Benevolence-t 

BnF 

Bequeath 

BK1 

C 

Berth 

#RTh 

*Cajole 

KAJ1 

Betake 

BtK 

Calculate-ion 

Kl^ 

Better 

Btr 

Calendar 

KlntR 

Between 

Ti 

Call 

K^ 

Beware 

BWr 

Calvary 

KlVt 

Bewilder 

EwLR 

*Came 

KM 

Bewitch 

BcwCh 

Camphene 

KmFn 

*Beyond 

Bnt1 

*Can 

K3 

Bias 

BS 

Canal 

KNl 

*Bible 

EB 

Canary 

KNR 

Billiards 

BlYs 

Cancellation 

KNsShn 

Billion 

BlYn 

Cancer 

KnsR 

LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


129 


Candidate 

KntDt 

Cattle 

Ktf 

Canker 

KnKR 

Caudal 

KVl 

Cannibal 

KNB1 

Causation 

KsAShn 

Cannon 

KNN 

Cauterize 

KTIs 

Cannonade 

KNNd 

Cavalier 

KF1R 

*Cannot 

KnT 

Cavalry 

K  FIRi 

*Canopy 

KNP 

Cavity 

KfET 

Canvas 

KnFs 

Celebrate-d 

SIS 

Canvass 

KnFs 

Celebrity 

SIBT 

Capitulate 

KPChlT 

Celerity 

SlflT 

*Capricious 

KPiShs 

Celestial 

SISh 

Captivate-ty 

KPfT 

Celibacy 

sLBS 

Captive 

KPf 

Cellar 

sat 

Car 

KR 

Cellular 

S1LR 

Carbon 

KrBn 

Celluloid 

SILt 

Card 

KRd 

Censure 

sNSh 

Cardinal 

KRdNJ 

Census 

SnSs 

*Care 

Kr 

Central 

sNTrZ 

Career 

KEB 

Centralization 

sNTrsAShn 

Cargo 

KrG 

Center 

sNtr 

Caricature 

KrKChr 

Centrifugal 

sNTrfG 

Carnival 

KRNV1 

Centripetal 

sNTrPti 

Carotid 

KRawTt 

Century 

sNChr 

Carpet 

KrPt 

Ceremony 

s^mN 

Carriage 

KRJ 

*Certain-ly-ty 

s^T 

Cartridge 

KRRJ 

Certify-icate 

SrtF 

Cashier 

KShr 

Cervical 

SrfK 

Cashmere 

KasMR 

*Cessation 

SsShn 

Casual 

KZhl 

*Cession 

Sshn 

Catalogue 

KIG 

Chair 

Chr 

Catechise 

KtEKs 

Challenge 

ChlnJ 

Category 

KtEGE 

Chamber 

ChMB 

Caterpillar 

KTPLR 

Champagne 

ShmPn 

Cathartic 

KThrTK 

Champion 

ChMPn 

Cathedral 

KThDri 

Chancellor 

Chnsm 

Catholic 

KThl 

Chancery 

ChnsR 

Catholicism 

KThlsM 

Change 

Ch» 

130 


LIGHT-LIKE    SHORTHAND. 


Character 

KK                  Civilize 

sVs 

Characteristic 

KKsK 

Civilized 

sVst 

Characterize 

KKIs 

Claimant 

KIMnt 

Charge 

Ch3 

Clarionet 

KIRN 

Charity 

ChrT 

Clavicle 

Klf^K 

Charlatan 

ShrJ(d)Tn 

Clear-ly 

KIR 

Charnel-house 

ChRNlHs 

Clergy 

K1RJ 

Chattel 

ChtZ 

Clergyman 

KIRMn 

Cheer 

Chr 

*Clerk 

KIRK 

Chieftain 

ChTn 

Client 

KIN 

*Cbild 

Chi1 

Coalesce 

KALs 

Childhood 

ChlD 

Codify 

KtF 

*Children 

Chin 

Co-equal 

KiKl 

Chivalry 

ShVl.R 

Co-eternal 

KiTrn 

Chloroform 

KIRFrM 

Co-exist 

KKSst 

Choir 

KwR 

Coflee 

Kf^ 

Christian 

KrsChn 

Coffin 

Kf#N 

Christendom 

KrsNM 

Cogitate 

KcJTt 

Christmas 

KrsMs 

Cohabit 

KcHB 

Church 

ChrCh 

Coherent 

KHrnt 

Cicatrice-ze 

sKATre 

Collect 

K1K 

*Circle 

sRK 

College 

Ktt 

*Circular 

sRKR 

Colonization 

KINsShn 

Circulate 

aRKT 

Color 

KIR 

Circulation 

8.RKshn 

Colossus 

KLsS 

Circumference 

SrPrns 

Column 

KLM 

Circumlocution 

aRlKshn 

Combination 

B'nshn 

Circumnavigate 

s^NfG 

Combustion 

BsChn 

Circumscribe 

sBsKB 

*Come 

K2 

Circumspect 

sRsPK 

Comedy 

KMD 

Circumstance 

sTns 

Comet 

KMT 

Circumstantial 

sTSh 

*Comfort-able 

F.BT 

Cistern 

Sat^N 

Command 

c-Nd3 

Citadel 

sTDJ 

Commemorate-ive 

e-MMRt 

Citizen 

sTsN 

Commendable 

NdABl 

Civil 

sV 

Commendation 

NdAShn 

Civility 

sVET 

Commentary 

NtA# 

LIGHT-LINE    SHOKTHAND. 


131 


Commentator 

NtAew 

*Comprehension 

Pr'nshn 

Commerce 

KMrs 

*Comprehen8ive-ness 

Pr'sF 

Commercial 

KMr 

*Compress 

Pr's 

Commiseration 

KMsRshn 

Compromise 

KmPMs 

*Commission 

Sbn1 

Compulsion 

P/(u)Slm 

Commissioner 

Shn# 

Compunction 

PnKshn 

*Commit-tee 

KmT 

Computation 

PtAShn 

Common 

K1 

Comrade 

KmRd 

Commonplace 

K'Ps:A 

Concave 

KnKf 

Communicate 

YnK 

Concavity 

KnKf^T 

*Communion 

Yn'N 

Conceal 

e-sL 

*Community 

Yn'T 

Concede 

e-sD 

Companion 

PnN 

Conceit 

e-St 

Company 

KN 

Conceivable 

SfAB 

Comparable 

PRE 

Conceive 

e-Sf 

Comparative 

PfiTf 

Concentrate 

sNTrt 

Comparison 

P.RsN 

Conception 

sPshn 

Compartment 

KmPtM 

Concern-ing 

Sm 

Compass 

KmPs 

Concert 

Srt 

Compassion 

KmPshn 

Concertina 

SrtN 

Compatible-y-ility 

PtB 

Concession 

S'shn 

Compensate 

PnsT 

Conciliate 

sZT 

Compensation 

PsAShn 

Conclude 

e-Kl 

Competent 

PtNd 

Concomitant 

KnKTnt 

Competition 

Ptsbn 

Concussion 

KnKshn 

Competitor 

Pteu 

^Condemn 

KntM 

Compilation 

P^(u)AShn 

*Condemnation 

KnMnShn 

Complexion 

PIKshn 

Condensation 

DsAShn 

Compliance 

PINs 

Condescend 

D'sNd 

Compliant 

PINd 

Condescension 

D'sNshn 

Complicate 

P1KT 

*Condition-al 

D'shn 

Complication 

PlKASlm 

Conduct 

D'K 

Comport 

POT 

Conductor 

DKtr 

Composition 

e-Psshn 

Confederacy 

FtRS 

Composure 

PZh 

Confederate 

e-FtRt 

^Comprehend 

Pr'nD 

*Confer 

e-F 

*Compreliensible 

Pr'nsB 

Conference 

e-Fns 

132 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


Confide 

FD 

Considerate 

sDR 

*Confirm 

Fr'M 

Consideration 

sD'shn 

Conflagration 

FIGshn 

Consign 

Sn 

Conflict 

FIK 

Consignee 

ScN 

*Conform 

KFr 

Consist 

Sst 

Conformation 

K^rshn 

Consistent 

SsNt 

Congenial-ity 

KnJNZ(u) 

Console 

e-sL 

Congenital 

KnJnTZ 

Consolidate 

sLVt 

Conglomerate 

GlmRd 

Consonant 

8NNt 

Congratulate 

GrChlT 

Conspicuous 

sPKs 

*Congregation-al 

KnGshn 

Conspiracy 

sPS 

Congregationalism 

KnGsNsM 

Conspirator 

sPTr  » 

Congress 

Grs 

Conspire 

e-sPR 

Congressional 

Grshn 

Constable 

stB 

Conjecture 

JKChr 

Constabulary 

BiBLE 

Conjugate 

JG 

Constant 

sTnt 

Connect 

e-K 

Constancy 

sTnS 

Connive 

e-V 

Constellation 

stLsbn 

Connoisseur 

KNsT 

Consternation 

st^N 

Connubial 

KNBJ(U) 

Constipate 

StPt 

Conquer 

KnKR 

Constituency 

stChNS 

Conquest 

KnKst 

Constituent 

stChN 

Consanguinity 

e-sNGlnT 

Constitution-al 

stT'sbn 

Conscience 

Shns 

Constitutionality 

stTsZT 

Conscientious-ly 

ShnShs 

Constitutionalist 

stTsZst 

Conscious-ly 

Shi 

Constitutive 

stdbTf 

Conscript 

KnsKP 

Construction 

strK 

Consecrate 

KnsK 

Contact 

e-TK 

Consecutive-ly 

KnsKTf 

Contagious 

TcJs 

Consent 

e-Snt 

*Contain 

Tn1 

Consequence 

sKns 

Contaminate-ion 

T'cMN 

Consequent 

sKnt 

Contemplate-ion 

TmPX 

Consequential 

sKNSh 

Contemporaneous 

TmP.BNs 

Conservative 

SrfV 

Contempt 

TmPt 

Conservatory 

SrfR 

Content 

T'nt 

Conserve 

c-Srf 

Contention 

T'nshn 

Consider 

•D 

Contentious 

T'Shs 

LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


133 


Contentment 

T'nM 

Cork 

KRK 

Context 

KntKst 

*Corporal 

K-rPfil 

Contiguity 

KntGT 

*Corporeal 

KrP^i^(u) 

Continent 

KntNNd 

*Correct 

Kr'K 

Contingency 

TnJNS 

Correspond-ent 

KrsPnt 

Continue-al-ly 

KntN 

Corrupt 

KrPt 

Continuity 

KntNT 

Council-sel 

KsL 

Contort 

e-TRd 

Country 

KntR 

*Contract 

Tr1 

County 

KnT 

*Con  traction 

Tr'shn 

Courage 

KRJ 

Contractor 

Tr'eu 

Court 

K* 

Contradict 

KntD 

Courtesy 

KrtS 

Contradiction 

KntDshn 

Covenant 

KfNNd 

Contradictory 

KntDR 

Cover 

Kf 

Contradistinct-ion 

KntDsNg 

Coverture 

KfChR 

Contradistinguish 

KntDst 

Crazy 

KrAZ 

Contrary 

KntRR 

*Creation 

Krshn 

Contravene 

KntR  Fn 

*Creator 

Kreu 

Contravention 

KntR  Fshn 

Creature 

KrChr 

Contribute 

KntBt 

Credit 

KrD 

Contribution 

KntBshn 

Credulity 

KrJIT 

Contributor 

KntBtfw 

Crevice 

Krf.E's 

Controvert-sial-sy 

KntFr 

Crime 

Krm 

Contumacious 

KnTcMShs 

Criminal 

KrniN 

Conundrum 

KnNDrcM 

Crimination 

KrmNshn 

Convalescent 

VISnt 

Cross-examine-ation 

KrsMn 

Convene-ience        ) 

*Crowd 

Krt 

Convenient-ly        ) 

Vn 

Cube 

KuB 

Convention-al 

Vshn 

*Cudgel 

KJ1 

Conversation-al 

VrSshn 

Culminate-ion 

K1MN 

Convict 

FK 

Cultivate 

KltF 

Convivial 

VVl 

*Cure 

KuR 

Convolution 

e-Vlshn 

*Curiosity 

KRsti 

Co-ordinate 

KcflDnT 

Curious 

KRs 

Co-partner 

KPNr 

Currency 

KRnS 

*Copy 

KPi 

Current 

KRnt 

Cord 

KRd 

Custom 

KsM 

134 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


Customer 

KsMR 

Degenerate-ion 

DJnli 

Cutter 

KTR 

*Deify 

DF:Ei 

Cycle 

sIKl 

Delegate 

DZG 

Cylinder 

SlntR 

Deliberate 

DIBt 

Czar 

ZR 

Delicate 

DLK 

Czarina 

ZBN 

Delicious 

DIShs 

Czarowitz 

ZSTs 

Delight 

D1T 

Delightful 

DITf 

D 

Delinquent 

DlnKnt 

*Damage 

DmJ 

Delinquency 

DlnKS 

*Damn 

D^i 

Deliver-y 

Dl 

*Damnation 

DmNshn 

Deliverance 

Dins 

*  Danger 

DnJR 

Democracy 

DmKS 

Dare 

DR 

Democrat-ic 

DmK 

*Dark 

DRK 

Demolish 

DMISh 

*Daughter 

Dtr 

Demonstrate 

DmsT 

Dear 

DR 

Demoralize-ation 

DMr^ 

*Decease 

DsS 

Demur 

DMr 

Decision 

Dsslm 

Demurrer 

DMrR 

Decisive 

DSsV 

Demure 

DMr 

Declaim-ation 

DK1M 

Denizen 

DnsN 

Declare-ation 

DK1R 

Denominate-ion 

DnM 

*Dedicate 

DtKT 

Denounce 

DnNs 

*Deduct 

DtK 

Density 

DnsT 

Defame 

DfM 

Deputy 

DPti 

Defaulter 

DFltr 

Derange-ment 

DrnJ 

Defeat 

DIET 

Derogate-ion-ory 

DRG 

Defect 

DfK 

Describe 

DsKB 

*Defence 

Df 

Description 

DsKP 

Defendant 

D* 

*Deserve 

DsR 

Defensive 

DfNSf 

*Desiccation 

DsKAShn 

Defer 

D^r 

*Desire 

Ds.R 

Deficiency 

DFsNS 

Desist 

DZst 

Deficient-ly 

D^sNd 

*Desolate 

DSlt 

Definite 

DfNd 

Destroy-uctive 

DstR 

Deform 

DFr 

Destruction 

DstRshn 

Deformity 

VFrT 

Detach 

DTCh 

LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


135 


Deter 

DTK 

Disparage-ment 

DsPJ 

Determine-ation 

DtM 

*Disperse 

DsPjRs 

Detonation 

DtoNshn 

*Displace 

DsPls 

Detract 

DTr 

*Disregard 

DsRGr 

Detraction 

DTrshn 

Disreputable 

DsRPB 

Develop-ment 

DF1 

Disrespect-ful 

DsRsPK 

Devil 

DF1 

Dissatisfy-action 

DsTsF 

*Devise 

DFs 

Dissimilar 

DsM 

Devolve 

DF1 

*Dissolute 

DsXd 

*Devote 

DfoT 

Dissolve 

DSlf 

*Devotion 

DfosN 

Dissuade 

DSlt 

Diameter 

DmTR 

*Distinct-ion 

DsNg 

*Differ-ence-ent 

D1 

*Distinctive 

DsNgf 

*Difficult 

Df 

*Distingnish-ed 

Dst 

Dilapidate 

DIPtT 

Distract 

DsT 

*Dimension 

DmNslin 

Distribute 

DstBt 

*Diminish 

DmNSh 

Disturb 

DstB 

*Diminution 

DmNShn 

Disunion 

DsNN 

*Direct 

DrK 

*Disunite 

DsNd:I 

*Direction 

Drshn 

*Divide 

DFt 

Directly 

DrKl 

Dividend 

Df^JDnt 

Director 

Dreu 

Divine 

DfN 

Directory 

DrR 

*Do 

D« 

*Disad  vantage 

DsDfJ 

*Doctor 

Dr1 

Disagree 

DsG 

*Doctrine 

Drn 

Disbelieve 

DsBf 

*Dollar-s 

D1 

Disciple 

DsPZ(u) 

Domestic 

DmsK 

Discipline 

DsPn 

Domicile 

DcMSl 

Discover-y 

DsKf 

*Domination 

DmNshn 

Discoverer 

DsKf^R 

Dominion 

DmNN 

Discredit 

DsKD 

*Doom 

DuM 

Discriminate-ion 

DsKM 

*Down 

Dn3 

*  Disease 

DZs 

*Down  right 

D3nRd:I 

*Disengage 

DsNcG 

*Downward 

D8nRd 

Disinterested 

DsNstt 

Duet 

DuT 

Disloyal-ty 

DsLl 

Duplicate 

DPK 

Disoblige-ing 

DsBJ 

*Duration 

Dr3shn 

136 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


During 

Dr» 

Employee 

MPlt 

Dwarf 

DIRv 

*Enamel 

NMJ 

Dwell-ing 

Dl* 

Encourage 

nKRJ 

Dwindle 

DlntZ 

Encyclopedia 

NsKPta 

Energy 

N.BJ 

E 

*Engage-ment 

nG 

Each 

Ch1 

English 

NgSh 

Early 

SI 

Enlargement 

nJ3 

Earth 

RTh 

Enlighten 

NltN 

Earthquake 

RThKlK 

Entangle 

NtNg 

Eastern 

Sn 

Enterprise 

NPs 

*Ebony 

#N 

Enthusiasm-t-ic 

nThsS 

Ecclesiastic-al 

KlZst 

Entire-ly 

NTr 

Eclipse 

iKIPs 

Entwine 

NTln 

Economy 

KnM 

Entwist 

NTlst 

*Edition 

EDshu 

*Enviable 

NFS 

*Editor 

Deu 

*Epistle 

Pal 

*Educate-ion 

JK 

*Epoch 

PK 

Effect 

FK 

Equable-ility 

iKIB 

Effectual 

FKChl 

Equal 

Kl 

Efficacious 

.FKAShs 

Equality 

KIT 

Efficiency 

FShnS 

Equalize 

Klls 

Efficient 

FShnt 

Equation 

iKlshn 

Eh 

H:e 

*Equator 

iKl 

Eject 

JKT 

Equivalent 

KFlnt 

Elaborate 

LBt 

Equivocate 

KfoK 

Elder 

IAr 

Eradicate 

SDK 

Electioneer 

LKsKR 

Especial-ly 

SP 

Electric-ity 

LK 

Esquire 

SK1R 

Electrotype 

LKP 

Essential 

SnSh 

Emancipate 

MsP 

Establish-ment 

SSh 

Embellish-ment 

MBSh 

Estrange 

STrnJ 

Embrazure 

MBZh 

Eternal 

Trn 

Eminent 

MNNt 

Eternity 

TrnT 

Emolument 

M1M 

Eulogy 

YJ 

Emphasis-ze 

McFsS 

Euphony 

YfoN 

Emphatic 

McF 

Evade 

EVi 

LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


137 


Evangelist 

FnJst          i    Execrable 

KsKB 

Even 

tfVn 

Execute 

KsKT 

Event 

Fnt 

Executioner 

KsKsNE 

Eventual 

FnChZ 

Executive 

KsKTf 

Ever 

V1 

Executor 

KsKeu 

Everlasting 

V'fet 

Executrix 

KsKKs 

Evermore 

V'M 

Exegesis 

KsJss 

Every 

v» 

Exemplary 

KSMPI.R 

Everywhere 

VM 

Exemplification 

KsMP^shn 

Evidence 

FD 

Exempt 

KsMPt 

Evident 

FDnt 

Exercise 

KsRsZ 

Evolution 

Vlshn 

Exert 

KsRd 

Exact-ion 

KsK 

Exhale-ation 

KsRl 

Exalt 

KsLd. 

Exhaust 

KSst 

Examine-ation 

KsMn 

Exhaustion 

KSsShn 

Example 

KsMP 

Exhibit 

KsBt 

Exasperate-ion 

KSsP 

Exhilarate-ion 

K'siR 

Excavate 

KsKfA 

Exhort 

KsRd 

Excavation 

KsKfAShn 

Exhortation 

KsRShn 

Excel 

KsL 

Exigency 

KsJNS 

Excellency 

KsNS 

Exile 

KSl 

Excellent 

KsNd 

Exist-ence 

KSst 

Exceptionable 

KsPsN5 

Existent 

KSsN 

Excess 

KSs 

Exonerate 

KsNOT 

Excessive 

KSsV 

Exorbitant 

EaRB 

Exchange 

KsCh 

Exorcise 

KsRSs 

Exchequer 

KsChK 

Exordium 

KsfiDm 

Excite 

KsT 

Expect-ation 

KsPK 

Excitement 

KsTcM 

Expectancy 

KsPKNS 

Exclaim-ation 

SKlm 

Expectorate-ion 

KsPKR 

Exclamatory 

SKlmTR 

Expediency 

KsPtNS 

Exclude 

SKI 

Expedient 

KsPtN 

Exclusion 

SKlshn 

Expedite 

KsPtT 

Exclusive 

SKlsF 

Expedition 

KsPtshn 

Excominunicate-ion 

Ks-YnK 

Expeditious 

KsPShs 

Excruciating 

KsKRSh 

Expel 

KsPZ 

Exculpate 

KsKZP 

Expenditure 

KsPnCh 

138 


LIGHT-LIKE    SHOKTHAND. 


Experience 

K'sP 

F 

Experiment 

KsPM 

Facetious 

FSShs 

Expert 

KsPtfd 

Facility-ate 

F'S 

Expiate-ion 

KsP  :  EA 

Fact 

F3 

Expire-ation 

K'sP^R 

Faculty 

FKT 

*Explain-ation 

SPln 

Fade 

FD 

Explicit 

SPlsT 

Familiar-ity 

F'M 

Explode 

SPlt 

Familiarize 

FMs 

Explore-ation 

SP1.B 

Familiarization 

F'MsShn 

Export-ation 

KsPjB 

Family 

F3M 

Expostulate 

KsPsChlT 

Fanaticism 

^nTsM 

*Express 

SPs 

Fancy 

FnS 

*Expressage 

SPsZh 

Fantastic 

FntSt 

*Extemporaneous 

KsTmP 

Farm 

FRM 

*Extempore 

KsTmPJJ 

Farther 

Frtr 

*Extemporary 

KsTmRR 

Fashionable 

FsNBl 

*Extension 

KsTshn 

Fatal 

FTl 

Extenuate 

KsTnT 

Father 

FDh 

*Extenuation 

KsTnshn 

Favor 

Ff 

Exterminate-ion 

KsRMN 

Favorable 

FB 

External 

KsRNl 

Favored 

Fft 

*Extinct-ion 

KsNg 

Favorite 

FfRt 

*Extinguish 

KsNgSh 

Favoritism 

FfRsM 

Extra 

KstR 

Felicity 

FIStE 

*Extract 

K»sT 

Fellow 

FV 

Extraction 

K3sTshn 

Felonious 

FloNs 

Extraordinary 

KsRd 

Ferocious 

T^RShs 

Extravagance 

KsTfGns 

Fervent 

FrVnt 

Extravasation 

KsTfASshn 

Festive-ity 

^JsTf 

Extreme 

KsRM 

Fever 

FfR 

*Extricate 

KstK 

Fidelity 

FDT 

*Exuberance-t 

KsB:u 

Filial 

m 

*Exude 

KsD:u 

Final 

FN1 

Eye 

I1 

Finance 

FNNs 

Eyeball 

IBl 

Finely 

FN1 

Eyebrow 

IBr 

Finite 

FnT 

Eyelash 

ILSh 

First 

Fst 

LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


139 


Flight 

FIT                 *Gamble-r 

GmB 

*Fluent 

Flnt 

*Gambol 

GmK 

Food 

FD 

*Game 

GM 

*Fool 

Fl 

*Garden 

GrDn 

Footstep 

FstP 

Gather 

Gtr 

Foreign-er 

FrH 

General 

Jn 

*Forenoon 

FrNN 

Generality 

JnTi 

Foreordination 

Fr^Nshn 

Generalization 

Jsshn 

Forest 

FEst 

Generalize 

Jns 

Forever 

FV 

Generation 

Jshn 

*Form 

Fr1 

*Genesis 

JNsS 

Formal-ly-ity 

Frl 

Genial 

JN/(u) 

Formation 

Frshn 

*Genius 

JNs 

Former-ly 

FrB 

*Genteel 

J»nT; 

Forth 

FTh 

*Gentile 

J'nTJ 

Fortunate 

FrChnT 

*Gentle 

Jnt^ 

*Forward 

FrE 

Gentleman 

Jnt3 

Freedom 

FrDm 

Gentlemen 

Jnt2 

Freight 

Frt 

Genuflection 

Jn^Kshn 

Frequency 

FrnS 

Genuine 

JnN 

Frequent 

Frnt 

*Genus 

JNsieu 

From 

"from" 

Geometry 

JMTr 

*Froward 

FiwK 

*Go 

G3 

*Fruition 

FrShn 

*God 

G1 

Fulfill 

F13F 

Good 

G8 

*Funeral 

FnRZ 

Govern-ment 

Gf 

*Funereal 

FKRl 

Governor 

GfR 

Furnish 

Frn 

Gracious 

GrAShs 

Furniture 

^rnChR 

Graduate 

GrcJT 

Futility 

FTT 

Gradual 

GrJl 

Future 

FChE 

Graphic 

Grf.E'K 

Futurity 

FChT 

Gravitation 

GrTshn 

Gravity 

GrT 

G 

*Gray 

GrA 

Galaxy 

G1KS 

*Great 

Gr 

Gallant 

GIN 

Guarantee 

GrnTi 

Galvanize 

GlfNs 

*Guardian 

GRdN 

140 


LIGHT-LIKE    SHOKTHAND. 


*Guide 

GD                     Heterogeneous 

HRJNs 

Gymnasium 

JmNsM 

Hieroglyphic 

HRG1K 

Gymnast 

JmNst 

Him 

H1 

Gymnastics 

JmNstis 

Himself 

Hs1 

His 

s1 

H 

History 

HsR 

Habeas  Corpus 

HBsK 

Hitherto 

HDhr"to" 

Habit 

HB 

Homeopathy-ic 

HmPTh 

Habitatiou 

HBslm 

Homogeneous 

HmJNs 

Habitual 

HBChl 

Horizon-tal 

HRsN 

Hair 

Hr 

Horse 

Hrs 

Halleluiah 

HIL 

Horticulture-al 

HrKl 

Hamlet 

HMlt 

Horticulturist 

HrKfat 

Hamper 

HmPR 

Hostility 

HsTT 

Handkerchief 

HnChf 

Hottentot 

HTnTT 

Handsome 

HnsM 

Housewife 

HsWf 

Harbor 

HrB 

However 

H8v 

Harmonic 

JffcnNtK 

Human 

HmN 

Harmonica 

BmNA 

Humanity 

HmNT 

Harmonious 

TJmNs 

Humbug              , 

HBG 

Harmony 

Rm$ 

Humility 

HM1T 

Hazy 

HAZ 

Hundred 

Hnt 

Health 

mTh 

*Hypercritical 

HPKrTKl 

Heaven 

HN 

*Hypocrite-ical 

HPKT 

Help 

HZP 

Hypothecate 

HPTh 

Hemisphere 

HmSP 

Hysterics 

Hs^Ks 

Henceforth 

HsFTh 

Her 

Hr 

I 

Here 

Hr1 

I 

P 

Hereafter 

Hr'F 

Iambic 

IMBK 

Hereditament 

HrdM 

Ibex 

/BKs 

Hereditary 

HrR 

*Ice 

IS 

*Herein 

Hrn 

Idea 

ID 

*Hereon 

HrN 

Ideal-ly 

IDL 

Heretofore 

HrFr 

Ideality 

IDT 

Herewith 

Hra(l) 

Identify 

IDnF 

Heterodox 

HdoDs 

Idiocy 

EDS 

LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


141 


Idiom 

EVcM 

*Impudent 

MPtNd 

Idiosyncrasy 

DsNKrS 

*Impure-ity 

MPB 

Idiot 

HVt 

Inaccessible-i  1  ity 

nKSs5 

Idle 

mi 

Inadvertent-ly 

nDFrTnt 

Idol 

IDl 

Inalienable 

NZNB1 

Idolater 

JDZR 

Inauguration 

NGrshn 

*Idolatry 

DJR 

Incapable 

nKPB 

Illustrate-ion-rious 

L(b)sT 

*Incessant 

NsSnt 

Imaginary 

Jn3R 

Incipient 

NsPNt 

Imagination 

J3shn 

Incognito 

N'-NT 

Imagine 

Jn8 

Incoherent 

nKHrN 

Immaterial 

EM3T 

Inconsiderable 

NsDB 

Immature 

EMTR 

Inconsiderate 

NsDRd 

Immeasurable 

EMZh 

inconsistent 

NSsNt 

Immediate-ly 

M'D 

Incontrovertible 

nKnt  FrB 

Immemorial 

EMMRJ 

Inconvenience-t 

NFn 

Immigrant 

EMGrnt 

Incredible-ility 

NKrDB 

Immigrate 

EMGrT 

Incredulity 

NKrJIT 

Immoral-ity 

iMrZ 

Indeed 

nDt 

Immortal  -ity 

iMrd 

Indefatigable 

Nt^GB 

Immovable 

EMvABl 

Indemnify 

nDmNJ?7 

Impalpable 

MPP5 

Indemnity 

nDmNT 

Impartial 

MPSh 

Independence-t 

nDPnt 

*Impassionate 

MPshnT 

Indescribable 

nDsKBS 

*Impassioned 

M3Pshnt 

Indestructible 

nDstRZ? 

Impatience 

MPshns 

Indeterminable 

nDtMB 

Impenetrable-ility 

MPnTB 

*Indeterminate 

nDtMN 

Imperceptible 

MPsP.8 

Index 

NtKs 

*Imponderable 

MPntB 

Indicate 

NtK 

Import 

MP^ 

Indication 

Nt'Kshn 

Importance-t 

M'P 

Indict-ment 

nDt 

Importation 

MP^Tshn 

Indifferent 

nD1 

*Improbable-ility 

MPB 

*Indignant 

NtGnt 

Impromptu 

MPmPtu 

Indignation 

NtGshn 

*Improper-priety 

M'PP 

Indignity 

NtGnT 

Improve-ment 

M3Pf 

Indirect 

NDrK 

*Imprudent 

MPuNd 

Indiscriminate-ion 

nDsKM 

142 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


Indispensable 

nDsPns 

*Ingenuous-ness 

nJNS 

Individual 

nDfJ 

I  iilial  tit-ant 

NHB 

Indoctrinate 

NDrnT:A 

Inherent 

NHrnt 

Indolent 

NtZN 

Inherit 

NHrT 

Indomitable 

nDcMTB 

*Iniquity 

nKT 

Indorse 

NDrs 

Injure-y 

NJr 

Indulge 

NU 

Injurious 

NJrs 

*Indulgence 

NUns 

Ink 

NgK 

*Indulgent 

Nttnt 

innovation 

NoVshn 

Industry 

oDstR 

*Innoxious 

NnKShs 

Indwelling 

NDl-e 

Innuendo 

NYnD 

Ineffectual 

N^KChl 

Innutrition 

^NTrshn 

Inefficient 

nFShnt 

Inodorous 

NoDRs 

Inequitable 

NK1TB 

Inordinate 

NJJDnT 

Inertia 

NrSh 

Inquire-y 

NWr 

inevitable 

NFTB 

Inquisition 

NKlsahn 

Inexhaustible 

nKSstB 

Inquisitive 

NKlsTf 

Inexperience 

nKsP 

Insecure 

NsK 

Inexplicable 

NSP1KB 

Insecurity 

NsKT 

Inexpressible 

^SPsB 

*Insert 

NS.RT 

*Infallible-ility 

NFZB 

Insinuate 

NsNY 

Infant 

NJfrt 

Insolent 

NSlnt 

Infer-ence 

WF 

Insolvency 

NSlfNS 

Inferior-ity 

NFRR 

Inspect-ion 

NsPK 

Infidel 

NJTO 

Inspire-ation 

N'sP^ 

Infidelity 

NJPDT 

Install-ation 

N'sT^ 

Infinite-y 

NFnT 

Instruct-ion 

NsK 

Infinitude 

N^nTt 

*Instrument 

N'st 

Infirm 

NFrM 

Insubordinate-ion 

NsBtN 

Inflect 

NFK 

Insufficient 

NSFSh 

Influence 

N's 

Insult 

NSlt 

Influential 

N'Sh 

Insurance 

NsYs 

Informal-ity 

NFrZ 

Insure 

NsY 

Information 

Nshn1 

*Integrity 

nTGrT 

Infrequent 

NFrnt 

Intellect 

NtK 

"Ingenious 

nJNs 

Intellectual 

Nt'KChl 

Ingenuity 

nJNT 

*Intelligence-t 

NtJ 

LIGHT-LIN^E    SHOKTHAND. 


143 


Intemperance 

nTmPns 

Iron 

UN 

Intemperate 

nTmP 

Irresistible 

ERsS 

Intend-t 

NtNd 

Issue 

ESh 

Interchange 

Nt'Ch 

It 

T« 

Intercourse 

NtKRa 

Italian 

T£N 

*Interest-ed 

Ntst 

Italic 

ILK 

*Interesting 

Ntst-e 

*Item 

JTm 

Interfere 

H4F 

Itself 

T»s 

*Interior 

nT'RR 

Intermediate 

NtMD 

J 

Interminable 

NtMn# 

Jealous 

Jls 

Intermingle 

NtMNgl 

Journal 

JRN1 

Internal 

NTrn 

Judge 

Js 

*Inter  national 

NtNsNl 

*  Judicial 

JDSh 

^Interpret 

NPt 

*  Judicious 

JDShs 

*Interpretation 

NPshn 

Jurisdiction 

JrsDshn 

Interrogate-ion 

N^G 

Jurisprudence 

JrsPtNs 

•"Interrupt 

nTPt 

Juror 

JRR 

Intersect 

NTrsK* 

Jury 

JR 

Intertwine 

NTrTn 

Justify     .. 

JaP 

Interval 

NtFl 

Juvenile 

Jf8 

Intimate 

NtM 

Juxtaposition 

JKsPsshn 

Intimidate 

nTmDt 

Into 

nT1 

K 

Intolerant 

nTZRN 

Kingdom 

K1 

Intoxicate-ion 

NtKsK 

Knew 

N3 

Intractable 

NTrTB 

Know 

"  Know  " 

Inure 

NY 

Knowledge 

nJ1 

Invalid 

NF1D 

Invention 

N  Fnshn 

L 

Investigate  ion 

NFsG 

Label 

LB1 

Inviolable 

NFZB 

Labor 

LBr 

Inviolate 

NFZT 

Lacerate 

LsRt 

Invulnerable 

NVlnRS 

*Lad 

Ld 

Inward 

NW.R 

*Lady 

ID 

Iodine 

loDn 

Lamp 

MP 

Irish 

/RSh 

Land 

Lnt 

144 

Landscape 

Language 

Lantern 

Lard -oil 

Large 

Largely 

Larger 

Larynx 
"*Last 
^Latitude 

Laughter 

Laureate 

Lavish 

Law 

Lawsuit 

Lawyer 

Leather 
*Lecture 

Left 

Legal 

Legerdemain 
*Legislate-ure 
*Legislation 
*Legislator 

Leisure 

Lenient 

Let 

Letter 

Liable 

Liberal-ity 

Liberate 

Libertine 

Liberty 

Lieutenant 

Life 

Lifeless 

Lifetime 


LIGHT-LINE    SHOKTHAND. 

LnSKP 

Lightning 

Ng3 

Lily 

Lnt^N 

*Limit 

LRt£ 

Linger 

J3 

Lion 

Jl3 

Liquid 

Jr3 

Literary 

LRNgs 

*Literature 

Z(d)st2 

Little 

LtTt 

Live 

IFtr 

Long 

LOT 

Lord 

IVEs 

Love 

L'(f) 

Low 

"  Law  "  St 

Loyal-ty 

"  Law  "  S 

Ludicrous 

LDh 

Lumber 

LChr 

Luxuriant 

LG1 

LJDmN 

Made 

LJ 

Magic 

LJshn 

Magistrate 

LJR 

Magnificent 

LZh 

Mainland 

ZNNd 

Majority 

P(n) 

Make 

LR 

Maker 

LB1 

Malevolent 

ErlL 

Malicious 

LBrt 

Malignant-ity 

LBrtN 

Manifesto 

Br1 

Manly 

LtNNd 

Manner 

pi 

Maneuver 

F'Ls 

Manslaughter 

F';M 

Manual 

M 


LtNg 

LL 

LM 

LNg 

L/N 

LK1D 

LtRR 

LRCh 

L1 

V 

Ng' 

V2 

Lo 

U 

LtKs 

LMr 

^(d)KsRnt 


Md 

McJK 

McJsRd 

M'sNd 

MNINt 

McJT 

M2 

MKr 

Ml  Vint 

MIShs 

M1G 

MnFsto 

MN1 

mNr 

MNVr 

MsLR 

MN1 


LIGHT-LINE    SHOETHAND. 


145 


*Manufactory 
*Manufacture 
^Manufacturer 

MnFtR 
MnF 

Metaphor-ical 
Metaphysical 
Method-ical 

MtFsK 
M2cTht 

Manuscript 
*Mar 

MsKP 
MR 

Methodism 
Methodist 

McThsM 
McThst 

March 
*Mark 
Market 
Marsh 

MJJCh 
Mr 
MrT 

MrSh 

Metropolis 
Metropolitan 
Midnight 
Midst 

MPZs 
MPXTn 
MDnT 

Mtst 

Marvelous 
Masculine 
Master 

MrVls 
MsKJN 
MsR 

Might 
Military 
Milk 

MT 
MIR 
M1K 

*Material 

M3T 

Millennium 

MlnM 

Materiality 
Mathematics 

MTZT 
McThMs 

Million 
Mineral 

Ml1 
MnRJ 

Matrimony 
*Matter 

MdMN 

M3 

Miniature 
*Minister 

MnChR 

MnS 

*Mature 

MTR 

*Ministerial 

MnSZ 

Maturity 
Meander 
Measure 

MTT 
MNtr 
MZh 

*Ministration 
^Ministry 
Minstrel 

MnSshn 

*Medial 

MDJ 

Miracle 

MrKl 

Medium 
Melancholy 
Member 

Md'M 
MlnK 
MM 

Misapply 
Misapprehension 
Misdemeanor 

M3sP:I 
M3sPnshn 
MsMnR 

Memoranda 

MMnD 

Misfortune 

MsF 

Memorandum 
Mention 
Merchandise 

MMnDm 
MnShn 
MrDs 

Misre  present-ation 
Missionary 
*Mistake 

MsRP 
MsT 

Merchant 

MrcChnt 

Mistaken 

MsTn 

Merciful 

MRSf 

*Mistook 

M3sT 

*Mercury 
Mercy 
Messenger 
Metal-lie 

MrKri 
MRS 
MsNJr 

Mistrust 
Misunderstand-ing 
Mitigate 
Moderate 

MsTst 
MsNsTnt 
MtQ 
MDrt 

Metallurgy 
Metamorphosis 

ma 

MMRFss 

Modern 
Modernize 

MDrn 
MDrnls 

146 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


Modest 

Mtst 

Myth 

McTh 

Modification 

MdFshn 

Mythology-ical 

MThlJ 

Modify 

MdF 

Modulate 

MJ1T 

N 

Mohammedan 

MMDn 

Naked 

nKD 

Money 

mN 

Name 

Nm 

Monitor 

MnTR 

Narrate 

N^T 

Monopoly 

MnPZ 

Narrow 

KB 

*Monster 

MstR 

Nation-al 

Nshn 

Monstrosity 

MstJSsT 

Nationality 

NsNIT 

Month 

MnTh 

Native-ity 

nTf2 

Moonlight 

MNlt 

Nature-al 

NChr 

Moral-ity 

Mr>£ 

Navigate-ion 

NfG 

More 

Mr 

Navy-al 

NF 

Morning 

Mrn 

*Nearest 

Nrst 

Mortal-ity 

Mrd1 

Near-ly 

Nr 

*Mortgage 

MflG 

Necessary-ily 

NsR 

^Mortgagee 

MJ2J 

Necessity 

NsT 

*Mortgagor 

M.KJR 

Neglect 

NG1K 

Mortification 

MrdFshn 

Negligence 

NGlns 

Mother 

McDh 

Negligent 

NGlnt 

Mourn 

Mrn 

*Negro 

NGr 

Mouth 

McTh 

Nerve 

Nrv 

Much 

Ch» 

Nervous 

Nrvs 

Multifarious 

MltFRs 

Neuralgia 

Nl&I 

Multiform 

Mlt^ 

Never 

N1 

Multiply 

M1P 

Nevertheless 

N'<(r)s 

Multitude 

MITt 

New 

N8 

Municipal 

MnSP 

Newspaper 

NsPPr 

Municipality 

MnSPT 

Next 

Nst 

Munificent 

MnFSnt 

*Nigger 

nGR 

Murder 

Mrtr 

No 

"no" 

Murderer 

MrtrR 

Nobody 

"  no  "  Bt 

Mutilate-ion 

M»u£ 

Nomenclature 

NKlChr 

Mutual 

MChl 

*Nominate-ion 

N>mN 

*Mystery 

MstR 

*Nominee 

NmNi 

Mystify 

MaTF 

None 

"  no  "  n(f) 

LIGHT-LIN^    SHORTHAND. 


147 


Nonconformity 

NN-FrMT 

0 

Nondescript 

NNsKP 

Oar 

or 

Nonsuit 

NNSt 

Oasis 

oAS's 

*Noon 

NN 

Oats 

ots 

Nor 

Nr 

Obdurate 

awBtRd 

Normal 

NrMl 

Obedient 

oBtNd 

North 

NrTh 

*0bey 

oB 

*Northeast 

NrSt 

Object 

J1 

Northeastern 

NrSn 

Objection 

Jshn1 

Northward 

NiwR 

Objectionable 

JsNBl 

Northwest 

Nrwst 

Objective 

J'Tf 

Nostril 

NstfiJ 

Objector 

J'eu 

Nostrum 

NsttfM 

Obligation 

BG 

Not 

Nt 

Oblige 

BJ 

Notary 

nTR 

Obliterate-ion 

BLR 

Note 

Nt 

Oblivion 

BlfN 

Nothing 

PThf 

Obscure 

BsKR 

Notice 

nTs 

Obscurity 

BsKT 

Notify 

NtF 

Obsequious 

BsKWs 

Notification 

NtFshn 

Observe-ance 

BsR 

Notoriety 

nTR/T 

Observatory 

BsRdR 

Notwithstanding 

N'sTnt 

*0bsolete 

BSlt 

Nourish-ment 

NrSh 

Obstacle 

EsKl 

*Novelty 

NV1E 

*0bstruct-ion 

BsK 

November 

NfM 

Obtain 

BtN 

Novitiate 

uVSht 

Occasion-al 

Kshn 

Now 

N3 

*0ccupy 

KuP 

Number 

NMr 

Octavo 

KTfo 

Numeration 

NMrshn 

Ocular 

KuLR 

Numerator 

NMreu 

Odd 

awd 

Nun 

NN 

Odious 

oDs 

Nunnery 

NN# 

Odor 

oDR 

Nuptials 

NPShs 

Of 

"of" 

Nurse 

Nrs 

Offence 

Fna 

Nurture 

NrChr 

Offend 

Fnt 

Nymph 

NmF 

Offensive 

F&V 

t  "  no  "  is  struck  In  the  direction  of  R 


148 


LIGHT-LIKE    SHORTHAND. 


Offer 

Fr 

Ordinance 

.BNNs 

Official 

FSh 

Ordinary 

Rdl 

Officious 

FSlis 

Ordination 

^Nshn 

Offspring 

FPrNg 

Ordnance 

RXNs 

Often 

Fn 

Ore 

or 

Oil 

awi 

Organ 

.RGn 

Ointment 

NtMnt 

Organic 

tf'GnK 

Old 

ol 

Organism 

.RGnsM 

Olio 

oU 

Organize-ation 

jR'GNs 

Omnipotent 

MnPtNd 

Orient-al 

RXt 

Omnipresent 

MnPsNd 

Origin 

RJn 

On 

"  on  " 

Original-ity-ate 

R>J 

Once 

wNs 

Ornament-al 

J?'nM 

One 

wN 

Ornamentation 

^nMnShn 

Only 

Nl 

Ornithology 

^NThlJ 

Onward 

"  on  "  wR 

Orphan 

^Fn 

Opaque 

oPK 

Orphanage 

.RFnZh 

*0pen 

oPn 

Orthodox-y 

JB'Th 

Opera 

&wPR 

Ostentation 

StNShn 

Operate 

P1R 

Ostentatious 

StNShs 

Operator 

P}Rtr 

Ostracise 

STrsIs 

Opiate 

oPt 

Ostracism 

STrsM 

Opinion 

"pnN 

Other 

"  other  " 

Opportune 

PTn 

Ought 

Ti 

Opportunity 

PTnT 

Our 

R* 

Opposition 

awPsshn 

Ourselves 

Rssa 

*0ppress 

Pre1 

Out 

T3 

*0ppression 

Prahn1 

Outer 

T3R 

*Oppressive 

Prs'F 

Outlaw 

T3Z 

Optician 

PtiShn 

Outlawry 

T"ZR 

Orang-outang 

TJNgNg 

Outline 

T*IN 

*0rator 

RdR 

Outlive 

TsLv 

*0ratory 

mm 

Outrage 

T8RJ 

*Oratorio 

urn 

Outset 

TssT 

Ordain 

EN 

Outside 

T3sD 

Order-ly 

RR 

Outspread 

T»sPt:e 

Ordinal 

RW 

Outstretch 

T^tRCh 

LIGHT-LINE    SHOKTHAND. 


149 


Outstrip 

TstRP 

Owl 

OW2J 

Outvote 

T3cVt 

Own 

N» 

Outwalk 

TacwK 

Owner 

Nr 

Outward 

T*wM 

Oyster 

Str 

Outwear 

T*wM 

Outwit 

T%;T 

P 

Outwork 

T^wRK 

Pacific 

Ps^K 

Oval 

oFl* 

Painter 

Pntr 

Ovary 

dVR 

Pair 

PR 

Oven 

ewVn 

Pamphlet 

PmFT 

Over 

Vr» 

Panacea 

PNS^ 

Overawe 

Vr2aw 

Panel 

PN1 

Overbalance 

Vr'Blns 

Panther 

PnTh5 

Overbear-ing 

Vr*BR 

Pantomime 

PnMM 

Overboard 

VrB^d 

Paper 

PPr 

Overcharge 

Vr2Ch 

Parade 

PUD 

Overcome 

FrK 

Parallel 

PiL 

Overdo 

Fr2D 

Paralysis 

PrLsS 

Overhear 

Vr^HR 

Paralytic 

PrLK 

Overland 

FriN 

Paralyze 

Pris 

Overlook 

Fr2/K 

Paraphernalia 

PrFNL 

Overpower 

Vr5Pr 

Parasite 

PRsT 

Overrate 

VrJJT 

*Parasol 

PrsL 

Overrule 

Vr2^ 

*Parcel 

Prsl 

Overrun 

VrJ2N 

Parchment 

PrChM 

Oversight 

VrSt 

Pardon 

PPDn 

*Oversleep 

Vr2sZP 

Parent-al 

P»nT 

Overspread 

VrsPD 

Parentage 

PnTcJ 

*0verstep 

VrstP 

Parenthesis 

PrnThsS 

Overt 

oFrT 

Parish 

PrSh 

Overtake 

FrT 

Park 

PRK 

Overture 

FrChR 

Parliament-ary 

P»L 

Overturn 

FrTn 

Parole 

P^ 

Overwhelm-ing 

VriM 

Paroxysm 

P^BKsM 

Overwork 

VrwR 

Parsimonious 

PrsMNs 

Owe 

o 

Parson 

PtfsN 

Owing 

o-e 

Parsonage 

PJteJ 

150 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


Part 

Ps 

Pedigree 

PtGi 

Partial 

PrSh 

Peevish 

PVSh 

Partiality 

PrShT 

Pegasus 

PGASs 

Partici  pate-ion 

P'JSTsP 

Pelf 

P^ 

Particle 

P.KTK1 

Penalty 

PN1T 

Particular 

P'rtK 

Pencil 

PNsJ(u) 

Partisan 

PtsN 

Pendency 

PnNS 

Part-owner 

PtNfl 

Pendulous 

PnJte 

Partner 

PrNr 

Pendulum 

PnJM 

Party 

P3 

Penetrate 

PnTt 

Passenger 

PsNJr 

Penetration 

PnTshn 

Passionate 

PshnT 

Peninsular 

PnNShL 

Pastime 

PsM 

Penitential 

PnTSh 

Pasture 

PsChr 

Penitentiary 

PnTShfl 

Patent 

PtNd 

Penny 

PN 

Patentee 

PtNdE 

*People 

ptp 

Paternal 

PtRNl 

Perfect-ion 

PfK 

Paternity 

PtRntt 

Perform  -ance 

PrFr 

Pathetic 

PTht 

Perfume 

PrfM 

Pathology 

PThlJ 

Perhaps 

H3Ps 

Patience 

Pshns 

Peril 

PrL 

Patient 

Pshnt 

Period 

PRD 

Patriarch 

PtRfiK 

Perish 

PrSh 

Patrician 

PtRshn 

Perjury 

PrJr 

Patriot-ic 

PtRd 

Permanent 

PrmNNd 

Patriotism 

PtRsM 

Permit-ssion 

PrM 

Patrol 

PtRJ 

Peroration 

P#Rshn 

*Patron 

PTrn 

Perpendicular 

PrPnD 

Patronage 

PtJ 

Perpetual 

PrPChl 

Patronize 

PTrnls 

Perplexity 

PrPKsT 

*Pattern 

PtRn 

Perquisite 

PrKsT 

Pavilion 

PVln 

*Persecute-ion 

Ps2K 

Pawnbroker 

PnBKR 

Persevere 

PrsFB 

Peculiar-ity 

PKI 

Persist 

PrZst 

Pecuniary 

PKnR 

Person 

PrsN 

Pedantic 

PtNtK 

Personification 

PrsNFshn 

Pedestrian 

PtA&RN 

Perspective 

PrsPKTf 

LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


151 


Persuade 

PrSlt 

Pitiable 

PtU? 

Pertain 

PrtN 

Pitiful 

PtF 

Pertinacious 

PrtNShs 

Pity 

Pti 

Pertinent 

PrtNNd 

Plagiarism 

PUrsM 

Perturbation 

PrtRBshn 

Plainly 

P1N1 

Perusal 

P^s^ 

Planet 

PlnT 

Pervade 

PrfD 

Platform 

PUFr 

Pervert 

PrFrT 

Platonic 

PltNcK 

Perversity 

PrFrsT 

Platoon 

PltuN 

Pestilence 

PsZNs 

Pleasure 

Zh2 

Petard 

PtaRd 

Plenipotentiary 

PlnPtNSh 

Petition 

Ptshn 

Pliant 

PINd 

Petrify 

PtF 

*Plodder 

PltR 

Petroleum 

PtRM 

*Plotter 

Pltr 

Pettish 

PtiSh 

Plumage 

PlmJ 

Petty 

Pti 

Plunderer 

PlntrR 

Petulant 

PChlnt 

Pneumatics 

N-Ms 

Phantasm 

FntZm 

Poet 

PT 

Pharisee 

FrS 

Poetical 

PTK1 

Phenomenon 

FnMNN 

Poetry 

PTr 

Philanthropy-ic 

Fln3ThP 

Polar 

PLR 

Philosopher 

FlsFJ? 

Polarization 

PZRsShn 

Philosophy-ical 

FlsF 

Pole-star 

P/(u)stJS 

^Physical 

FsK 

Police 

Plis 

Physician 

FZshn 

Police  Officer 

PlsFsB 

Piano 

PN 

Policy 

PIS 

Picture 

PKChr 

Polish 

PISh 

Piety 

PIT 

Polite-ness 

PL 

Pilgrim 

PIGrm 

*Politic 

PLK 

Pilotage 

PidZli 

*Political 

P1K 

Pimple 

PmPl 

Politician 

Pltshn 

Pious 

PS 

Politics 

PIKs 

Piquancy 

PENS 

Poll-tax 

PJ(d)Ks 

Piquant 

PKNd 

Polygamy 

PZG 

Piracy 

PRS 

Polygamist 

PLQst 

Pistol 

Pstf 

Pony 

PoN 

Piteous 

Ptis 

*Poor 

P£ 

152 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


Pope 

PP 

Pre-existence 

PrKSst 

Popular-ity 

P1PLR 

*Prefer-ence 

PrF 

Populate-ation 

P'P£ 

Pregnant 

PrGNN 

Portable 

P5TB 

Prej  udice 

PrJDs 

Portfolio 

PBdFl 

Prejudicial 

PrJDSh 

Portion 

Prshn 

Premeditated 

PrMD 

Portray 

PrTr 

Premier 

PrMr 

Position 

Psshn 

*Premise 

Prmls 

*Possess-ion 

PsS 

*Premises 

PrmASs 

Possessive 

PsSf 

Premium 

PrMM 

Possessor 

PsSE 

Prepare-ation 

Pr^PR 

Possible-ility 

PsB 

Preponderate-ion 

PrPnt 

Postage 

PsJ 

Preponderance 

Pr'PnNs 

Posterity 

PsTT 

Prepossessing 

PrPsS 

Postmaster 

PsMs5 

Prerogative 

PrBQ 

Post-office 

PsFa 

Presbyterian 

PrsBtfN 

Posture 

PsChr 

Presentation 

PrsNShn 

Potentate 

PtNTt 

Preserve-ation 

PrsR 

Potential 

PtNSh 

Presidency 

PrsDS 

Poverty 

PfT 

Presidential 

PrsDSh 

Powder 

Ptr 

Presumptuous 

PrsMPChs 

*Power 

Pr3 

*Pretend 

PrtNd 

Powerful 

Prf 

Preternatural 

PrtrNChr 

•Practicable 

PrKB 

Pretext 

PrtKst 

Practice-al 

PrK 

Pretty 

Prti 

Precede 

PrsD 

Prevail-lence-t 

PrVl 

Precinct 

PrsNg 

Prevaricate-ion 

Pr»FrK 

Precipitate 

PrsPtT 

Prevent 

PrfNd 

Precise 

PrSs 

Previous-ly 

PrFs 

Preclude 

PrKl 

Price-list 

Freest 

Preconcerted 

Pr-SrM 

Priestcraft 

PrsKft 

Predecessor 

PrtiSs-R 

Primary 

PrMr 

Predicate 

PrtKT 

Primitive 

PrMTf 

Predict 

PrtK 

Primogeniture 

PrmJnChB 

Predominate 

PrtMN 

*Principal-le 

PrsP 

*Pre-emineiit 

PrMNN 

Prisoner 

PrsN5 

Pre-engagement 

PrnGM 

*Private 

PrfT 

LIGHT-LINE    SHOETHAND. 


153 


Privation 

PrfAShn 

*Promise 

PrMs 

Privilege 

PrfJ 

*Promote 

PrmT 

*Probable-ility 

PiB 

Promotion 

PnnsN 

Probation 

PrBslm 

Prompt 

PrmPt 

Probationer 

PrBsN5 

Promulgate-ion 

PrMlG 

Probity 

PrBti 

Pronounce 

PrnNs 

Problem 

PrBm 

Pronunciation 

PrnNShshn 

Problematical 

PrB-M 

Propel 

PrP^(u) 

Procedure 

PrsJr 

Proper 

PrP 

Proceed 

PrsD 

Property 

PrP 

Process 

PrSs 

Prophecy-sy 

PrFS 

Procession 

PrSshn 

*Prophet 

PrFt 

Proclivity 

PrKlf^T 

Prophetess 

PrFtAs 

Procrastinate 

PrKrstN 

Proportion-al 

PrPshn 

Procure 

PrKR 

Proportionable 

PrPsN5 

Prodigal 

Prtfi 

Proportionate 

PrPshnT 

Prodigious 

PrtJs 

Proprietor 

PrPtr 

*Produce 

Prtus 

Propriety 

PrP 

Product 

PrtK 

Propulsion 

PrPZ(u)Shn 

Production 

PrtKshn 

Prorogation 

Pr.BGshn 

Profanation 

PrFnAShn 

Prorogue 

Pr^G 

Profane 

PrFn 

*Prosecute 

PrsKT 

Profession-al 

Prfshn 

Prosecution 

PrsKshn 

Professor 

PrFsK 

Prospect 

PrsPK" 

Proficiency 

PrFShnS 

Prosperity 

PrsPJXT 

Proficient 

PrFSh 

Prostitute 

PrsTTt 

*Profit 

PrfT 

Prostrate 

PrsTt 

Profligacy-te 

PrfZG 

*Protect-ion 

PrtK 

Profound 

PrFnt 

*Protest 

PrTst 

Profusion 

PrFsbn 

Protestant 

PrsTnt 

Prognostic-ate 

PrGNst 

Protestantism 

PrsTsM 

Prognostication 

PrGNstShn      Protestation 

PrTsTshn 

Prognosticator 

PrGNstB           Protract 

PrTr 

Prohibit-ion 

PrHB 

Protraction 

PrTrshn 

Prolong-ation 

PrZ(u)Ng 

Protuberance 

PrtuBns 

Promenade 

PrMNd 

Proverb-ial 

Prf'R5 

Prominent 

PrmNNd 

Provide 

PrfD 

154 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


Providential 

PrfDSh 

Putrescent 

PtRsNt 

Provincial 

PrfNSh 

Putrid 

PtD 

Provision-al 

Pr  Fshn 

Pyramid 

P.BM 

Provocation 

PrFKshn 

Pyrit'orm 

PRFi 

*  Provoke 

PrFK 

Pyrotechnics 

P^TnKs 

Proximate-ity 

PrKsMT 

Prudent 

PrtNd 

Q 

Prudish 

PrtiSh 

*Quack 

KwK 

*Public-ish 

PB 

Quadrangle-ular 

K'DRNg 

*Publication 

PBshn 

Quadrant 

KDRnt 

*Publisher 

PBSh 

Quadratic 

KDRK 

Puerile 

PuBl 

Quadrennial 

KDRN1 

Pugilist 

PJlst 

Quadrille 

KDBl 

Pulpit 

PIP 

Quadrumanous 

KDRmNs 

Pulsation 

P£(u)sShn 

Quadruped 

KDPt 

Pulverization 

PI  Frsshn 

Quaff     • 

KwF 

Punctual 

PnChZ 

Quail 

Kll 

Punctuation 

PnChshn 

Quaint 

KwNd 

*Punish-ment 

PNSh 

Quaker 

KKR 

*Pure 

Pr8 

Qualification 

KlFshn 

Purgatory 

PMGR 

Qualify 

K1F 

^Purification 

PrFshn 

Quality 

KIT 

*Purify 

PrF 

Quandary 

KlntR 

Puritan 

PrTn 

Quantity 

KntT 

Puritanism 

PrTnsM 

Quarantine 

KIRnN 

Purity 

PrT 

Quarrel 

Km 

Purple 

PrPl 

Quarry 

KwR 

Purport 

PrPJ?T 

Quart 

KIRd 

Purpose-ly 

PPs 

Quarter-ly 

KRR 

Pursuance 

PrSns 

Quartette 

KRtT 

Pursuant 

PrSnt 

Quash 

K«<r)Sh 

Pursue 

PrS 

Quasi 

KAZ 

Purulence-t 

PruL 

Queen 

Kin 

Pusillanimous 

PsZNMs 

Queer 

KR 

Put 

pz 

Quench 

KlnCh 

*Putrefaction 

PtRFshn 

Quest 

Kst:w 

*Putrefy 

PtR^ 

Question 

KsChn 

LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


155 


Quibble 

KBJ               |  *Reaction 

^JaKshn 

Quick 

KK 

*Read 

Rd 

Quicksilver 

KSlVr 

*Reader 

RdR 

Quiescent 

KWsNt 

Ready 

.BD 

Quiet 

KT 

Real-ity 

R1? 

Quill 

KM 

Realize 

ll/s 

Quinine 

KNN 

Realization 

RfeShn 

Quinsy 

K1NZ 

Reason 

RsN 

Quire 

KR 

Rebel 

RBI 

Quit 

KT 

Rebellion 

RYn 

Quit-claim 

KTK1M 

Recall 

RK1 

Quiver 

KlFr 

Recapitulate 

BKPChT 

Quiz 

Kws 

Recede 

RSt 

Quorum 

KRM 

Receipt 

RSt 

Quoth 

KcTh 

*Receive 

RSf 

Quotient 

Kshnt:w 

Recent 

RsNt 

*Recess 

RSs 

R 

Reciprocal 

RsPKZ 

Race-horse 

RsHRs 

*Reciprocate 

RsPKT 

*Rack 

.BaK 

Reciprocity 

RSPrsT 

Radiant 

RDnt 

*Recite 

RsT 

Radical 

BDKl 

Reclaim 

RK1M 

Rafter 

RFtT 

Recognize 

RNs 

Railroad 

HR 

Recognizance 

RNsNs 

Railway 

BW 

Recoil 

BKl 

Ramify 

RmF 

Recollect 

Rs 

Rancid 

RnSt 

Recollection 

Rshn8 

Rapacious 

£PShs 

Recommence 

R-Ns 

Rapacity 

BPsT 

*Recommit 

R-T 

Rapid 

.BPt 

*Reconcile 

R-S 

Rapidity 

.RPtT 

*Reconciliation 

R-Sshn 

Rapture 

BPChr 

*Recon  siderati  on 

RsDshn 

Ration-al 

Rshn 

*Reconstruct-ion 

R'sK 

Rationality 

Rshnti 

Record 

R]Kr 

Ravish 

RVSh 

Recorder 

RKrR 

Reach 

RCh 

Recourse 

RKrs 

*React 

B&K 

Recover-able 

.BKf 

156 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


Recreation 

RKrshn 

Regulation 

.BGshn 

Recriminate-ion 

RKrmN 

Rehearse 

RHRs 

Rectangle 

tfKNg 

Reiterate-ion 

.BTR 

Rectify 

RKF 

Reject 

RJK 

Rectitude 

UKTt 

Relate-ive 

El 

Recur 

RKr 

Relation 

RShn 

Recurrent 

RKrnt 

Relax 

^Ks 

Redeem 

RDm 

Relevant 

RZFnt 

Redemption 

.ffDmshn 

Relevancy 

EiVn 

Redolent 

RDlnt 

Relief 

EIF 

Reduce 

RDs 

Relieve 

ElV 

Reduction 

RDsbn 

Religion 

Jn1 

Redundance 

RtNNs 

Religious 

Js1 

Reduplication 

^DPKshn 

Relinquish-ment 

BWJg 

Re-election 

RLKshu 

Reluctance-t 

^K 

Re-enforce 

RnFfls 

*Remark 

RMr 

*Refer-ence 

EF 

Remarkable 

RMrB 

Referee 

EFE 

Remedy 

RMD 

*Reflect-ion 

EFK 

Remember 

RMM 

*Reform 

RFr 

Remembrance 

RMMs 

Reformation 

RFrshn 

Remit-tance 

R'M 

Reformer 

EFrR 

Remonstrance 

RMsTns 

*Refract 

RFrK 

Remonstrate 

RMsTt 

*Refraction 

RFrKshn 

Remorse 

RMrs 

Refrigerate-ion 

RFrJ 

Remunerate-ion 

EMnR 

Refuge 

RFJ 

Render 

EntR 

Refugee 

EFJi 

Rendition 

RntShn 

Refute-ation 

EFT 

Renew 

RN 

Regal 

RG1 

Renunciation 

RnNShshn 

Regale 

RG1 

Reorganize  ation 

R.BGN8 

Regalia 

RGla 

*Repair 

RPr 

*Regard 

R3 

Repeal 

EPl 

Regardful 

EGrtP 

Repeatedly 

RPtL 

Register 

RJsR 

*Repel 

RP^ 

Registration 

RJsRshn 

Repent-ance 

RPnt 

*Regret 

RGr 

Repetition 

RPTshn 

Regular-ity-ate 

&G 

Replenish 

RPlNSh 

LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


157 


Replevin 

RPlfN           i    Resolve 

RsV 

Report 

RPrt 

Resort 

EsRT 

Reporter 

RPrtr 

*Resources 

RsSs 

Reprehend 

RPrnD 

Respect-ful-ly 

RsPK 

Reprehensible 

RPrnsB 

Respective 

RsPKf 

Reprehension 

RPrnshn 

Resplendency 

RsPnNS 

Reprehensive 

RPrns  V 

Respond-ent 

RsPnt 

Represent-ation 

np 

Response-ible-ibility 

RsPns 

Representative 

RPf 

Restaurant 

RsTrnt 

Reprod  uce 

RPrtus 

Restore 

RstR 

Republic 

RPB 

Restrain 

RsTrn 

Republican 

RPBn 

Restrict 

Rs.flK 

Republish 

RPB 

Result 

Eal 

Republication 

RPBshn 

Resuscitate-ion 

RsSiT 

Repugnance-t 

RPG 

Retail 

HtL 

Repulsion 

RPJ(r)Sh 

Retain 

RtN 

Repulsive 

RPl(r)Sf 

Retake 

RtK 

Reputation 

RPTshn 

Retaliate 

RtLT 

Request 

RKlst 

Retaliation 

Rtishn 

Requiem 

RK1AM 

Retard 

RTrt 

Require-ment 

RWr 

Retentive 

RtNTf 

Requisite 

RKlsT 

Reticule 

RtK^ 

Requisition 

RKlsshn 

Retire-ment 

RTr 

Requite 

RK1T 

Retract 

RTr 

Rescind 

RSnt 

Retraction 

RTrshn 

Research 

RsRCh 

Retreat 

RTrT 

Resemble-ance 

RsM 

Retribution 

RTrBshn 

*Resent 

RsNt 

Retrospect 

RTrsPK 

Reserve-ation 

RsR 

Return 

RRn 

Reservoir 

RsRF 

Reveal 

RV1 

*Reside 

RsD 

Revelation 

RVlshn 

Residuum 

RsDuM 

*Reveille 

RV1Y 

Resign 

RsN 

*Revelry 

RV1.R 

Resignation 

RsG 

Revenge 

RFnJ 

Resist-ance 

RsSt 

Revenue 

RFN 

Resolute 

Hal 

Reverence 

RfRns 

Resolution 

RsShn 

Reverend-t 

RfRnt 

158 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


Reverse 

RfRs             1 

Rosette 

RZt 

Revert 

RfRd 

Rostrum 

RsRM 

Revive-al 

RFf 

Rotary 

RtR 

Revivify 

RFF 

Rotunda 

BToD 

Revocable 

RFKB 

Rowel 

Row* 

Revolt 

RFft 

Royal-ty 

Rawi 

Revolution 

RVlshn 

Rudiment-ary 

RHM 

Revolutionary 

RVlsNfl 

*Ruin 

Rn 

Revolutionist 

RVlshnst 

Ruinous 

RnS 

Revolutionize 

RVlshns 

Rule 

El 

Revolve-r 

RVlf 

Ruminate-ion 

RMN 

*Revulsion 

RVlshn  ;eu 

*Rumor 

RMR 

Reward 

EwB 

Rural 

RRZ 

Rhapsody 

RPsoD 

Rustic-ate 

RsK 

Rhetoric-al 

RHrK 

Rusticity 

RsTsT 

Rhetorician 

RtrEShn 

Rheumatic 

R-M 

S 

Rich 

RCh 

Sabbath 

S.BTh 

Ride 

BV 

Saber 

aBB 

Ridicule 

BDKl 

Sacrament 

sKRM 

Ridiculous 

BDKls 

Sacred 

sKD 

Rifle 

RF1 

Sacredness 

sKDns 

Right 

Rt 

Sacrifice 

sKRFs 

*Riglit-angle 

Rt»Ng 

Sacrificial 

sKRF 

Righteous 

RChs 

Sacrilege 

sKRlJ 

Riot 

BT 

Sad 

sD 

Ritual 

RCh? 

Sadducee 

sJcS 

Rival 

Rfl 

Safe 

Sf 

Rivalry 

RfJR 

Safety 

SfB 

River 

RfR 

Safety-valve 

SfVf 

Road 

BT> 

Sagacious 

sGAShs 

Roar 

Kit 

Sail 

sL 

*Robber 

EB 

Sailor 

sLE 

Rock 

BK 

Saint 

Snt 

Rogue 

RoG 

Salary 

eLR 

Romantic 

RMnK 

Sale 

SI 

Roseate 

RZt 

Salient 

sZNd 

LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


159 


Saliva 

sLV 

Sausage 

SsZh 

Saloon 

BLN 

Savage 

sFJ 

Salt 

sLd 

Save-ior 

Sf 

Saltpetre 

sLPtr 

Sawyer 

SY 

Salubrious 

sLuBs 

Scaffold 

sKFlt 

Salubrity 

s£uBti 

Scarcity 

sKRsti 

*  Salutary 

siuTR 

Scenery 

Sn.B 

Salute 

sLT 

School 

sKl 

Salvage 

sLVJ 

School-house 

sKtows 

Same 

sM 

Schooner 

sKnR 

Sample 

SmP 

*Science 

SnS 

Sanctification 

sKtJ'shn 

Scientific 

SnF 

Sanctify 

sKtF 

Scorn 

sKRn 

Sanctimonious 

sKtMNs 

Scornful 

sKRnF 

Sanction 

sNgshn 

Scripture 

sKP 

Sanctity 

sKTT 

Scrofula 

sK^la 

Sanctuary 

sKChr 

Scruple 

sKPZ 

Sanctum 

sKtM 

Scrutiny 

sKtN 

Sand 

Snt 

Sculpture 

sKZP 

Sandal 

Sntt 

Sculptor 

sKZPtr 

Sandstone 

SntsN 

Scurrility 

sKRLT 

Sandwich 

SntwSh 

Seal 

sL 

Sanguify 

sNgF 

Search 

sECh 

Sanguine 

sNgwN 

Season 

SsN 

Sanguineous 

sNgwNs 

Seaworthy 

Sw^Dh 

Sanitary 

sNtR 

Secede 

SSt 

Sanity 

Snti 

Seceder 

SSeu 

Sapling 

sPZNg                Secession 

SSshn 

Saponaceous 

sPnAShs            Seclude 

sKD 

Sarcophagus 

s^KGs 

Seclusion 

sKshn 

Sardonic 

sBDnK 

Second-hand 

sKnNd 

Satanic 

sTnK 

Secret-e 

sKT 

Satyr 

StR 

Secretary 

sKTR 

Satisfy  -action-actory 

sTsF 

Secretion 

sKshn 

Saturate 

sChR 

Secular 

sKLE 

Saturation 

sChRshn 

Secure 

sK3 

Saucer 

Ss^ 

Security 

sKT 

160 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


Sedative 

sDTf 

Sequestrate 

sKWsOT 

Seductive 

sDtF 

Serenade 

stfNd 

Seed 

sD 

Serene 

8fin 

Seen 

Sn 

Serenity 

s^nT 

Segregate 

sGG 

Serious 

Srs 

Seizure 

SsY 

Sermon 

s#Mn 

Seldom 

si/Dm 

Serpent 

SrPnt 

Select 

S1K 

Servant 

SrVnt 

Self-denial 

s'DNZ 

Serve 

Srf 

Self-esteem 

s'StM 

Service 

SrVs 

Self-evident 

s2FD 

Servile-ity 

Srfl 

Selfish 

s3Sh 

Servitude 

SrfTt 

Self-love 

B*l(u)  V 

Session 

Sshn 

Self-will 

SH(U) 

Set 

St 

Sell 

SI 

Settee 

StE 

Seminal 

sMNl 

Settle 

Stl 

Seminary 

sMnR 

Settlement 

St^M 

Senate 

sNt 

Sever 

SfR 

*Senator 

sNtr 

Several 

Sf 

Senatorial 

sNtRZ 

Severe-ity 

SfR 

*Send 

Snt 

Sexual 

sKShl 

Senior 

SnT 

Shall 

Sh8 

Sensation 

SnSshn 

Shame 

ShcM 

Sense 

Sns 

Shampoo 

ShmPu 

Sensible 

Sns5 

Shank 

ShNgK 

Sensitive 

SnsV 

Shelf 

Shlf 

Sensual 

SnShJ(r) 

Shepherd 

ShPrt 

Sensuality 

SnShT 

Sheriff 

ShrF 

*Sent 

sNt 

Shield 

Shft 

Sentiment-al 

BNtM 

Shingle 

ShNgl 

Sentinel 

SntNl 

*Ship 

ShP 

*Sentry 

sNTr 

*Shipment 

ShP 

Separate 

sPOT 

Shirk 

ShJSK 

Separation 

sPR 

Shirt 

BhJZt 

Sepulcher 

sPKR 

Short  -hand 

Shrnt 

Sequel 

sKwZ 

Should 

"should" 

Sequence 

sKWs 

Shoulder 

Shltr 

LIGHT-LINE    SHOETHAND. 


161 


*Shovel 

ShVl                  Size 

Ss 

Shriek 

ShRK 

Skillful 

sK^l 

*Shuttle 

Shtl 

Skinflint 

sKNFlnt 

Sickle 

sKl 

Skittish 

sKTSh 

*Side 

sD 

Slander 

sLntB 

Sift 

Sft 

Slate 

sLd 

*Sight 

St 

Slaughter-house 

sLRHs 

Sign 

Sn 

Slave 

sLv 

Signal 

sG 

Slavery 

sLR 

Signify-icance-icant 

sQnF 

Slavish 

sLvs 

Signification 

sQcuFshu 

Sled 

s/D 

Silent 

sLN 

*Slight 

slT 

Silk 

sLK 

Slit 

sLd 

Sylvan 

sXVn 

Sloven 

sLFn 

Silver 

SIVr 

Slumber 

sLMr 

Similar-ity 

sM1 

Smart 

sMrd 

Simple-y 

SmP 

*Smith 

SmTh 

Simpleton 

SmPTn 

Smoke 

sMK 

Simplicity 

SmPsU' 

*Smooth 

SmDh 

Simplification 

SmPFshn 

Smother 

sMDhr 

Simplify 

SmPF 

*Snag 

sNcG 

Simultaneous 

sMZTu 

*Snake 

sNK 

Sin 

sN 

Snatch 

sNCh 

Since 

Sns 

Sneer 

sKR 

Sincere-ity 

SnSjR 

Snort 

sNrd 

Sinew 

sNT 

Soar 

sor 

Single 

sNg 

Sober 

sBR 

Singular 

sNgR 

Sobriety 

sERT 

Singularity 

eNgRT 

Sociable 

sSh5 

Sinister 

sNst.R 

*Social 

sShl 

Sink 

sNgK 

Society 

SS 

Sinuous 

sNYs 

Sofa 

SF 

Sir 

sR 

Soft 

Sft 

Sirup 

BltP 

Soil 

*L 

Sister 

SstR 

Soiree 

S1.RA 

Sit 

St 

Sojourn 

sJRn 

Situate-ion 

sCh1 

Solace 

sLa 

162 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


*Soldier 

SIZh 

Sound 

Snt 

*Soldiery 

SIZhfl 

Source 

Srs 

Sole 

SI 

Southeast 

sThst 

Solemn 

sZM 

Southern 

sDhn 

Solicit 

Slst 

Southward 

sThwR 

Solicitation 

SlstShn 

Southwest 

eThwst 

Solicitor 

Slst.R 

Sovereign 

SfRn 

Solicitous 

SlstS 

Sovereignty 

SfRntt 

Solicitude 

SlstD 

Spangle 

sPNgl 

Solid 

s£D 

Spanish 

ePNSh 

Soliloquy 

sLIK 

Speaker 

sPKR 

*Solo 

SL 

Speedy 

sPti 

Solstice 

SlstS 

Spendthrift 

sPnThf 

Soluble 

Slutf 

Sphere 

sFR 

Solution 

Slshn 

Spirit 

sPt 

Solvable 

SlfABl 

Spiritual 

sPCbl 

Solve 

Slf 

Spittoon 

sPtuN 

Solvent 

SlfNt 

Splendid 

sPnD 

Somebody 

sMBt 

Splendor 

sPntr 

*Something 

SmTh 

Sprain 

sPrn 

Sometimes 

sMMs 

Spring 

sPNg 

Somnambulist 

sMnMBst 

Squad 

sKD 

Somnolent 

sMNINt 

Squalid 

sK^D 

Son 

Sn 

Squander 

sKntR 

Sonata 

sNT 

Square 

sKR 

Soon 

Sn 

Squash 

BKw(r)Sli 

Sophistry 

SFstR 

Squat 

sKw(l)T 

Soprano 

sPRN 

Squaw 

sKwaw 

Sorcerer 

aRsRR 

Squeeze 

sKws 

Sorcery 

sRsR 

Squirm 

sKwRM 

Sordid 

sRDt 

Squirrel 

S'KR; 

Sore 

sor 

Staff 

sTf 

Sorrow 

sR 

*Staid 

sTt 

Sorry 

sR 

Stain 

sTn 

Sort 

sRT 

Stalactite 

etLKTt 

Sot 

St 

Stale 

stL 

*Soul 

SI 

Stall 

stL 

LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


163 


Stammer 

stMr 

Stomach 

stMK 

Stand 

sTnt 

Stone 

sTn 

Standard 

sTnRd 

Storehouse 

BtRows 

Stanza 

sTnZ 

Storm 

st.RM 

Star 

stu 

Story 

st^i 

Start 

stRT 

Stove 

sTf 

Starve 

stJ2f 

*S  to  wage 

sTcJ 

State 

stT 

Straddle 

strDi 

Statement 

stTcM 

Straight 

strT 

Station 

aTshn 

Strand 

strNt 

Stationary 

BTsN22 

Strange 

strJ 

Statistics 

stTsKs 

Stranger 

strJR 

Statuary 

stChRt 

Strangle 

strNgZ 

Statue 

stChu 

Strangulation 

strNg^Shn 

Stature 

stChB 

Stratagem 

strTcJM 

Stave 

sTf 

Strawberry 

strBJ? 

*Steady 

stD 

Stray 

sTr 

Steal 

stL 

Strenuous 

strNYs 

Steam 

stM 

Stricken 

strKN 

Steamer 

stMr 

Stroll 

strL 

Steelyard 

stLY 

Stubborn 

stBn 

Steeple 

StPl 

Student 

stDnt 

Stencil 

sTsZ 

Study 

stD 

Stereotype 

st!2TP 

Stuff 

sTf 

Sterile 

BtRl 

Stultify 

sTltF 

Stern 

8tRn 

Stupendous 

stPnDs 

Stethoscope 

stThosKP 

Stutter 

sTtr 

Steward 

sTRd 

Style 

stL 

Stiff 

sTf 

Suasion 

Slshn 

Still 

stL 

Suavity 

SlfEE 

StUt 

stLd 

Sub-committee 

sB-T 

Stimulant 

stMJNd 

Subdue 

sBtu 

Stimulate-ation 

stMM 

*Subject 

sB 

Stipulate-ion 

stPL 

*Subjection 

sBshn 

Stoic 

stoK 

Subjective 

sBf 

Stoicism 

stosM 

*Subjugate-ion 

sBJG 

Stolid 

stZD 

*Sublime-ity 

sBM 

164 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


Submit 

sBmT 

Sulphuret 

sZWT 

Submission 

sBmshn 

Sulphuric 

sLFrK 

Submissive 

sBmsF 

Sultan 

sZTn 

Subordinate 

sBtNd 

Summer 

sMr 

Subpoena 

sBP 

Sumptuous 

sMPChs 

Subsequent 

sBsKnt 

Sun 

Sn 

Subserve 

sBsR 

Superannuated 

sPNY 

Subservient 

sBsRFnt 

Supercilious 

sPSls 

Subsist 

sBSst 

Supereminent 

sPMNNd 

Substantial 

sBsNSh 

Supererogation 

sP^Gshn 

Subterfuge 

sBtrJPJ 

Superexcellent 

sPKsNd 

Subterranean 

sBtrNN 

Superficial 

sPFSh 

Subtract 

sBTr 

Superintend-ent 

sPnTnt 

Subtraction 

sBTrshn 

Superintendence 

sPnTnNs 

Subvert 

sBFrT 

Superior 

sPMB 

Succeed 

sKsD 

Supernatural 

sPnCh 

Success-ful 

SsS 

Superstitious 

sPsTShs 

Succession 

SaShn 

Supervisor 

sPFsR 

Successive 

SsSf 

Supper 

SP.B 

Successor 

SsS# 

Supply 

sPl 

Succinct 

sKsNg 

Support 

sP^d 

Suffer 

SFr 

Suppress 

sPs 

Suffice 

SFs 

Suppression 

sPshn 

Sufficiency-t 

SFSh 

Suppurate-ion 

sPa.R 

Suffix 

sFKs 

*Supreme 

sPm 

Suffocate-ion 

sFK 

Supremacy 

sPmS 

Suffuse 

SFs 

Sure 

Shr 

Sugar 

ShGr 

Surety 

ShrtE 

Suggest-ion 

sJst 

Surf 

sBt 

Suggestive 

sJsTf 

Surface 

SrFs 

Suicide 

SSt 

Surmise 

s^Ms 

*Suit 

St 

*Snrpass 

S-RPs 

Suitable 

SB1 

Surplus 

sRPa 

Suitor 

Str 

*Surprise 

sPs 

Sulky 

sLK 

Surrender 

s^ntR 

Sulphate 

sLFt 

Surreptitious 

s^PShs 

Sulphur 

sLFr 

Survey 

SrV 

LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


165 


Survive-or 

SrVf 

Sympathy-etic 

SmPTh 

Susceptible 

SsPB 

Symptom 

SmPtM 

Suspect 

SsP 

Symptomatic 

SmPt-M 

Suspend 

SsPnt 

Synagogue 

sNGG 

Suspicion 

SsPshn 

Synonymous 

sNNMs 

Suspicious 

SsPsS 

Synopsis 

sNPsS 

Sustain 

SsN 

Syringe 

sflnJ 

Sustentation 

SsNShn 

*System 

Set 

Suture 

sChR 

Systematic 

Sst-M 

Swab 

SIB 

Systemize 

SstZ 

Swaddle 

Sltl 

Swag 

SlcG 

T 

Swain 

swN 

Tabernacle 

TBnK 

Swale 

swL 

*Table 

TB1 

Swallow 

swL 

*Tableau 

TBlo 

Swamp 

SlmP 

Taciturnity 

TsTRnU' 

Swarm 

SLRM 

Tactics 

TKKs 

Swarth 

SUSTh 

Take 

rjij 

Swath 

SITh 

Talent 

TJNd 

Sway 

sW 

Tambourine 

TrnBJJN 

Swear 

SLS 

Tame 

TcM 

Sweat 

Sit 

Tanner 

TnR 

Sweep 

SLP 

Tantalize 

Tntls 

*Sweet 

sT 

Tantalization 

TntlsShn 

Swell 

swL 

Tardy 

TrD 

Swerve 

SLRf 

Tariff 

TRv 

*Swift 

Sift 

Tarnish 

TRnSh 

Swill 

swL 

Tartar 

TRdr 

Swim 

SIM 

Tattle 

Ttf 

Swindle 

Slntf 

*Tax 

Ts3 

Swindler 

SlntB 

Taxable 

Ts3B 

Swing 

SINg 

Taxation 

Ts^hn 

*Switch 

SICh 

Technical 

TKnK 

Switchman 

SIChmN 

Te  Deum 

TDm 

Syllable 

815 

Telegram 

TIGrm 

Sylph 

eLv 

Telegraph 

TIGrf 

Symmetry 

sMTr 

Telescope 

TlsKP 

166 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


Temerity 

TMrT 

*Thanksgiving 

Th'NgsG 

*Temper 

TmP 

That 

Dh3 

*Temperament 

TmPM 

The 

i1 

Temperance 

TmPns 

Theater 

ThTr 

*Temperate 

TmPS 

Their 

Dhr 

*Temperature 

TmPChr 

*Theism 

ThtsM 

Tempest 

TmPst 

*Theist-ical 

Tlust 

Tempestuous 

TmPsChs 

Them 

Dhm 

Templar 

TmPLR 

Themselves 

Dhms 

Temple 

TmP^u) 

Thenceforth 

DhsFTh 

Temporal 

TmPl 

Theodolite 

ThawDJT 

*Temporary 

TmRR 

Theoretical 

Th'^K 

Tempt 

TmPt 

Theory 

Th^ 

Temptation 

TmPshn 

Therapeutics 

TkBPtKs 

Tempter 

TmPtR 

There 

R3 

*Tenable 

TnABl 

Thereabout 

R35 

Tenacious 

TNShs 

Thereafter 

WF 

Tenacity 

TNsti 

Thereat 

J?3T 

Tendency 

TnNS 

Thereby 

R3B 

Tenor 

TnR 

Therefor 

Rap 

Tergiversation 

TrGRSshn 

Therefore 

R3Fr 

Term-inate 

TRM 

Therein 

R^ 

Termination 

TRMshn 

Thereof 

R3F:aw 

Terminus 

TRMnS 

Thereon 

R3«on" 

Terrestrial 

TrstRJ 

Thereupon 

R3P 

Terrific 

TRFK 

Therewith 

R«w 

Territory 

TrTR 

Thermometer 

ThrMM 

*Testament 

TsMd 

These 

is1 

Testator 

TsTtr 

Thick 

ThcK 

Testatrix 

TsTtKs 

Thievish 

ThfESh 

Testify 

TeF 

Thing 

Th1 

Testimony 

TsM 

Think 

Th1 

Texture 

TsChR 

Third 

Thrt 

Than 

N« 

Thither 

Dhtr 

Thank 

Th» 

Thou 

Dh« 

Thankful 

Th'f 

Thousand 

Th3 

Thankfulness 

Th»fNs 

Thralldom 

ThrZM 

LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


167 


Threshold 

ThrSht            *Torment 

TRMnt 

Thrifty 

ThrfE 

Tornado 

TrnD:o 

Throughout 

ThrT 

Torrent 

TRnt 

Thump 

ThrnP 

Torture 

TrChr 

Thunderstruck 

ThntjBsK 

Total 

TTl 

Thwart 

TUJTT 

Toward 

Trt 

Ticket 

TK 

Township 

TnSh 

Till 

Tl 

*Tract 

Trt8 

Timber 

TmB 

Tractable 

Trt3ABl 

Time 

M1 

Tractile 

Trt3l 

*Timekeeper 

TcMKP 

*Traction 

Tr*Kshn 

*Timely 

TM1 

Trade 

Trt 

Timepiece 

TcMPs 

*Trader 

Trtr 

Timid 

TmD 

Trade-  wind 

Trtw>N 

Timorous 

TMrs 

Tradition 

TrDshn 

Tincture 

TnKChr 

Tragedy-ic 

TrcJ 

*Tingle 

TNgl 

*Trait-or 

TrT 

*Tinkle 

TnKJ 

Tramp 

TrmP 

Tiptop 

TPtP 

Tranquil 

TrnK^ 

Tire 

TR 

Transact 

TrsK 

Titillate 

TTL 

Transaction 

TrsKshn 

Title 

TL 

Transatlantic 

TrsTntK 

Tittle-tattle 

TTtl 

Transcend 

TrsNd 

To 

"to" 

Transcendent 

TrsNN 

To-day 

"to"D 

Transcript 

TrsKP 

Together 

G3 

*Transfer 

Trs8^ 

Told 

Tit 

^Transform 

Trs'.F'r 

Tolerable 

TLRE 

Transformation 

Trs'Frshn 

Tolerance-t 

TLRN 

Transgressor 

TrsGsR 

Tolerate-ion 

TLR 

Transient 

Trshnt  . 

Tomahawk 

TmHK 

Transit 

TrsT 

Tomb 

TcM 

Transition 

Trsshn 

To-morrow 

M'R 

Translate-ion 

TrsX 

Tonsil 

TNs£ 

Transparency-t 

TrsPR 

Too 

T3 

Transpiration 

TrsP^shn 

Took 

T3 

Transpire 

TrsPR 

Torch 

TRCh            .    Transplant 

TrsPnt 

168 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


Transport-ation 

TrsPJ? 

Tunnel 

TNI 

Transverse 

TrsFs 

Turbulence 

TrBns 

Travel 

TrFl 

Turbulent 

TrBnt 

Travesty 

Trfst 

Turf 

TRv 

Treachery 

TrChri 

Turgid 

TRJ 

*Treasure 

TrsR 

Turgidity 

TRJT 

*Treasurer 

TrsILR 

Turn 

Trn 

*Treasury 

TrsRi 

Turnip 

TRnP 

Tremble 

TrmB 

Turpentine 

TrPnTn 

Tremendous 

TrcMnS 

Turpitude 

TrPtD 

Tremor 

TrMr 

Turtle 

Trtl 

Tremulous 

TrMIs 

Tutor 

Ttr8 

Trepidation 

TrPtshn 

Twain 

TwN 

Trial 

TrL 

Twang 

TINg 

Triangle 

TrNgl 

Tweezers 

TlsRs 

Tribulation 

TrBlshn 

*Twice 

Tls 

Tribunal 

TrBNl 

Twine 

TwN 

Trillion 

TrZN 

Twinkle 

TlnKZ 

Trinity 

TrnT 

Twirl 

T1RJ 

Triplicate 

TrPKT 

Twist 

Tlst 

Triumph 

TrmF 

Two 

f3 

Trivial 

TrfEZ 

Tympanum 

TmPnM 

Trowsers 

TrsRs 

Typhoid 

T^t 

Truant 

TrNd 

Tyranny 

TRN 

Trump 

TrmP 

Tyrant- 

TRnt 

Trumpet 

TrmPt 

•"Trustee 

TrsT 

U 

*Trusty 

Trsti 

Ubiquity 

YBKT 

*Tub 

TB 

Ulcer 

LsB 

*Tube 

TuB 

Ultimate 

XM 

Tuition 

TShn 

Ultimo 

IM 

Tumble 

TmB 

Ultra 

LT 

Tumbler 

TmB5 

Unaccented 

nKsN« 

Tumult 

TMlt 

Unaccompanied 

nKNd 

Tumultuous 

TMlts 

Unaccustomed 

nKsMd 

*Tune 

Tn8 

Unalterable 

oLRE 

*Tuner 

Tn"R 

Unanimous 

TnNMs 

LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


169 


Unanswerable 

nNsRBl 

Unengaged 

NnG 

*Unavoidable 

NFS 

Unenlightened 

NJTltN 

Uncertain 

NsOT 

Unequal 

NK1 

Unchangeable 

nChB 

Unequivocal 

nKfoK 

Uncivil 

NsV 

*Uneven 

NFN 

Uncomfortable 

uFRT 

Unexceptionable 

nKsPsN£ 

Uncommon 

nK 

Unexpected 

nKsPK 

Unconcerned 

NSrnt 

Unfaithful 

nFThf 

Unconditional 

NDslm 

Unfavorable 

nFB 

Unconnected 

N-K 

Unforeseen 

NFrSn 

Unconscious 

NShs 

Unfortunate 

NFChnT 

Unconstitu  tional 

N'sTshn 

Unfurl 

NFrZ 

Unctuous 

NgChs 

Ungracious 

NGrAShs 

Uncultivated 

NKltF 

Unguarded 

nGR« 

Under 

Nt2 

Uniform 

YnjP'R 

Underbrush 

NBrSh 

Uniformity 

YnFT 

Undercurrent 

NtKRut 

Unimportant 

nMP 

Underground 

NtGnt 

Uninterested 

nNtst 

Undergrowth 

NtGcTh 

Uninteresting 

nNtst-e 

Underhanded 

NHnt 

Uninterrupted 

NnTPW 

Underline 

Nt^N 

Union 

YnN 

Underneath 

Nt'NTh 

*Unit 

YNd 

Understand-ing 

NsTnt 

Unite 

YnT 

Understood 

NsTt 

*Unity 

YnT 

Undertake 

NtT 

Universal 

YnFs 

Undertaker 

NtTKr 

Universality 

Yn  FsZT 

Undertook 

NtTu 

Universe 

YnFs 

Underwriter 

NtRR 

University 

YnFsT 

Undeviating 

nDf#T 

Unknown 

NNn 

Undivided 

nWt 

Unless 

Nls 

Undoubted 

nVt 

Unlike 

NIK 

*Undoubtedly 

nDZ 

Unlimited 

nLM 

Undulate 

NJ1T 

Unlovely 

nLVl 

Undulation 

NJlshn 

Unlucky 

NIKi 

*Unduly 

nDuZ 

Unmannerly 

NmNr 

Unearthly 

NOTh 

Unmindful 

NMnF 

Uneducated 

nJKt 

Unnatural 

ewNChr 

170 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


Unnecessary 

ewNsR 

Valuable 

V1B 

Until 

NT1 

^Valuation 

VPShn 

Untimely 

nTMl 

Value 

VI 

Untiring 

NTr-e 

Valve 

Vlf 

Unto 

nT* 

Valvular 

VIV^ 

Unutterable 

nTRBJ 

Vampire 

VMP5 

Unwary 

Nw>.Ri 

Vanish 

VnSh 

Unwilling 

NZ(d)-e 

Vanity 

FnT 

Unwitting 

Nw>-e 

Vanquish 

FnKs 

Unworthy 

NDh 

Variable 

V£B 

Unwritten 

NrdN 

Variance 

V.RNs 

Upright 

PUT 

Variation 

V^shn 

Upward 

PwK 

Variegated 

VtfG 

Us 

8s 

Variety 

V5T 

Usage 

YsJ 

Various 

VRs 

Use 

Ys 

Varnish 

V^nSh 

Useful 

YsF 

Vehement 

VMnt 

Useless 

Ysfe 

Vehicle 

VHK1 

Usual 

Zh8 

Velocity 

Vlstt 

Usurp 

YsRP 

Venality 

VN1T 

Usury 

YsR 

Vendee 

Vntt 

Utensil 

YTs£ 

Veneer 

VnR 

Utility 

YTT 

Venerable 

VnR.B 

Utmost 

TcMst 

Ventilate 

VntLt 

Utter 

TR 

Ventriloquist 

Vnt-ftKst 

Utterly 

TRL 

Venture 

FnChR 

Venue 

VnY 

V 

Veracious 

VrAShs 

Vacillate 

VSL 

Veracity 

Vr^lsti 

Valediction 

FlDshn 

Verdant 

V.RDnt 

Valedictory 

F1DR 

Verdict 

FrK 

Valentine 

FlntN 

Verdure 

V^Jr 

Valet 

FIT 

Verify 

VrP 

Valid 

FID 

Veritable 

V^TB 

Validity 

F1DT 

Verity 

VriT 

Valley 

VU* 

Vernacular 

FrnKm 

Valor 

VLB 

Vernal 

VrNl 

LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


171 


Versatility 

VrSTIT 

Virtue 

FrCh 

Verse 

Vrs 

Virulent 

FrZNd 

Versification 

VrsFshn 

Visible 

VsB 

Versify 

VrsF 

Visionary 

VsN^ 

Version 

Vrshn 

Visit 

Vst 

Vertebra 

FrTB 

Vista 

VatA 

Vertex 

FrTKs 

Vital 

FTZ 

Vertical 

FrTKl 

Vitality 

FTT 

Very 

V4 

Vitrefy 

VtRF 

Vestibule 

VstBl 

Vituperate 

FTPt 

Vestry 

VstSi 

Vituperation 

FTPshn 

Vesture 

FsChR 

Vivacity 

VVsti 

Veterinary 

VTEnR 

Viva  Voce 

ws 

Veto 

FT 

Vivify 

WJ?7 

Vicinity 

VSnt 

Vizier 

VZh 

Vicissitude 

VSstD 

Vocabulary 

VKELJR 

Victim 

FKm 

Vociferate 

VsFR 

Victimize 

FKmls 

Void 

Vt 

Victor 

FKeu 

Volatile 

rm 

Victory 

FKR 

Volcano 

F1KN 

Victuals 

Vtfo 

Volition 

Vlshn 

Vigilance 

FJns 

Voluble 

Vlu£ 

Vigilant 

FJnt 

Volume 

VIM 

*Vignette 

VnYT 

*Voluntary 

Vlnt^i 

Village 

FU 

*Volunteer 

Vlnt^ 

Villain 

FIN 

Voluptuous 

FlPChs 

Vindicate 

FntK 

*Voracious 

VoRShs 

Vindictive 

FntKTf 

Vortex 

FrTKs 

*Vineyard 

VnTt 

*Votary 

VtR 

*Viol 

VJ7 

Vote 

Vt 

Viola 

VoL 

*Voter 

Vtr 

Violate 

VIA 

Vowel 

VI 

Violation 

Vl'Shn 

Vulcanize 

FlKnls 

Violence 

Vlns 

Vulgar 

FIG 

Violent 

VINt 

Vulgarity 

F1GT 

Violin 

V1N 

Vulnerable 

F1NB1 

Virgin 

FrJn 

Vulture 

FIChR 

172 


LIGHT-LINE    SHOKTHAND. 


w 

Weapon 

«<r)Pn 

Wade 

wD 

Weary 

wR 

Wail 

wL 

Weather 

«?(r)Dhr 

Waist 

Wst 

Weave 

w(\)V 

Wait 

wT 

Web 

U)(T)B 

Wall 

wL 

Ween 

wN 

Wallet 

wLT 

Weep 

W(T)P 

Wall-flower 

wLFIR 

Welcome 

wZK 

Wallow 

wL 

Welfare 

wLFt 

Waltz 

wIAs 

Well 

vfL 

Wan 

wN 

Welsh 

wLSh 

Wand 

wNt 

Welter 

wLR 

Wander 

wN'tf 

Went 

wNt 

Wane 

wN 

West 

Wst 

Want 

wNt 

Western 

Ws^N 

Wanton 

wNtN 

Westward 

Ws.Rt 

War 

wB 

Whale 

HwZ 

Warble 

wBB 

Wharf 

Hwv 

Ward 

wBt 

Wharfinger 

HwvJR 

Wardrobe 

wBtBB 

What 

T1 

Ware 

wB 

Whatever 

Tf1 

Warehouse 

wBows 

Whatsoever 

T'sF 

Warm 

wM 

Wheat 

HwT 

Warmth 

wMTh 

Wheel 

Hw^ 

*Warn 

wBn 

When 

wN1 

*  Warrant 

wBN 

Whence 

Hwns 

*Warrantee 

wBoT 

Whensoever 

wN'Sf 

*Warrior 

wBR 

Whenever 

wN'f 

Wary 

wR 

Where 

^(r) 

Was 

Z3 

Whereat 

w2-T3 

Wasp 

WsP 

Wherefore 

•z^Fr 

Waste 

Wst 

Wherein 

w?2(l)N 

Water 

W1 

Whereof 

v?F 

Wave 

MftY 

Whereupon 

uPP 

Waver 

w(r)Vr 

Wheresoever 

w*Sf 

We 

w'(r) 

Whereto 

w>2(l)  "  to 

Wealth 

w^Th 

Wherever 

w*Vr 

LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


173 


Wherewith 

w*w                    Window 

wND 

Whether 

Hw2 

Wine 

wN 

Which 

Ch» 

Wing 

w(l)Ng 

Whichever 

Chf2 

Wink 

wNK 

Whiffletree 

Hw^lTi 

Winner 

wKH 

While 

wZ 

Winter 

wNtr 

Whim 

HwM 

Wipe 

wP 

Whine 

Hwn 

Wire 

wR 

Whip 

HwP 

Wisdom 

WsM 

Whirl 

HwRJ 

Wish 

Sh1 

Whirlwind 

HwRwNt 

Wisp 

WsP 

Whisper 

HwsP 

Wit 

wT 

White 

Hwd 

With 

W\T) 

Whitewash 

HwdSh 

Withdraw 

Dh!Dr 

Whithersoever 

HwDhrSf 

Wither 

w(r)Dhr 

Who 

H* 

Withheld-hold 

v>l(i)Htt 

Whole 

HZ 

Within 

w(l)N' 

Wholesale 

RM 

Without 

w(l)Ts 

Whom 

H2 

*Withstand 

wSnt3 

Whose 

Hs* 

Wizard 

WsjBt 

Why 

Hw1 

Wolf 

vfLv 

Wide 

wT> 

Woman 

wMn3 

Widow 

wD 

Womanhood 

wMnHt 

Width 

wDTh 

Women 

wMn1 

Wield 

wZd 

Wonder-ful 

wN'fl 

Wife 

w(l)F 

Wondrous 

wNDrs 

Wigwam 

wQtwM. 

Wood 

wD 

Wild 

wLD 

Woodland 

wDZN 

Wilderness 

w£72Ns 

Wool 

wL 

Willful 

ll(d)Fl 

Woolen 

wiN 

Will 

l\d) 

Word 

Rt 

Willingness 

^(d)-Ns 

Wordy 

RiE 

Willow 

wL 

Work 

«K1)R 

Wiley 

wL 

Workmanlike 

wRMNIK 

Win 

wN 

World 

ev? 

Winch 

wNCh 

Worldliness 

e«2Ns 

Wind 

wNt 

Worldly 

eun 

174 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


Worm 

«>RM 

Year 

u'(u) 

Worn 

wBu 

Yearly 

u'J 

Worry 

w>Ri 

Yellow 

TJC 

Worse 

wRs 

Yes 

Ys 

•Worship 

wRSh 

Yesterday 

YsD 

Worshipful 

wRShf 

Yet 

u'(u) 

*Worshipper 

tcRShP 

Yield 

Yt 

Worst 

wRst 

Yonder 

YntR 

Worsted 

wRatt 

You 

u2(d) 

Worth 

Th» 

Young 

Ng 

Worthless 

This 

Younger 

NgB 

Worthy 

Dh8 

Youngster 

NgstS 

Would 

w\l) 

Your 

Y3 

Wound 

wNt 

Yourself 

Ys3 

Wrangle 

RNgf 

Youth 

u(u)Th 

Wrinkle 

RnKJ 

Youthful 

uThf 

*Write 

Rt 

*Writer 

RR 

Z 

Writing 

RtNg 

Zealous 

ZLs 

Written 

RtN 

Zebra 

ZBr 

Zenith 

ZnTh 

Y 

Zephyr 

ZFr 

Yacht 

YT 

Zero 

ZR 

Yankee 

YnK 

Zigzag 

ZGsG 

Yard 

Yt 

Zinc 

ZNgK 

Yarn 

YRn 

Zouave 

ZV 

Ye 

Y 

Zymotic 

Z-M 

MONTHS. 


January 

JnR 

July 

Jl 

February 

FB 

August 

Gst 

March 

M^Ch 

September 

sPtM 

April 

PiL 

October 

KTB 

May 

M 

November 

NfM 

June 

Jn 

December 

DsM 

LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


175 


DAYS  OF  THE  WEEK. 


Sunday 

sND 

Thursday 

Monday 

MnD 

Friday 

Tuesday 

TsB 

Saturday 

Wednesday 

wNsD 

ThtfsD 

.FrD 

sTD 


Europe 
Asia 
Africa 
America 


GRAND   DIVISIONS  OF  THE  EARTH. 


YP 

ASh 
FrK 
MrK 


North  America 
South  America 
Australia 


NrMr 
sThM 


PRINCIPAL  COUNTRIES,   ETC.,  OF  THE  WORLD. 


Abyssinia 

BsN^L 

Guatemala 

GTM1 

Algeria 
Amazon 

MsN 

Guinea 
Hindoostan 

GN 
HnDsTn 

Arabia 

RE 

India 

nDM 

Bolivia 

BLV 

Ireland 

RIN 

Brazil 
Canada 

KnD 

Italy 
Jamaica 

TL 
JMK 

Cape  Colony 
Central  America 

KPKJN 
sNTrMr 

Japan 
Mexico 

JPn 
MKsK 

Chili 

CbL 

Morocco 

M^K 

China 

ChN 

New  Brunswick 

NBrnsK 

Denmark 

DnMtfK 

Newfoundland 

N^ntfN 

East  Indies 

StNDs 

New  Grenada 

NGrnD 

Egypt 
England 
Ethiopia 
France 

JPt 

Ngnt 
ThP 
Frns 

New  Zealand 
Nicaragua 
Norway 
Nova  Scotia 

NZZN 
NKrG 
KRW 
N  FsKSh 

Germany 
Gibraltar 

JRMN 
JERLR 

Ontario 
Palestine 

NTR 

PisTn 

Great  Britain 
Greece 

GrBtN 
Grs 

Patagonia 
Persia 

PtGN 
PRSh 

176 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


Peru 

PRn 

Sumatra 

sMTr 

Prussia 

PrSh 

Sweden 

SltN 

Russia 

RSh 

Tasmania 

TsMN 

Scotland 

sKJN 

Tehuantepec 

TwNPK 

Sahara 

sHR 

Tripoli  ' 

TrPL 

Saxony 

sKsN 

Tunis 

TNs 

Siberia 

sB^a 

Turkey 

TRK 

Sierra  Nevada 

stfnFD 

United  States 

Ys 

Soudan 

SDn 

Venezuela 

VnZL 

Spain 

sPn 

Yucatan 

YKTn 

STATES  AND  TERRITORIES. 

Alabama 

XBM 

Mississippi 

MsSsP 

Alaska 

Z(b)sK 

Missouri 

MsR 

Arizona 

SsN 

Montana 

MnTN 

Arkansas 

.RKnss 

Nebraska 

NBrsK 

California 

KlFr 

Nevada 

NFD 

Colorado 

KLRT> 

New  Hampshire 

NHmSh 

Connecticut 

KNtK 

New  Jersey 

nJRZ 

Dakota 

DKT 

New  Mexico 

N2MsK 

Delaware 

D1W 

New  York 

N'T 

District  of  Columbia  DsKmB 

North  Carolina 

NKrN 

Florida 

F1.RD 

Ohio 

HI 

Georgia 

JrJ 

Oregon 

.RGn 

Illinois 

ZN 

Pennsylvania 

PsFN 

Indiana 

NtN 

Rhode  Island 

RtZN 

Indian  Territory 

NtNTrTR 

South  Carolina 

sThKrN 

Iowa 

7W 

Tennessee 

TnS 

Kansas 

Knss 

Texas 

TKss 

Kentucky 

KntK 

Utah 

YT 

Louisiana 

LsN 

Vermont 

VrMut 

Maine 

Mn 

Virginia 

FrJN 

Maryland 

MRLnt 

Washington  Terri- 

ShTTR 

Massachusetts 

MsChsTs 

tory 

Michigan 

MSh 

Wisconsin 

WsKsN 

Minnesota 

MNsT 

Wyoming 

WinNg 

. 


LIGHT-LINE    SHOKTHAND. 


177 


CITIES  AND  TOWNS. 


Acapulco 

KPLK 

Cleveland 

Kl  Flnt 

Albany 

£BcN 

Columbus 

KIMBs 

Alexandria 

ZKsNDr 

Concord 

KnKRd 

Amsterdam 

Ms^Dm 

Constantinople 

KsTntNPl 

Athens 

Thns 

Copenhagen 

KPnHGn 

Atlanta 

TLnT 

Council  Bluffs 

KsZ/Bfs 

Auburn 

awBrn 

Cork 

KRK 

Augusta 

GsT 

Denver 

DnFR 

Austin 

BOS 

Detroit 

DRawi 

Baltimore 

BltMR 

Dresden 

DrsDn 

Bangor 

BnGR 

Dublin 

DBln 

Bath 

STh 

Edinburgh 

DnBG 

Belfast 

BHu)Fst 

Fall  River 

FlBvR 

Benicia 

BNSh 

Florence 

FlftNs 

Berlin 

BBIN 

Frankfort 

^rnK.PrT 

Bethlehem 

BThlM 

Fredericksburg 

^rDKsBG 

Beyrout 

ERT 

Galena 

GZN 

Birmingham 

BrmNgM 

Galveston 

Gl  FstN 

Bembay 

BmB 

Geneva 

JNF 

Boston 

BsTn 

Gettysburg 

GTsBG 

Brattleboro 

BrWB^ 

Gibraltar 

JERLE 

Bristol 

BrsTJ 

Glasgow 

GlsG 

Brooklyn 

BrKlN 

Grass  Valley 

GrsFli 

Brussels 

Brsfe 

Halifax 

H^Fs 

Buenos  Ayres 

BwNsRs 

Hamburg 

HMBG 

Buffalo 

BF1 

Harrisburg 

HRsBG 

Burlington 

BrZ;Tn 

Hartford 

HrdFt 

Cairo 

KRo 

Havre 

HFr 

Cambridge 

KmBJ 

Hong  Kong 

HnKNg 

Canton 

KnTn 

Honolulu 

HN1L 

Cape  Town 

KPTn 

Indianapolis 

NtNPJs 

Catskill 

KsKl 

Jackson 

JKsN 

Charleston 

ChrfeTn 

Jacksonville 

JKsNVl 

Chicago 

ShKG 

Jefferson 

J^rsN 

Cincinnati 

SnSntt 

Jerusalem 

JRsM 

178 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


Key  West 

KWst 

New  Orleans 

N.RZNs 

Kingston 

KNgsN 

New  York 

NY 

Lafayette 

LJFT 

Niagara 

N/GR 

LaPaz 

LPs 

Panama 

PnM 

Lima 

LM 

Paris 

P.RS 

Limerick 

LMrK 

Philadelphia 

FllF 

Lincoln 

LnKn 

Place  rville 

PlsRVl 

Little  Rock 

URK 

Plymouth 

PIMcTh 

Liverpool 

LVrPl 

Portland 

PrtXN 

London 

J(d)NN 

Porto  Rico 

PrtRK 

Los  Angeles 

LsNg 

Providence 

PrfDns 

Louisville 

LsVZ 

Quebec 

KBK 

Lowell 

U 

Quincy 

KINS 

Lynn 

Z(d)N 

Raleigh 

RL 

Manchester 

MnChstR 

Richmond 

RChMnt 

Marblehead 

MrBHd 

Rio  Janeiro 

RJnR 

Marseilles 

MrSls 

Rochester 

RChstR 

Marysville 

MRsVZ 

Rome 

RM 

Mazatlan 

MaTJN 

Sacramento 

sKRM 

Melbourne 

Mffin 

St.  Louis 

sNtXs 

Memphis 

MMFs 

St.  Petersburg 

sNPsBG 

Milwaukee 

MlwK 

Salem 

sZM 

Mobile 

MB; 

Salt  Lake  City 

sZ^KsT 

Monterey 

MntR 

San  Francisco 

sNsK 

Monte  Video 

MnTFD 

San  Jose 

sNZ 

Montgomery 

MnGmR 

Santa  Barbara 

sNBrB^ 

Montpelier 

MntPZjR 

Santa  Clara 

sNKIR 

Montreal 

MntRZ 

Santa  Fe 

sN.PA 

Moscow 

MsK 

Santa  Rosa 

sNtRZ 

Mt.  Vernon 

MnT  FrNN 

Saratoga 

S.KTG 

Nantucket 

NNtKT 

Savannah 

sFN 

Napa 

NP 

Shanghai 

ShNgI 

Naples 

NPls 

Sheffield 

ShFrt 

Nashville 

NShVl 

Smyrna 

BM.BN 

Nazareth 

NsRTh 

Springfield 

sPNgFlt 

New  Bedford 

KBtFr 

Stockholm 

stKM 

New  Haven 

NHvN 

Sydney 

sDN 

LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


179 


Syracuse                     sEKs 

Vienna 

FN^ 

Tallahassee                 TLS 

Virginia  City 

FrJNsT 

Toledo                        TZD 

Waltham 

w£dM 

Topeka                       TPK 

Washington 

ShTn 

Utica                           YTK 

Washington,  D.  C. 

ShTnDS 

Vallejo                        V1H 

Waterloo 

WLu 

Valparaiso                   VIPrZ 

Wilmington 

w£M;Tn 

Venice                          VnS 

Worcester 

Wst£ 

Vera  Cruz                   V_RKrs 

Yonkers 

YnKRs 

Vicksburg                   FKsBG 

Yreka 

wRK 

Victoria                      FKTR 

MISCELLANEOUS   PHRASES. 

About  that  time         ^Dhm 

At  all  events 

T»lfNs 

Above  aU                    B« 

*At  all  times 

T3lms 

Am  not                       MnT 

At  any  time 

T8nM 

American  people        M3rPP 

At  any  rate 

T3nRd 

Are  not                       RuT 

At  first 

T3st 

Are  you                       .Ru 

*At  last 

T3fet 

As  a  matter  of  course  s-MKrs 

*At  least 

T^lst 

As  far  as                     sF.Rs 

At  length 

T»lTh 

As  fast  as                    sFsts 

At  liberty 

T3B 

As  for                         sP 

At  one  time 

T3lnM 

As  follows                   sFs 

At  once 

T3ns 

As  good  as                  s2Gs 

At  our  own 

T3rn 

As  it  is                        sTs 

At  present 

T2Prs 

As  large  as                 s9Js 

At  right  angles 

T8RNgs 

As  long  as                  s*Ngs 

At  that  time 

T3Dhm 

As  many  as                 s2MNs 

At  the  present  time 

T»PrsM 

As  much  as                 s2Chs 

At  the  rate  of 

T3Rd 

As  near  as                  s9Nrs 

At  what  time 

T3Tm 

As  soon  as                  s2Ss 

At  which 

T'Ch 

As  soon  as  convenient  sSsVn 

But  it  is 

"buf'Ts 

As  soon  as  possible    sSsP 

But  not 

"buf'o 

As  well  as                   s9w£s 

By  any  means 

B'nMns 

At  all                          T«l 

By  no  means 

B'/Mna 

180 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


By  way  of 

B'Wf 

Have  not 

H8nT 

Can  be  done 

K3BtN 

He  had 

H'Hd 

Can  have 

K3f 

He  has 

H'Hs 

Cannot 

K3nT 

He  is  not 

H'sNd 

Can't 

Knt 

He  might 

HtnT 

Come  in 

K*n 

He  must 

H'mst 

Come  on 

KN 

He  must  be 

H'msB 

Could  not 

"  could  "nt 

He  must  have 

HmsH 

Did  not 

DtN 

He  must  not 

HrnsN 

Do  not 

D3nT 

He  said 

Hst 

Don't 

Dnt 

House  of  Commons 

H3sKs 

During  this  time 

D3rDhsM 

House  of  Lords 

Hs^ts 

Each  other 

ChHr 

House    of    Repre-  ) 

HsRs 

Ever  saw 

V'S 

sentatives             ) 

For  that  purpose 

FDhP 

How  long 

H3Ng 

For  the  purpose 

FP 

How  many 

H3mN 

For  the  sake  of 

FsK 

If  anything 

FnTh 

For  what 

FT 

If  it  is-has 

Fts 

For  which 

FCh 

If  there  be 

FJ?B 

Give  us 

G's 

If  you 

Fl 

Give  you 

G'u 

If  you  are 

FIT? 

Good  many 

G3mN 

If  you  have 

F1H 

Go  on 

G3N 

If  you  were-  would 

Flwj 

Great  deal 

Gil 

If  you  will 

FK 

Great  many 

GrmN 

If  your 

FT 

Greater  than 

GrN 

In  an 

Nn(f) 

Had  had 

HdH 

In  all 

Nl 

Had  it  been 

Hd£Bn 

In  all  cases 

NIKss 

Had  it  not 

Hdtat 

In  all  its 

Nits 

Had  not 

Hn(b)t 

In  all  probability 

NlPr5 

Has  had 

8aHt 

In  any 

NN 

Has  it 

esT 

In  any  other 

NN"  other 

Has  not 

sNt 

In  a  short  time 

NShtM 

Has  not  been 

sNtN 

In  as  much  as 

NsCh3s 

Have  been 

H3n(f) 

In  every  respect 

NFRsPK 

Have  had 

H3Hd 

In  him 

Nm(f) 

Have  it 

H3T 

In  liia-us 

N's 

LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


181 


*In  his  life 

NsP 

Just  about 

JstB 

In  its 

Nts 

Just  as  good 

JstsG 

In  my 

Nm(f) 

Just  as  long 

JstsNg 

*In  my  life 

KmF 

Just  as  well 

JstswL 

In  order 

XRR 

Kingdom  of  Heaven 

K'fHN 

In  other  words 

N^ts 

Larger  than 

Jr'n 

In  our 

Nr 

Less  than 

LsN 

In  reality 

Nrf 

Let  it 

"left 

In  reference  to 

NF 

Let  it  be 

"let"£B 

In  regard  to 

KB 

Let  me 

"let"M 

In  relation  to 

NShn 

Let  not 

"let  ""no" 

In  respect 

NsPK 

Let  the 

"lef'E 

In  the  course 

NtKRs 

Let  there  be 

"lef'^B 

In  the  first  place 

NstPs 

Let  us 

"lef's 

In  the  second  place 

NsKPs 

Let  us  have 

"lef'sH 

In  this  matter 

nDhsM 

Let  us  not 

"lef's  "no 

In  which 

nCh 

Let  you 

"let"u(u) 

Is  it 

s'T 

Lighter  than 

LtrN 

Is  it  not 

s'TnT 

Long  and  short 

NgnSht 

Is  not 

s'Nt 

Long  time 

Ngm 

Is  that 

s'Dh 

Lord  and  Saviour 

tf'dSf 

Is  there 

s'5 

Lord  God 

5'G 

It  had 

T2t 

Lord  Jesus  Christ 

RJK 

It  has 

T*s 

Many  years 

mNus 

It  is 

T»s 

May  be 

MB 

It  is  not 

TsNd 

May  be  found 

MBFnt 

It  may  be 

TmB 

May  have 

Mv 

It  must  be 

TmsB 

May  have  been 

MBn 

It  must  not 

TmsN 

May  not 

MnT 

It  might 

T2mT 

May  you 

Mu 

It  was 

Tns 

Might  be 

MTB 

It  was  said 

TlsD 

Might  have 

MTf 

It  will 

Tl 

Might  not 

MTnT 

It  will  not 

TlnT 

Moral  certainty 

Mr'feE 

It  would 

Tw(r) 

More  than  one 

Mrn(b)N 

It  would  be 

TB 

Much  more 

Ch3M 

It  would  have 

TwH 

Much  less  than 

Ch%N 

182 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


Must  be                      MsB 

Point  of  view        Pn  F 

Must  have                  MsH 

Political  party       P1KP 

Must  not                     MsN 

Put  him                 P3m 

My  dear                      MD 

Quite  well  known  Kwl/NN 

My  fellow-citizens      MFISs 

Referred  to            RF"to" 

My  own                       MN 

Right  or  wrong    RtRNg 

Natural  consequence  NChreKns 

Right  hand           R'Hnt 

Natural  history          NChrsR 

Seem  to  be            sMB 

Natural  selection       NChrshn 

Seems  to  be          sMsB 

New  Testament         N3sM 

Seems  to  have       sMsH 

No  better                    "no"Btr 

Seems  to  have)    , 

No  less  than              "no"teN 

[  sMsHn(f) 
been                 ) 

No  more                      "no  "Mr 

Set  forth                StFTh 

Nor  is  it                      Nrst 

Shall  be                 Sh3B 

Notary  Public            nTPB 

Shall  be  done       Sh3BtN 

Of  all                           "of"J(r) 

Shall  have             Sh3f 

Of  his-us                     "of"s 

Shall  not               Sh3nt 

Of  you                         "of"u(d) 

She  had                 Sh't 

Old  Testament           olsM 

She  may                Sh'm 

On  account  of            "on"Knt 

She  may  be           Sh'nxB 

On  all  hands               "on"£(l)Ns 

She  may  have       Sh'mH 

On  the  contrary         "on"KntRR 

She  may  not         Sh'mN 

On  the  one  hand        "on"wNNt 

She  must               Sh'mst 

On  the  other  hand     "on"Nd 

She  said                 Sh'st 

Once  more                  wNsM 

She  says                Shlss 

Once  or  twice             wNsTs 

She  will                 ShH 

One  or  two                 wN.RT 

She  would             Sh'w(r) 

Ought  not                   T'nT 

She  would  not      Sh'sco 

Ought  to                     T1! 

Should  be              "  should  "(d)B 

Ought  to  be                T'B 

Should  be  done     "  should  "BtN 

Ought  to  have            Tf1 

Should  be  able     "should  "B5 

Ought  to  have  been  Tf'N 

Should  have         "  should  "(u)H 

Ought  to  know           T'I"no" 

Should  it               "  should  "(d)T 

Our  own                     .R3N 

Should  not  be       "  should  "(u)oB 

Out  of                         Tf3 

Should  you           "  should  "(d)u 

Over  and  above          VrABf 

Should  you  not     "should"(d)uN 

Over  and  over            VrnV 

Since  that  time     Sns'DhM 

LIGHT-LINE    SHOBTHAND. 


183 


So  far  as 

SFre              1 

Through  and  through  ThrnTh 

So  long 

SNg 

Together  with             G«>(1) 

So  many 

SmN 

Told  him                    TltH 

So  much 

SSh 

Told  it                        T1W 

Spirit  of  Christ 

sPt'Kst 

Too  much                   T8Ch 

Spirit  of  God 

sPt'G 

To  wit                         "to"Wt 

Spirit  of  Jesus 

sPtJss 

Two  or  three              Ti^Thr 

Sure  of 

Sh8rf 

Under  the  circum-  )  XT  _ 
}•  NsTnss 

Takingitforgranted 

TTGrnt 

stances                  ) 

Take  into  consider-  i 

Under  which              NtCh 

ation                     ) 

TsDshn 

Up  stairs                     Pstrs 

That  are 

Dh3# 

United  States             Ys 

That  is  not 

Dh3sNt 

United    States    of)  -r  „ 
-  YsM 

That  it 

Dht8 

America                ) 

That  it  is 

Dhts8 

United  States  Sen-  )_,.,,, 
5-  YsNdr 

That  it  was 

Dh3Tls 

ator 

That  subject 

Dh3s£ 

Very  often                  VFn 

That  you 

Dh8u 

Was  not                     Z8nt 

Their  own 

Dhrn 

We  are                       wR3 

There  are 

R3R 

We  are  aware            wRW 

There  was 

R3Z 

We  are  not                 wRaT 

There  will  be 

R3^B 

We  can                       w(l)K8 

There  would  be 

RIB 

We  could                    «)(l)"could" 

They  all 

Vhl 

We  have                     wRs 

They  had 

DhHd 

We  may                     wM 

They  had  been 

DhHn(b) 

We  must                    wMst 

They  have 

Dhv 

We  were-would         WW(T) 

They  have  been 

DhvN 

We  will                      wL 

They  were 

Dhw 

We  will  not                wLo 

They  will 

Dhl 

Were  not                    "were"o 

They  would 

Dh«j(r) 

When  it  is                  wNHs 

They  would  not 

Dhw(r)o 

Whereas                     "where"s 

This  city 

DhsStE 

Whether  or  not          Hwnt 

This  is 

Dliss 

Which  would  be        ChB 

This  morning 

DhsMn 

Which  will                 Chi 

This  state 

DhsSt 

While  it  is                 wZds 

This  subject 

DhsS.B 

Will  be                      "will"B 

184 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


Will  not                     "wffl"N 

You  may  be                Y^B 

Would  not                  "  would  "N 

You  might  be             YWTB 

You  have                    Y3f 

You  must                   Ymst 

You  may                    Y3m 

Your  own                   Y3N 

BUSINESS    PHRASES    AND    FORMS. 

As  good  as  new          s2GsN 

Furnish  you               FrnY 

At  an  early  date        T3nfiDt 

Greatly  oblige            Gr/BJ 

At  hand                       T8nt 

Hopmgtohearfromi^ 

At  liberty                   T3B 

you  again              ) 

At  owner's  risk          T3nsK 

Hopingtohearfrom  ) 

Atthepresentwrit-  »  T3pgRNg 
ing                        i 

you  soon               ) 
I  am  in  receipt            IM3RSt 

At  the  rate  of             T"Rd 

If  you  please              FlPs 

At  this  station            T3DhsSshn 

Inclosedwesendyou  NKlsNu 

At    your    earliest  ) 

In  compliance  with  >  NPlNsYR- 

convenience         ) 

your  request        )      Klst 

Balance  due                BlsD 

In  our  line                  NrN 

Be  able                        EB 

In  reply                     NP1 

Be  good  enough         BGNv 

In  reply  to  your         NP1Y 

Bill  of  lading              BZL 

Into  the  matter          nT'tM 

By  express                  B'sPs 

Just  received             JstRSf 

By  mail                       BM1 

Let  us  know               "  let  "  s  "  no  ' 

By  this  mail               EsM.1 

List  price                    LstPs 

Call  your  attention    KZuTshn 

Locomotive                 ZMTf 

C.O.D.                         SoD 

Meet  your  approval   MTuPf 

Deferred  payments    DFrPs 

Much  obliged             Ch3BJ 

Do  so                           Ds 

Much  pleased             Ch3Pst 

Duly  received             DRSf 

Musical  instruments  M3sNsts 

Early  as  possible        RlsPsB 

Musical  merchandise  M3sM 

Early  attention          R  Pshn 

No  doubt                    "no"Dt 

Expressage                 SPsZh 

One  per  cent,  per)  wNpspM 

Express  agent            SPsZhnt 

month                   j 

Express  charges         SPsShs 

Owners'  risk               NrsJJsK 

First  class                    l^stKs 

Per  cent.                     Ps 

For  sale                       FS 

Please  accept              PlsKsPt 

LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


185 


Please  let  us  know 
Please  return  to  us 
Please  send  us 
Please  sign 
Privilege  of  exam- ) 

ination  J 

Replying  to  your 
Retail  price 
Send  you 
Serious    inconven- ) 

ience  ) 

Shipping  receipt 
Some  time  since 
Style  one 
Take  the  liberty 
Taken  the  liberty 
Too  late 

Very  much  pleased 
Very  well 
Was  received 
We  are  glad 
We      are      much  j 

obliged  » 


PM(d)s"no" 
PlsRRnts 
PlsNs 
PlsN 

We      are      much  > 
pleased                 ) 

We  are  willing  to  -j 

"we".R3Ch 
Pst 

"to" 

PrfJsMn 

We  feel 
We  inclose 

wN'Kls 

RP1Y 
RtLPs 
Sntu 

SrsN  Fn 

We  may  be  able 
We  regret  to  say 
We  shall  be  pleased 
We  shall  have 
We  will 

wMB.B 

w(l)RGr-S 
wSh3BPst 

wL1 

Shst1 
sMMsNs 
stLwN 

We  will  say 
We  will  sell  you 
We  would  like 

wL'S 
wL'Slu 

TB 

Wholesale 

msz 

TnB 
TlEd 
VShPst 

You  are  at  liberty 
You  may  be  able 
Your  esteemed  favor 

Y3TB 
Y3mB# 
Y3sMdFf 

VI 

Your  favor 

Yf3 

Z3Sf 

Your  kind  favor 

Y3Kn7^ 

"we"7?3GD 

Your  letter 

Y3^ 

"we"^3Ch- 

Your  order 

Y3RR 

BJ 

You  will  find 

u^d)Fnt 

LAW  PHRASES  AND  FORMS. 


Aforesaid  FrSt 

Anything  to  do          nTh-D 
As  a  matter  of  course  s2MKrs 
A8  charged  in  the  ) 
complaint  ) 

Assault  and  battery  S1'5 
Attorney-General       TrnJn 
At  what  time  T3Tm 

Being    called    and ) 


BK/sRn 


BsJBf 


BnRsNow 


Best  of  your  knowl-  j 

edge  and  belief    ! 
Beyond  a    reason- 1 

able  doubt  f 

Breach  of  promise)  ^ 

}•  BrPMr 
of  marnage 

By  the  court  BHK 

Can  you  state  K8sTt 

Ceased  and  deter-) 

[  SsAD 
mined  ) 

Change  of  venue       ChV 


186 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


Circumstantial  evi-  ) 
I  sin  V  D 
deuce                    ) 

How  long  have  you  )  _ 
>  H3Ng"no  i 
known                    J 

Client                          KIN 

I  am  of  the  impres-  , 

Considered  as  read     sDsRd 

sion                       i 

Counsel  for  the  de-  ) 

I  did  not                     /'DtN 

[•  K3sD 

fendant                 ) 

I  do  not                      J'DnT 

Counsel    for     the  j  ^3  pf 

If  anything                 FnTh 

plaintiff                I 

In  and  for                   NnF 

Cross-examination      KrsMn 

In  point  of  fuct           NPnF 

Defendant's  counsel  DsK 

In  rebuttal                  NStl 

Did  you  ever              Dlf  l 

In  writing                   Nrd:I 

District-Attorney        DsTN 

Irrelevant  and  im-  }   p-p,. 

District  court              DsK 

material  '              ) 

Do  you  know             D13I 

Is  not  well  taken        s'NtwiTn 

Do  you  know  any-  ) 

Judicial  district          JDs 

thing  about          J 

Justifiable  homicide  JsFMsD 

Do  you  live                D13F 

Just  state                    JsTt 

Do  you  think             DPTh 
Duly  sworn                 DsRn 

Last  will  and  tes.)                M 
tament                  ) 

Expressed  or   im-  )         \rmt 

Law                            L](f) 

plied                     ) 

Leasehold                   L'sHt 

For  life                       FF 

Legal  and  personal  ) 

Gentlemen   of  the  i  T 

I      1  *-.  1  I  -> 

representative      ) 

,                                                          f  tl  1  1  '  1  I  > 

jury 

Letters  of  adminis-  )  , 
v  LRsDsR 

Good  and  compe-  >  ^^  ^ 
tent  evidence        ) 

tration                  ) 
Manslaughter             M^LR 

Goods  and  chattels     G3sChfe 

Matter  in    contro-  )  _  , 

[•  M3-KntFr 

Go  on  and  state          G3Nst 

versy                    ) 

Grant,  bargain  and  i 

Matter  of  fact             M3F 

sell                       ) 

Matter  of  law             M3L 

Habeas  corpus            HBsK 

May  it  please  your  )MplgN 

Handwriting              H3nRNg 

honor                    ) 

Heirs,executors,ad-  \ 

Mechanic's  lien          MKsZN 

ministrators,  and  >  ^sKsDsNs 

Money  had  and  re-  )NHRgf 

assigns 

ceived 

How  long  have  you  > 
been                      j 

Motion  for  a  new  )  . 
[  MsNTri 
trial                       ) 

LIGHT-LINE    SHOKTHAND. 


187 


Murder  in  the  first  ),,,,„ 

State  how                   stH3 

[•  Mr^rsG 

degree                  ) 

State  if                       stF1 

No,  sir                        "no"s 

State  when                 stwN1 

Not  guilty                   NtGT 

State    when     and  J 
>  stwNiw 

Of  and  for                   "of'nF 

where                    ) 

,  "0n".Frn- 

State  where                sf'where" 

On  friendly  terms    j      TRMg 

State  whether             stHw 

On  the  same  day        "on"sMD 

Superior  court            sP'K 

Party  of  the  first  >  p>Fetp 

Supreme  court           sP'mK 

part                       ) 

Taken    under    ad-  )  m 
L  TnNsM 

Party  of  the  second  > 

visement               ) 

part                       f 

That  he  was               Dh3mZ 

Personal  property      PrsP 

That  I  was                  Dh3Z 

Plaintiff's  counsel      PfsK 

That  is  to  say             Dh3sS 

Pleads  guilty              PlsGT 

Then  and  there          DhnAtf 

Police  court                PlsK 

Took  possession         T3Psshn 

Power  of  attorney     PrfTN 

To  the  best  of  my  )  _  „_, 
t  BsMRshn 

Prisoner  at  the  bar    PrsBJS 

recollection           ) 

Property-holder         PrPHR 

Under    the    influ-  ) 

Pursuant    to    ad-   ?„„,„, 
[  PrSnZhn 

ence  of  liquor       ) 

journment             ) 

Uninterrupted  pos-  ) 

Quite     intimately  )  KNtKnt 

session                  ) 

acquainted            ) 

Upon    their    own  ) 
}•  PitrNSh-e 

Real  estate                 R^S 

showing                ) 

Revenue                     R  FN 

Verdict                        FrK 

Right,  title  and  in-  jRtTZNgt 

Verdict  for  the  de-  1 

terest                    ) 

fendant                 f 

Rulings  of  the  court  R3NgsK 

Verdict     for     the  )  FrKpf 

Say  anything  to  you  SnThu 

plaintiff                 ) 

See  him                      Sm 

Versus                       VsS 

Sergeant-at-anns        sRsRmB 
Set  forth                     StFTh 

(  "were  you" 
Were  you  there      ] 
'      H 

Sets  forth                    SsFTh 

What  is  your  busi-  ) 
\  T'sBsNs 

Seized     and     pos-  J  Satpsgf 

ness 

sessed  of               ) 

Where  do  you  live     "W5'"J(1)V 

Something  of  that  >  SmThDh- 
kind                      )      Knt 

Where  do  you  re-  )  (< 
y'  w  2(l)RsD 
side                      ) 

188 


LIGHT-LINE    SHORTHAND. 


Wilful  negligence 
Words  to  that  ef- 
fect 
Writ  of  error 


)  ^ 

) 
RtRB 


Writ  of  injunction     RtJshn 
Yes,  sir  YsR 

Your  honor  Y3N 


NOTE.— Where  Stenotypes  are  carried  to  the  next  line  below,  and  hyphens  are 
used,  such  hyphens  do  not  indicate  nearness,  except  in  the  case  of  the  phrases 
"  We  are  willing  to,"  on  page  185,  and  "  Something  of  that  kind,"  on  page  187. 


190 


191 


192 


193 


194 


193 


198 


197 


198 


199 


200 


201 


C      Q_P  1 


202 


203 


( 


^  TL     ^f   ^ 


204 


205 


I    K//® 


206 


207 


208 


209 


210 


211 


213 


214 


215 


216 


217 


218 


220 


222 


223 


224 


\ 

K   ) 


.  r\ 


225 


226 


•o  \ 


227 


228 


229 


v_     £LL     * 

,  •    \P  r  ^ 


r*>-  -f-t- 


230 


231 


232 


234 


233 


236 


23? 


238 


239 


240 


241 


•aaaa 


242 


243 


244 


245 


246 


247 


University  of  California 

SOUTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 

405  Hilgard  Avenue,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90024-1388 

Return  this  material  to  the  library 

from  which  it  was  borrowed. 


NON-RENFWABLE 


DEC  08 


RECD  LD-URL 


JAN  11199* 


1993 
itKtCEIVED 


000564919 


Z 

56 

E12t 


